Yoga and Health

by

Swami Adhyatmananda

Content
Introduction What is Yoga? How Yoga can be done ? Yoga: Advantages and Suggestions Flexibility Asthma-1 Asthma-2 Hypertension Menopause Backache Addiction Hyperacidity Obesity Diabetes - 1 Diabetes - 2 Diabetes - 3 Headache Epilepsy Osteoporosis Thyroid Varicose Veins Anemia

Male Reproductive Disorders Depression Memory Phobia Q&A-1 Q&A-2 Q&A-3 Q&A-4 Q&A-5

Dedication God is Truth - Introduction by Guru Maharaj Sri Swami Chidanandaji Confession - by Sri Swami Adhyatmananda Yoga Itself is Health - Forward by Dr. H. L. Trivedi, M.D.; FRCP

Dedicated
At the holy feet of Sri Gurudev, the light of my path and life of my life

GOD IS TRUTH

Swami Chidananda
Sivananda Ashram P. 0. Shivanandanagar 249 192
-

Disti. Tehri-Garhwal, U.P. Health and strength of the body is of utmost importance to all human beings. Because our body is the only instrument we have in which to dwell and through which to act in this world in its diverse fields of human vyavahara. Our Worshipful Sadgurubhagawan Swami Sivanandaji Maharaj always used to declare Health is real Wealth. Therefore he wrote many books on yogasanas, pranayama, suryanamaskar, diet and fasting and produced books like Health and Long Life, Health and Happiness etc. We also have the western saying in the Latin language which means a healthy mind in a healthy body, in order to bring out the interconnection between mind and body thus giving us this inner secret of ensuring a healthy body by keeping the necessary positive and desirable state of our psychological interior. To bring out theimportance of health our ancients had this well known saying, Dharma Artha Kama Mokshanaam Arogyam Mulam Uttamam.
-

Revered Sri Swami Adhyatmanandaji Maharaj, has a good knowledge of anatomy and Physiology and so is able to explain the benefit of yogasanas, bandhas, mudras etc. in a scientific manner. As such this book will be of benefit to all sections of the general public, especially because Swamiji has treated a subject from the point of view of therapeutics, meaning thereby, the disease curing properties and results of yoga practice. I wish your publication wide circulation so that much benefit may be obtained by the public. Jai Sri Gurudev!

Swami Chidananda

CONFESSION
Swami Adhyatmananda is not a Yogi. He is definitely not a Yoga-Acharya. He is one of the servants of Shri Gurudev Swami Sivanandaji Maharaj. An invitation was presented to Sadgurudev Swami Sivanandaji Maharajs Ashram by Lal Bahadur Shastri National Academy Administration situated in Massourie to instruct trainees undergoing administrative training, in Yogasana, Pranayama and Meditation. At this juncture, most worshipful and revered Gurudev Sri Swami Chidanandaji Maharaj instructed me in Yogasana and Pujya Shri Swami Krishnanandaji Maharaj imparted training in Pranayama. This Yoga class was conducted for about an hour for three days for Asanas. While on a walk Rev. Sri Swami Krishnanandaji instructed details on the science of Pranayama just for 3 minutes only Sowing of these seeds in Himalayan Valley by these great dignitaries have to-day assumed great proportions. Having obtained such a great asset, a start was made by a Yogasan camp at Calcutta in an army unit. Thereafter, beginning from Lal Bahadur Shastri National Academy of Administration, Massourie and Indian Military Academy, Dehradun to many administrative training institutes, ground forces of Indian Army, Airforce wing, Naval wing, Universities, Branches of the Divine Life Societies, coal mines located in Andhra Pradesh, Japan, Mauritius, Germany, Amsterdam, Britain, America and Canada etc, were covered by such Yogasana camps. In the initial stages such class did not charge any fees. Subsequently deposit of Rs. 5/was introduced. Now-a-days a fee of Rs. 250/- for period of a camp is usually levied. More than 575 Yoga retreats are already covered. For Yoga training, besides practice of Yaugic exercises by a person himself, knowledge of physiology is also quite essential. Seeds were sown in me by well-known orthopedic surgeon Dr. Gopal V. Merchant of M. S. Medical College Baroda, by teaching fundamentals of physiology On seeing various columns covering NEWS of Pranayama and Yogasans by Radio and Television; Shri Tushar Bhatt, principal editor of Newyork edition of Gujarat Times published from Newyork (U.S.A.), encouraged me to write personally a series of articles covering Yoga and Health. Gurjar Grantha Ratna Karyalaya has undertaken to publish these serialized columns in a book form in Gujarati. Dr. Jyotiben Mankad of Ahmedabad has examined correctness of medical terminology described in these series of columns. Chapter on diabetes has drawn support from literature published by Dr. Mayur Patel, President, Ahmedabad Medical Association and General Secretary of all India Diabetes Association. Publications by Dr. Jayesh Sheth, Dr. Bipin Shah, Dr. Niranjan Shah of Ahmedabad are the sources of information on Thyroid. A multitude of general information of medical and physiological information is procured from Dr. Bhavnaben Sheth and Dr. Raju Sheth of Bharuch. Whether one spends life in a mundane world or in an army cantonment, one and all are tired of awaiting their turn, sitting on Hospital benches. Each craves nature-based and full-blown life. That is why widespread dissemination of nature cure, Yoga and Ayurveda is in hands the worldover and good results are also observed. In our world no science has reached perfections yet new researches are continuously introduced. So far many Yoga Acharyas and also doctors have
7

written on this subject, but this book is not of a similar nature. It is an essence of experiments of past twenty five years. Original columns of this book were meant for Gujarati readers, residing in America. Hence illustrative examples are brought in for easy appreciation of American Gujaratis. Indian families are requested to have this aspect in mind and excuse me for such a catering. This book Yoga and Arogya, it is hoped will surely bring sound health,long life and good hope for living and zest for life, to readers. Photographs appearing in the book are by Shri Rajubhai Shah, modelling for Yogasanas is by Shri Devendra Arora of Jalandhar, Shri Jitendra Ray of Chandigarh, and our Ahmadavadi Dear Shri Mehul, Umang, Bhavik, Harit and Hardik. Deep appreciation for their contribution. English version of this book is done by Rev. Sri P. C. Mankodiji (Ex. Chief Eng. of Gujarat Electricity Board and Trustee of the Divine Life Society H.Q. Rishikesh, Chairman of Gujarat Divya Jivan Sangh). Sri Mankodi Sahebs ever ready. and untiring service will be cherished by entire English reading generation. Inspite of his ill health Sri Mankodiji has done this wonderful service! We are indebted to him. God-Gurudev bless him. We are also indebted to revered venerable Dr. Swetang Pancholi, M.D. (Cardiologist) for expert medical knowledge provided and for proper guidance for this English version. At the same time we are highly obliged to revered and venerable Dr. Mafatbhai Patani Saheb for his untiring labour to see this book a bright day light. Shri Manubhai Shah and type-setter and publisher have taken care of very seemingly small matters. They have done superb printing with their bountiful nature and kept within desired time schedule. I heartily feel obliged to them. This servant expresses gratitude to all friends and well-wishers who have knowingly or indirectly helped in the publication of this book. This book is dedicated at the lotus feet of Sri Gurudev. Book is His, May He accept it!! OM SHANTIH...
- SWAMI ADHYATMANANDA

YOGA ITSELF IS HEALTH

Spirituality has its own significance in the cultural ethos of Bharat. Many spiritualists stay in the proximity of Himalayan forests throughout their lives to achieve salvation and reach the Almighty. It is difficult to imagine what they derive out of an activity that keeps them unconcerned with the internal problems of the society as well as the nation. Such an existence becomes irrelevant vis-a-vis solutions of problems related to the society and the country. A broader perspective reveals it to be an escapist attitude in facing these problems and trying to bring their solution. This type of unfruitful spiritual activity has not and will not do any good to society and, country. Shree Ramkrishnadev presented altogether a different type of spiritualism. Swami Vivekananda grasped this thought and preached this ideology He declared, There is no greater Yoga or spiritualism than feeding the hungry and giving medical aid to the sick. This thorough process gave birth to a new wave of Arise and Awake. Spiritual activity got into the main stream of the society and spiritualists then started taking active interest in the problems of the society as well as the country Swami Adhyatmanandajis activity very much supports this ideology He has appropriately defined Yoga in this book and has purported that Yaugic activity could possibly be an important instrument to Sadhus staying in Himalayas for attainment of the Lord by understanding and practice of Yoga. Its practice not only is limited to those aspirants of the Himalayas but, it certainly has more appropriate place in the daily life of a common man facing mental and physical stress of the modern times. Medical science has defined a perfectly healthy individual as one having diseaseless body, happy and poised mind, steady and calm intellect, capacity to differentiate right from wrong, justice from injustice, and to identify the family and social problems. Such an individual must possess capability to wage conflicts without deviating from the path of truth and justice; besides he must possess a mind bent upon accomplishing the work undertaken. Thus Sadhana undertaken to attend the perfect acumen is itself a process of Yoga. Ones own body happens to be the most important instrument to achieve this perfection. Hence it is essential to possess a sound, diseaseless healthy body This whole idea is an integral part of behavior science a branch of medical science. I personally believe that Yaugic activity is the prescription to attain perfection in an individual. Thereby the society will remain healthy and thus the country will also prosper. Life is replete with conflicts, which are bound to create ups and downs in an individual mind thereby leading to stress. It is but natural that mind and body will be disturbed under stress. It is here that the mind and body trained under Yoga will be able to remain healthy and steadfast and thereby be able to confront all the difficult situations in life. The secret of longevity of a person is his ability to develop the disease fighting capacity (immunity). As a result of an experience of millions of years based on immunity, the human body has acquired a capacity to fight microbes and yet survive. Every cell of the human body is packed with this immune memory. We also know that cell injury is caused by chemical mediators. There is a possibility that control over our internal biochemical environment can be attained by Yaugic processes. We have now started understanding that spiritualism, Yoga and Science are all beads of the same rosary and in future it will possible to arrive at a simple understanding about each of these rosary beads.
9

It is expected that this book written by Swami Shree Adhyatmanandaji, who has a deep craving to do something useful for the society and who also possesses such a capacity and the expertise, will provide not only a very useful and interesting reading but will naturally take us near Yoga and Yaugic processes.
March 14, 2001

Dr. H. L. Trivedi, MD, FROPO Director, Institute of Kidney Diseases and Research Centre (IKDRC), Civil Hospital Campus, Ahmedabad, Gujarat, India.

10

What is Yoga?
What is Yoga? The common meaning of the word Yoga is to join. This word is derived from the Sanskrit element Yuj. One would normally believe hanging with head down is Yoga but this is not correct. A bat remains hung with head down every day through out his life but we do not say a bat is a Yogi. It is equally incorrect to say that one who walks on live charcoal or on water surface is a Yogi. Shree Ramkrishna Dev used to cut a joke about a Yogi who had met him and described that he had conducted Sadhana for twelve years, as a result he had come to Daxineshwar by walking on the surface of the water of Ganges. On hearing this Shree Ramkrishna Dev beat his forehead and said, Oh! Just by paying one paise we can cross Ganges and come back. If we pay two paise (pennies) to a boatman he will take us for half an hour on a joy ride. The work which can be done in one or two paise (pennies) is achieved by you by wasting twelve years! Thus Yoga does not mean remaining hungry or eating too much or remaining wide awake for nights together or to sleep long hours or to remain totally silent continuously or go on speaking without respite. Such imbalance cannot be termed Yoga. Geeta indicates word balanced for Yoga. Yuktahara viharascha, Yoga means maintaining balance in eating, walking etc. That is why it is said that Yoga means balance in life style. Samatvam yoga

uchyate. In addition to this Shree Krishna has given very beautiful and exact definition of Yoga: Yogah karmasu kaushalam. That means Yoga is one where work is done with dexterity. What is this dexterity in Karma? It means whatever you do, the job should be exact, it should not be softpadded or like a loosely filled bag: whatever you do, do it well, properly organized.
That is why Shree Ramkrishna Dev used to say that a lady who could cook very nicely can also meditate very nicely The reason is that cooking performed inattentively will not be tasty. Today you forget to put in salt, tomorrow you put salt twice. It is observed that those who are inattentive persons allow milk to overflow through over heating perhaps twice a week; what could be the reason? Oh, I was not attentive ! When mind is alert and stays where the body is, the condition is termed Yoga. But unluckily, while our body is in Chicago, our mind goes to Manchester. If you want to put a thread through the eye of a sewing needle, the thread will not be put through if the end of the thread is bent, left or right. The end will have to be made one pointed. Karma whether it is individual or family job or society job or a public work, one has to be fully alert in performance of job on hand, then only the word Yoga will have carried its proper meaning: That is dexterity. The above is the generally common understanding. Maharsi Patanjali defines Yoga as control of the leanings of the mind. Yogaschitta vrittinirodhah. This is the highest aspect of Yoga as mind is fickle. Oh Ram; Mind roams about in all directions. How it can be fixed in one place? So far as this mind remains fickle, restless, disturbed, Jiva will not be at ease.

The meaning of the word Yoga carries happiness in it. Condition of Viyoga is unhappiness. Yoga means peace, plenty, prosperity, development, progress and establishment in permanent soul-consciousness. All those that are to contrary, means restlessness, down-fall and selfdeception towards soul. Gurudev Swami Shri Sivananda used to say that the goal of human life is realization of the absolute. God first, world next and self last or preferably, never. The name given to this
path to realization of God is Yoga. Principal Yogas are Karma Yoga, Bhakti Yoga, Jnana Yoga and Dhyana Yoga. Besides there are Nad Yoga, Laya Yoga, Kundalini Yoga, Swara Yoga and others. If one desires to satisfactorily carry out any job, it is essential to have a healthy body Hatha yoga can bestow health. Raja Yoga leads to highest state in the absolute.

11

WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF YOGA? In Raghuvansh, poet Kalidas says Sarir madh yam khalu dharmasadhanam. That means for acquisition of Dharma or performance of duty, first and foremost importance is given to body Shruti completes the previous saying. Shruti says that dharma, art ha, kama, moxanam, arog yam mooluttamam That means to attain the ultimate goal of human life which is to attain Almighty, health is essential. If we say that body is the first and foremost instrument to obtain the absolute or even to carry out jobs either small or big in life easily and naturally, it is not enough. Body must have no disease. One should have sound health, satisfied mind, steady intellect and there should be desire in the subconscious mind to carry out job on hand perfectly All these are essential. A good student, a householder, an engineer, a doctor, a pleader or an advocate, an artist or a social worker can go up different steps in life and attain different goals beautifully, if he possesses disease-less body and sound mind. For proper and sound health, body and mind, Yoga is essential. Mind is the only cause for happiness or unhappiness in human life. Eyes can observe outside world, but mind can only be observed by mind itself. That is why entry in subtle life from the gross life makes it essential to practise Yoga.

Performance of any job calls for deeply quiet attitude of mind, besides having concentration and soundness of mind. All this becomes possible by means of Yoga. If one regularly performs a few Yogasanas, Pranayamas and Dhyana at fixed hours, then such a Sadhana carried out in conjunction with
Yama and Niyama will prepare a man in individual discipline, bodily discipline, vital discipline and discipline of senses. With the control of the senses one can attain the unfathomable element which is beyond mind and intellect. The life we live is not well defined. How can one imagine a life without conflicts? That is why it has been said in Mantras of marriage ceremony: Be careful, not to get pricked while plucking a rose. Paths in life are very hard and we only find difficulties there on. There is no charted path in this desert of mundane world, unknown waves arise, tornadoes strike. In such conditions, Oh Shiva, I pray arrange everything well organized.

In life all times are not alike. Untrained body or mind can get deranged at any moment. Lack of capacity of forbearance and understanding can blow away goodness of human life, juice of life gets dried out. All days cannot be alike. At one time Raja Harischandra travels in Viman (an aeroplane). Same king Harischandra gets to crematory, when on another occasion he gets sold out. However, in such conditions only Yaugic life can provide soundness and tidiness along the roadway What is the reason for creation of separating walls of egoism and mineness between a husband and a wife, mother and father and children? It points out to paucity of awareness in us. In modern times either in the west or in the east, the entire society has mental tension as its burning problem. Practice of Yoga develops one bodily, mentally and enhances powers of subtle body also. This Yoga can, in short, fulfill all the requirements of self-control, such as general daily lifes essentials like hunger, having no constipation, getting good sleep, not getting easily disturbed and not getting over emotional. Yoga does fundamental work of maintaining humanness in a human being. If a human being has turned brutal it needs to help in pacifying the
Tamasic attitude in a human being. Yoga converts Rajasik attitude to Sattvik attitude. Majority of the people carry on with the understanding and belief that we are all engaged in mundane work, so why should we get involved in Yoga? But really this is not the case. We use vacuum cleaner in standing position, clothes are washed in washing machines while standing, dish washer cleans crockery while we stand, there is standing kitchen, even toilets are having western style seats. So where do you have the occasion to sit with folded knees? Yes, if we go to attend a death gathering, we may have to sit with folded feet. But these days chairs are provided there too! We have hardly any exercise for knees. Again overseas countries mainly consume bread and rice. These varieties also include pasta, pizza and coke providing threefold binding for a Jiva in cholesterol, high triglycerides and high blood pressure. In this age of high society, high tech, your complaint will also be high. No surprise! The working of the body is classified in six parts: 12

1. 2. 3. 4.

Respiratory system Circulatory system Alimentary system Genito-urinary system Locomotor system Nervous system

5.
6.

Yogasana and Pranayama practice cast deep impression on all these systems. By the practice of Yogasana and Pranayama equanimity of mind is established in all difficult situations like need for control over emotions, control of anger, instability of mind, putting a stop on emotionalism, mental soundness, capacity to fight diseases etc. But the essential requirement is that, practice should be continuous and regular. With Yogasana, Pranayama and daily meditation common mass of people can avoid many problems of life. Shri Krishna indicates in the Geeta that this subject as above carries no shortcomings. If with sincerity some little practice is continued, it can give enough
capacity to fight so many future problems. Having considered what Yoga is and why one should practise Yoga, we will now go deep to discuss this subject. OM SHANTIH!

13

How Yoga can be done?

POINTS ON PERFORMANCE OF YOGA
It is necessary to keep certain matters in view for performing Yogasanas. They are 1. For the purpose of eradication of diseases one should perform Yogasanas under the personal guidance of an experienced teacher. 2. Practice of Yoga should be regular and without break, bearing in mind the necessity of seven elements discipline, faith, self-confidence, love, effort, sincerity and ample soul force.

3. Yoga exercise should be undertaken after brushing the teeth, cleaning the tongue, washing the mouth and other morning rituals. 4. It is very important to clean the bowels before starting Yoga exercises, especially for eradication of diseases. For the performance of special poses, it is absolutely necessary to have bladder empty and bowels clean.

5. If before performance of Yogasanas bowels have not been cleared with natures aid, then it may be necessary to drink a full glass of warm water or a cup of tea, coffee, cocoa, or milk chocolate. If one wants to perform Yoga exercises after light breakfast then atleast a minimum of one hour period should elapse before performance of Asanas. One should not perform Yoga exercises unless four hours have passed after eating regular food. One should take a breakfast or meals atleast half an hour after Yoga exercises.
6. If one takes bath before performance of Asanas, this practice will be found very helpful as one feels lightness in the body If due to heat, one perspires during Yoga exercises, he is allowed to take shower bath after half an hour of exercise. If before and after Asanas one takes shower or wash bath, then lightness of the body freshness as well as satisfaction will be experienced. 7. Yogasanas can be practised in the morning or evening depending upon availability of time. 8. One should perform Yogasanas in open or in a place well ventilated and clear of pests. 9. One should not perform exercises on an open ground or unlevelled ground. One should spread a carpet and there on a blanket on a level ground and then only perform Asanas. 10. One should not continue wearing spectacles or ornaments during the performance of Asanas. If you do so; either they may break or may injure your body 11 One should not perform Asanas immediately after a long walk in sunlight heat. 12. During the practice of Asanas facial muscles should not get stressed and eyes, ears and breathing should not suffer any strain and no kind of pressure should be felt. 13. Performance of all Asanas should be rhythmic. There should be no hurry or sudden jerks.

14. One should not have physical tiredness or mental stress and the body should not feel stiffness as it is not proper to carry out Yoga in such bodily conditions. One should therefore avoid undesirable conditions.

14

15. If one performs Asanas only mechanically, much advantage can not be gained. Hence on every occasion such exercise should be carried out with mental concentration, proper understanding and feeling of getting desired effect of Asanas. 16. One should not unnecessarily talk during Yogasanas practice.

17. When initially you start practice of Yogasanas keep your eyes open so you can thereby see what and how you
are performing, whether it is right or wrong. After due experience when you feel perfect in Yoga practice. keep your eyes closed so that with desired discipline and control of the body, you concentrate your mind on the advantage being gained by each Asana on the internal glands. 18. During the practice of Yogasana, body only should be active. Mind should be quiet and at ease. If the mind is uneasy or it is working in the opposite direction then one cannot be capable of finding out mistakes being committed during Asanas. 19. Always breathe through the nostrils during practice of Asanas. Do not breathe through mouth. One should be alert about this habit. Breathing should be rhythmic with forward and backward bending during performance of Yogasanas. 20. On completion of all Asanas it is essential to practise Shavasana for atleast ten to fifteen minutes. This practice will allow any strain suffered by any part of body to get relaxed and the body will feel lightness. 21. Such Asanas, where one has to bend backward or forward are helpful when one has higher or lower blood pressure. 22. For a patient who has pus in the ears or whose eyes are weak or whose ratina has some damage should not perform Shirshasana or Sarvangasana as well as Halasana and such other Asanas where legs go up and head is kept down.

23. If one performs Asanas in haste or incorrectly or just as a drudgery the ill effect of the same would be observed in a few days only and one can see the need to make the necessary correction in the practice. If you do not find out your mistake it is absolutely essential that you get guidance from a person who is regular in practice of Asanas and Pranayama, and one who has the knowledge, who is willing to teach other fellow. The teacher should not only have
a liking to teach and knowledge for the same but it is also essential that he should come down to the level of understanding capacity of the student. 24. If practice of Yoga is imparted methodically, scientifically, in a straight forward manner and naturally as well as with enough interest; then only within a few days practitioners will experience the advantages and effect of the lessons. Yoga practice will make body feel light , mind will remain happy, mind will lose fickleness. Practitioner will feel hungry, natural call will be clear, he will have deep sound sleep and he will experience brightness of the body, mind and soul as like bright sunshine after a downpour of rain. 25. Spiritual practitioner will observe an extraordinary change in his individual capacity, if he carries out Yogaabhyas regularly He will be more honest in his personal life as well as social life. One will observe plenty of discipline in his habit of eating, drinking and all movements as well as sleep. He will inherit a new life. 26. Children upto 12 to 14 years of age should not be instructed in all Asanas. 27. Have faith in practice of Yoga. An aspirant should sincerely practise Yoga then he will be able to save himself from big damage. OM SHANTIH! 15

YOGA: ADVANTAGES AND SUGGESTIONS

If one ruminates over the word Yoga one can definitely create a feeling that Yoga is a helpful element. One can derive this understanding from the following: 1. Yoga strengthens voluntary and centrally motored muscles, the working capacity increases. Muscles become more efficient and get more endurance power.

2. Along with better working capacity of the body, one has less tension and the capacity to bear high tension increases.
3. Fattiness gets controlled. 4. Heart gets massage.

5. Body and mind remain fresh and healthy

6. Respiratory system gets strengthened and sensory nerves get balanced. 7. Capacity of the heart to work increases; circulation process of blood gets controlled and heart becomes more alert in performance of its duties. 8. Because of the effect of Asanas and Pranayama, the head as well as the glands giving internal secretion get regular blood supply. This results in better sensitivity between nervous system, muscles, and veins. This results in very good capacity to work as well as dexterity in working of a man who practises Asana, Pranayama and meditation.

9. In the event of bursting of an artery blood-flow gets immediately stopped, capacity of effectiveness of glucose enhances. Body loses fat, cholesterol decreases. One gets the present of a long life and good health without much effort. When you are going to get all these advantages it is
very much essential to exercise proper care in observing following points. Yoga-abhyas will result in sufficient amount and proper quantum of gain. DO ATTEND TO THESE ITEMS: 1. Yoga-abhyas should not be carried out haphazardly like an indisciplined man. Do not imitate like monkeys. 2. Breathing should, throughout Yoga-abhyas, be attentively carried out normally through nostrils. 3. At the end of a set of different Asanas, perform Shavasana or Makarasana which gives relaxation. 4. One should not perform Asana in such a haste that he gets tired. Do not perform Asana if it results in stress and strain. 5. Be a constant observer of the breathing process. 6. Asana should be performed peacefully with ease and without the least tendency of competition of haste. 7. Asana should be performed only when mind is quiet, peaceful, happy and spiritual. 8. Put on clean, light and loose clothes for the practice of Yogasanas. 9. Practise Yogasana on light or empty stomach. 16

10. If one wants to exercise in the morning, a proper bath taken in the beginning will give extra freshness and one will enjoy exercise. 11. Individual and social discipline means Yama. This includes non-injury, truth, non-stealing, good thoughts, good behaviour and good dealings, non-hoarding. Niyama means internal and external purity, satisfaction, Tapas, self-analysis and surrender to God. This type of practice of Yamas and Niyamas by an aspirant makes life clean and pure and will give him initiation in Yaugic field. YAUGIC TREATMENT: You should consult a Yoga teacher having full medical knowledge as well as consult a doctor before starting experimentation with Yoga science or healing of diseases. There is a big centre in northern India at Udhampur for training of officers of army One of the senior army officer who works hours together on typing machine was suffering from cervical spondylosis. One overwise man who considered himself an expert, advised that Yoga-abhyas could help the typist officer. This much is a fact, but further advice he gave was such which would have contrary effect. Unfortunately he demonstrated exercises and said Shirsasana and Sarvangasana are the best among all the Asanas; for atleast 35 years, I regularly practise these Asanas. Just look at how healthy I am ! This was also a correct information but by advising that army officer who was a patient of cervical spondylosis to practise Sarvangasana and Shirsasana, was like advising to allow 4 cups of ice cream to a highly diabetic. Ultimately what was not desired just happened. This personal assistant of army officer suffered much. Thus, it is not proper to carry out Yoga exercises in the manner recommended by quacks. Practise Yoga exercises only under advice and guidance of one who has knowledge of Yoga and medical science. Main essential aspect about Yoga treatment is medical aid, care in food habits and Yoga exercises. If these three are simultaneously attended, then only, treatment can be beneficial. If a sick person is seriously ill, Yoga healing cannot be applied. Yaugic treatment helps in two stages: When illness is in the primary stage. When a sick person is recuperating, Yoga-abhyas results in astonishing help, when carried out combined with patience and prayers. OM SHANTIH!

17

FLEXIBILITY
If one wants to learn swimming the learner cannot start by jumping in unknown water. If one wants to learn cooking one cannot start by learning preparation of Mysore Pak made of almonds. Any subject that you want to learn can be gradually proceeded with. The first day, one has to begin with writing A for Apple only This also applies to education in Yoga. Our body is mainly divided into six systems, like breathing system, blood circulating system etc. But bone system is the supporting structure for all. For a house, if foundation is strong and if terrace is well constructed so that no water leaks in the house, if these are ensured , then it is allowable to proceed for good flooring, painting and whitewash. New roof, good curtains and furniture can be provided but first and foremost essential is that the basic structure should be strong. Bones make structure of our body It is necessary to provide lubrication in all joints. Our body structure of bones suffer from defects similar to those met with chain of a cycle, bearings of swings, and aldrops of the the doors, if they are not properly oiled. If electrical fans are not lubricated as desired it makes noise and disturbing sound. Similar is the condition of the structure of the bones of the body Flexibility exercises are to be practised before performing Yogasanas. A practitioner of Yogasana helps various parts by flexibility exercises. Various parts like thumbs of the legs, ankles, knees, thighs, and joints of the backbone, shoulders, elbows, and wrists of hands, fingers and palms, various backbones, chest, lungs, eyes, and finally intestines in the belly including all glands which secrete juices, even if a practitioner of Yogasana cannot do anything beyond the flexibility exercises even then treatment of diseases get much support by such exercises.

METHOD OF FLEXIBILITY EXERCISES

Sit on a blanket, spread over a carpet for purposes of practising of Asanas. 1. Sit with legs spread straight along the ground. While taking deep breath, simultaneously press legs, thumbs and fingers forward You should release breath simultaneously making the fingers relaxed. Every time you should press forward only thumbs and fingers. No bending should occur on the soles of the feet, simultaneously take deep breath in and out. Repeat this process 8 to 10 times.

Fig. 1
2. Sit with legs lying on the ground, straight. Keep the legs slightly apart. Keep a distance of 6 to 8 inches between two legs. Keep both the legs at some distance and press the soles of both legs downwards while inhaling deeply Keep the soles pressed forward for a period of counting ten. Repeat this process 8 to 10 times. Thereafter in a manner that you pressed soles forward, now bend and press in the reverse direction towards your body Repeat this process 8 to 10 times. When we sit like this with legs spread along the ground and when we press soles in the front and backwards we are stretching muscles of the legs, knees and sciatica nerves situated under the thighs. This exercise is found very helpful to those who get a pain in knees and sciatic nerves.

18

Fig. 2A

Fig. 2B

3. Sit with legs spread out. Rotate the paws of feet on heel as a centre. Initially do this clockwise and subsequently anticlockwise. This exercise is advantageous for the joints of the ankles. 4. Sit with legs spread out straight. Bend the right leg knee; raise the right leg to an angle of 90 degrees by supporting by both the hands and right thigh held up. In this raised position move the leg clockwise and anti-clockwise in circular motion 8 to 10 times. Repeat this process with left leg also. This exercise is very much helpful in pain observed in the cover bone of the knees. By regular practice one can save oneself from arthritis and joints pain.

Fig. 3
5. We have to continue sitting with legs straight. Now keep the palms of the hands near your buttocks, spread on the ground and elbow should be used for support on the ground. You can first take support from right hand, thereafter on the left hand. In this position shoulder and head will remain lifted up. Lift the whole body, which is situated under the navel. We should then

19

bend both the legs from knees and simulate running or cycling. This exercise is to be done in a vertical axis going round so that we get exercise on the knees.

Fig. 4
6. In this exercise also one has to sit with legs stretched. Keep palms of hands quite near the buttocks and raise your whole body at 450 above the ground. Thereafter right from navel to the thumbs of both the legs, move your body in a circular motion, initially clockwise and thereafter anti-clockwise. This process gives a lot of exercise to intestines in the belly We go on eating in the morning, noon, evening and night whenever we feel like. The rule for eating is that one should not eat second time till food taken once is digested, but this discipline is not observed and hence we get gas and constipation as a result of food remaining undigested. Our food contains oil, chillies and sourness in great proportions. It also includes garlic and onions in plenty, milk and curds are not included, exercise is not taken, there is no rule applying to consumption of food, the result is food gets putrified in the intestines, which results in chronic colitis. The exercise described above helps intestines. Our bowels therefore move easily hence even if one finds this exercise little difficult, even then it is of great use. 7. Continue sitting with legs spread forward, keep the right hand at a little distance of the back behind the body. Bend the body on the right keeping the left hand on the opposite right side. This will bend the spinal column in a manner that happens when wet cloth is twisted for draining out. This process should be repeated both on right and left sides. When you are exercising on the left side you should keep left palm of hand at a small distance from the body Keep right hand on the opposite left side and twist the body There is no supporting distance between last five vertebras. There are 33 vertebra in the spinal column. One supporting disc is situated between the vertebra. The group of five vertebras has triangular shape. Normally most of the people suffer pain under the waist in these vertebra, collectively known as sacrum.

Fig. 5
One also gets pain in the upper part of the hump of the back. People also get pain in the hump. It is essential that sufficient blood supply reaches between the discs of the spinal column. This exercise provides, the blood supply

20

This exercise is also useful to perform ParshvaVakrasana, Vakrasana and Ardha-Matsyendrasana. By twisting the body on both right and left sides, fat collected on the lower side of abdomen decreases. 8. For this exercise also one has to sit with stretched legs. Close the two fists of the hands. Now imitate rowing a boat like a boatman rowing a boat by bending forward right upto the legs. Repeat this exercise 8 to 10 times.

Fig. 6
This reduces collection of fat on the abdomen and its upper part also. Spinal column becomes more elastic. Here although body exercises more, less tiredness is felt. 9. So far exercises were performed with both the legs stretched forward together. Now sit with both the legs on the ground in the widespread position. Using the right hand, catch hold of thumb of the left leg. Take your left hand round the back side. Now bend forward with body twisted such that your head touches the left knee. This process should be repeated on both the sides 6 to 12 times.

Fig. 7
10. Sit with both legs stretched and kept wide apart as much as possible. Stretch both the hands forward. Lock the fingers in the direction opposing the face. Now as if you are grinding wheat in a two wheel country type grinding machine move both the hands, keeping them absolutely straight and parallel to the ground, in a circular motion so that you can touch the toes of both the legs.

Fig. 8A

21

Fig. 8B

Ensure that both the legs are kept as wide apart as possible so that the circle described while working with the floor mill will be bigger. This process should be repeated both in clockwise and anti-clockwise directions. By the above 2 exercises nos. 9 and 10 elasticity of the spinal column improves. The fat on the belly decreases. It also massages internal glands situated in the belly That increases its working capacity Digestion improves, constipation reduces and hunger increases. The pain at the back gets relieved. The upper muscle part on hand gets strengthened. It also exercises thighs and leg muscles. Ladies feel improvement in ovaries. 11. Now sit in Vajrasana, sit with both legs bent from the knees keeping them twisted in the manner similar to the position used by Mohammedan friends when they sit for Namaj. Keep thumbs of the legs touching each other, keep the heels apart and sit on both the legs keeping buttocks in between the heels. Raise both the shoulders and leave both the hands straight and loose. Do not bend the elbows of the hands. Raise and lower the shoulders. Repeat this process 8 to 10 times. By this exercise and some of the exercises described hereafter the joints of the shoulder bones, which are fitted in the form of ball and socket joints get exercise. Generally socket is little bigger than the size of the ball, so that ball can fit inside the socket and easily move around. This is similar to our shirt and trousers being kept little bigger than the parts of our body It is well known that in comparison to the proportion of the size of the body, even tight fitting clothes are slightly bigger.

Fig. 9
Normally seed is always smaller than the fruit. However in this case of joints pertaining to the shoulders this rule does not apply The bone of upper hand sits right up in a triangular shaped cavity in a bone in that part of upper hand known as humerous and the triangular bone is called a scapula where rounded top sits in this joint is held by ligaments and muscles. The condition of these joints is quite delicate in comparison to the joint of the thighs between femurs and illum. The rounded head of the femur fixes very well in the cavity of ilium. Hence if one runs or moves his legs round above or up and down and takes different positions as in eastern or western dances and special bent positions also, the joints do not get displaced or dislocated. If suddenly some heavy weight is applied then the neck of the ball shaped portion could break or get a crack. Even then it does not get dislocated but this is not the case with humerous and dislocation of your hand easily occurs. Bonesetter pushes this portion back into the cavity This

22

is not the case in bone pertaining to the joint of the heaps. Therefore the exercise of moving shoulder up and down is very important though very simple. 12. Now get the body straight up between the buttocks and waist while you sit in Vajrasana. Thus one will have to stand up with the support of knee joint and two upper parts of the legs. The whole body will assume a shape of right angle. Now, keep both the hands right from the shoulder completely away from the chest and move round both the hands in opposite directions such that hands cross each other. Both the hands must be moved round clockwise as well as anticlockwise. Repeat this exercise 10 to 16 times. This process which we performed by keeping hands parallel to the body and stretched away from the chest should now be performed by keeping both the hands on the side of the body in the line with both shoulders. You have to give clockwise and anti-clockwise movements. This process should also be repeated ten to sixteen times.

Fig. 10A

Fig. 10B

13. Sit again in Vajrasana position. Breathe deeply. Simultaneously raise both the hands right up along the head and press the palms of the hands on each other. (see Fig. 11) Go on releasing the breath making no sound and continue to press the hands. Lower down both the hands pressing each other to a position straight opposite the chest, thereafter separate the two palms. Again take one deep breath and raise both the hands. Press both the hands by each other and release the breath, bringing the hands down. This process should be repeated 10-16 times. This exercise helps rib bones and neck bones, lungs expand, capacity to breathe increases because the lungs expand vertically as well as transversely Diaphragm goes up and down. Thus giving a good deal of benefit to the ribs as well as the breathing system.

23

Fig. 11
14. If one cannot sit in Vajrasana this exercise can also be undertaken sitting in a chair. But sitting in Vajrasana allows great pressure to be applied on leg muscles and thighs. Hence circulation under the navel gets limited thereby making a very good effect on digestion, breathing system as well as genito - urinary system. Besides by position of Vajrasana more blood flows to the head. Pumping system of the heart feels less strain. Sit in Vajrasana, keep both hands on shoulders. Keep both elbows up in the same plane. Thus both the shoulders will be in one line between the elbows. Continue to keep hands above the shoulders but move both elbows backward and forward. (see Fig. 12A, 12-B) This exercise also simulates rowing and develops as well as strengthens neck bone, shoulders and chest. 15. Sit in Vajrasan. You can carry out this exercise in standing position also. Keep both the hands in line with shoulders parallel to the ground. Turn the palm of the hands from the facing position to the back position. Keep both the hands upto the elbow quite straight. Let the lower hands hang from the elbows. Swing them like pendulum of the clock. Initially try to repeat this exercise 8-10 times. This will tire you out. We will now discuss about the hand projecting below

Fig. 12A

Fig. 12B
24

the elbow, wrist, fingers, neck and cervical vertebra behind the neck. We shall also discuss butterfly exercise for those friends who find difficulty in sitting on the ground with crossed legs.

FLEXIBILITY 2

Our body needs food, sleep, cleaning of bowels. It should not remain lazy or sedentary but body should be active, energetic and full of vigour .For the entire life one should feel full and perfect; in a like manner, body also needs exercise. We generally eat more than what is essential or enough. We drink comparatively less water. People hardly spend time in exercising. We provide our homes with walker, bullworker or stationary cycle on seeing the advertisement, in the T.V. As if that is not enough many people use their basement in America to rig up a GYM. In Florida and Texas each house is provided with a swimming pool also but the swimming pool is hardly used for swimmers, only cleaner machine goes on cleaning it. It is painful to write that these days laughing clubs are required to be opened in many places. People gather in the parks and raise their hands and laugh artificially That is not a laugh. It is only simulation of laughter. Well, that is not wrong, but is it not a matter of laughter that one has to join a laughing club? This aspect brings laughter; is it not? In olden times people used to go out in the jungle or outside the town for natural calls. Even interior places in the country now do not use this arrangement. Every room has attached bathroom and rest room, how much do you walk then? From the bedroom to bathroom or kitchen and to the garage! How do we then have a solution to the problems created with the body in one of the tours undertaken for training in health exercises, one fat lady came to see me. She said, Swamiji, all the joints of my fingers are swollen. Please look at it. I asked, How do you then prepare dough for the Chapati? She said Why ask such irrelevant questions? I asked What are the various items can you cook? She said My Husband knows everything. I could offer only one prayer, Oh God! Birth after birth, kindly oblige this sister to get the same husband over again! Now, in our country also, work-maid does the sweeping and mopping, clothes are washed in washing machine, ironing is done by washerman, cooking is carried out by mother-in-law, office peon brings the vegetables and my husband; Well, long may he live! The same work is done by peon as well as the husband! Then madam What do you do? Oh Swamiji, this house is a big one. One has to look after it. Very well mother, you look after the house and house will look after you! Go on looking after each other in this fashion! House is an inanimate thing. You will also become similar! If body is not applied for various jobs concerning the home, body turns lazy One goes on ordering the other Get me some water. This may work for a while. But demand will ultimately go unheeded. However, if we carry out all household jobs ourselves, most of our health problems could be solved. For sound health if the following six rules are observed, life will be more beautiful, happy and joyful. 1. Eat half the stomach full. 2. Drink water equaling double the quantity of food. 3. Take exercise three-fold. 4. Laugh four-fold. 5. Work five-fold the present quantum of jobs. 6. Repeat Ram-nam six-fold. 7. Form a habit of laughing freely and loudly 16. Flexibility exercises are so designed that young or old, healthy or recuperating, even slightly sick persons can also perform these exercises without any fear. In this series keep both hands opposite to each other at the height of chest as in case of two friends meeting and shaking hands. Keep a little distance from the chest and in front of the chest. Take a deep breath. Release the breath, while lowering hands. Again

25

bring hands up to the level of the chest and then pull the hands in opposite direction and take a deepbreath. Bring both the hands down while releasing breath. This exercise should be repeated 8 to 10 times. Repeat the exercise with hand stretched behind the head also. When you do this exercise of pulling hand behind the head, see that you do not touch head. For relaxing, bring the hands over the head in front of chest and then relax.

Fig. 13
17. (A) It will be helpful to continue to sit in Vajrasana as long as you can. If you cannot sit in Vajrasana, sit with folded legs or even on chair and perform the following exercises. Stretch forward both your hands at level of chest. Bring your hands in the outer direction as if you are throwing them away very speedily Keep your fingers of the hands stretched as you are acting in horror movie. Keep the hands very stiff and slowly approach the chest. Let the fingers be kept as in a horror film position and throw again, draw again throwing in the front and bring it to back. Repeat this exercise 8 to 10 times.

Fig. 14
(B) Now bring the hands straight in front of the chest, fold the hands from the elbows of the hands. Move both the hands in circular motion, clockwise and anti-clockwise, 8 to 10 times. (C) Above exercise should be repeated 8 to 10 times with your fingers relaxed and separated. (D) Keep the thumb inside the fist and close the fist. Open the fist. Now keep the thumb outside and close it. Again open it. Repeat this 8 to 10 times. (E) Keep the palms of your hands facing each other at a distance of 6 to 8 inches stiffen, then relax. Repeat 8 to 10 times.

26

(F) Relax the hands beyond the wrist and make a movement as if throwing away something held in hands. Repeat 8 to 10 times. This relaxation exercise will give enough exercise to your elbow, palm and fingers. 18. The exercise now described is very helpful to the patient of cervical spondylosis. Those who perform this exercise regularly save themselves from the effect of cervical spondylosis. At this juncture one should try to understand what is meant by cervical spondylosis. We may not discuss this subject at present but may atleast understand that the top seven beads of vertebrae are known as cervical vertebra. When there is a pressure felt on fifth, sixth and seventh vertebrae some difficulties arise. This pain is known as cervical spondylosis.

Fig. 15A

Fig. 15B

Hold both the hands tight behind head. Relax; again tighten and again relax. Repeat this exercise 8 to 10 times. 19. Bring the right hand down from the back side of head and then bring the left hand, keeping at back side and take it up. Use the fingers of both hands as if you are putting them in hooks, then pull both the hands, one down and other up. Keep the upper elbow exactly in center of head. In front elevation it looks as if a cow is lifting its head. The position of the legs in Gomukhasana pose is different but hands are kept in this very fashion. Now repeat this exercise by changing left hand in this position, left hand elbow must be under head. Try to remain in both these positions. for one to one and a half minutes. 20. Those who actually suffer from spondylosis will find it difficult even to sit and stand up. Such people can use chair. However ordinarily this exercise should be carried out while sitting in Vajrasana. Alternatively you can also sit with folded legs.

Fig. 16A

Fig. 16B

Press the head towards the top by folded fist by keeping fist under the chin. Thereafter make a hook with the first finger, and hold the chin. Move the head up and down 8 to 10 times.

27

Now move the head towards the right very very slowly

Fig. 17A

Fig. 17B

Fig. 17C

Fig. 17D

Fig. 17E

Thereafter move it to the left, similarly without any haste or any jerk, repeat this exercise 8 to 10 times, in total, that is 4 to 5 times in left and right. Thereafter bring the right ear up to the right shoulder and then the left ear to the left shoulder. This exercise should be repeated five times, inclusive of right and left side, totalling 8 to 10 times. In the end the neck should be bent forward to the right, and move towards left, both in clock-wise and anti-clockwise directions. Repeat each side four times. All these exercises should be performed without any haste, peacefully and without any jerk. 21. After completing the exercise on the neck, come to the eyes. Normally we are flexing the eyes very much. We hardly give rest to the eyes. About 25 years ago India imported a rapid reading method from America. One of the main lesson in that method was to keep the book stationary while reading. In our country, we have a stand on which big books like Bhagwata, Ramayana, Geeta etc are supported. A similar stand made from wire was used here too. The intention was clear. One has to keep book steady while reading. Eyes were to be shifted from the left when the line begins to the right straight along to the end. One had to move the eyes where the line ends across to where the next line begins. By such a procedure all the muscles of the eyes will get exercise. The pupil of the eye is fixed by various muscles on left, right, above as well as below. If practice is carried out on all these muscles one can keep eyes sound, strong and quite capable. We will discuss further about healthy eyes, hereafter. We may first get equipped with exercises for the eyes. (1) Move the eyes in a vertical axis, both downward and upward. See that eyeballs as well as the pupils only do the movement. The head should not move.

28

(2) Move the eyes in the straight line from left to right and right to left. (3) Move the eyes diagonally from right to left and from left to right. (4) Move the eyes in a semi circle on the upper side from left to right and right to left. (5) Move the eyes in the lower semi circle from right to left and left to right. (6) Turn the eyes round clockwise and anti-clockwise. (7) Stretch your right hand in the front. Bring the first finger slowly nearer and nearer to the eyes. This will make the eyes in opposite angles near the cornea of eyes.

Fig. 18A

Fig. 18B

Fig. 18C

In the earlier exercise of the eyes both eyes were moving in parallel line. In this exercise (Fig 18 A) eyes become eccentric hence sometimes you may see two fingers in place of one. This is as it should happen. One finger will be the main finger which is real and other will be an optical illusion. Move the right hand finger from nose to the farthest end of hand and then again from the farther end, bring nearer to the nose. Repeat this process four to six times. (8) In the end close and open both the eyes very quickly 8 to 10 times. Thereafter rub both the palms of the hands so that they become warm. You may then put hollow of the hands on both the eyes. This process in called Palming. NOTE: All these exercises of the eyes should be repeated 6 to 8 times. It is essential to rest the eyes. Keep them closed 10 to 15 seconds after each exercise. 22. There is a special importance attached to this exercise called butterfly exercise. Those people who are not accustomed to sit with legs on the around on Sukhasana find it difficult to sit even for a few seconds. Preliminary exercise for those who have arthritis, sciatica, pain of knees as well as pain while proceeding to sit in Padmasana.

Fig. 19A

Fig. 19B

29

Fig. 19C
(1) Sit down on the ground. Bend the legs from the knees in such a way that both heels and paws remain together and the legs remain opposite each other. This will allow both the knees to assume a shape of wings of a butterfly in opposite directions. Now hold both the paws at a time by both the hands and move the knees up and down like moving of wings of a butterfly Repeat this 16 to 32 times. (2) Now release the hands from the paws of the legs as in earlier exercise. Hold both the knees by the hands above. Now move the knees up and down 16 to 32 times. (3) Now stretch your right leg. Place left leg on your right thigh. Hold your left leg by right hand and your left knee by the left hand. Move the knee up and down 16 to 32 times. Thereafter move the knee clockwise and anti-clockwise 4 to 6 times in a circular motion. (4) Now repeat process similar to above with left leg stretched. Hold the right leg by the right hand. Move the knee up and downl6 to 32 times. Thereafter move the knee clockwise and anti-clockwise 4 to 6 times in a circular motion (5) Sit in Padmasana by keeping right leg on the left thigh and left leg on right thigh in such a manner that both the knees rest on the ground. If initially this is not possible, first put left leg on right thigh. Again repeat by putting right leg on the left thigh. This butterfly exercise is advantageous for both the joints of hips, joints of knees as well as ankles. The working capacity of the legs increases because stiffness of joints decreases. Ladies get a great advantage in the ovaries. 23. Sit with both legs straight forward. The two hands, must be kept on ground a little apart with fingers pointing towards the direction on back of head. Now raise the back as much as possible by balancing the body weight on both the hands, paws of both the feet and heels. The stiffness in the back will be reduced. This flexibility exercise will give you liveliness, sprightliness and will add to the vital air.

Fig. 20

OM SHANTIH!

30

31

ASTHMA - 1

Once I had an occasion to stay at Gainsville in Texas at residence of a doctor friend. A Satsang was organized in the evening. The doctor was a Jam. Hence we had evening meals before sunset at 5.30 p m only The bungalow was situated on very beautiful banks of a wide spread pond. I had stopped the central air condition system and opened all doors and windows before leaving for Satsang. After the Satsang when the doctor family came to leave me in my room they were astonished. I asked: whats the matter doctor ? He was surprised and asked who had opened the doors and windows of my room? I replied that I had done so. They said: Well Swamiji, here in America, no one keeps doors and windows open. A beautiful pond and bungalow situated on the top of a high hill, and I was living on the first floor. Now where is the danger of entry of a thief? No, No, here hardly thieves visit, but what about outside air quietly entering the room? Whenever I visit America, I have a round of Texas, Florida, North Carolina, Charlot, Maryland, Baltimore, Virginia, Washington, Denver, Atlanta, Los Angeles, California, Detroit, Michigan and Chicago. Most of the people suffer from similar problem of allergy. Young and old alike have breathing problem. There is one chief engineer working in a well-known motor car company of Detroit. Both husband and wife were working in the same department. Both enjoyed happy wedded life. They have two daughters. Elder daughter had allergy for chick-peas. If some chick-peas are getting cooked in nearby area she will feel uncomfortable. Parents would take great care that such a thing does not happen. Unluckily it happened once. There was an occasion of a birthday of one other engineers daughter of the same company There was a big party and a big assembly in the evening. All children had got together and enjoyed this programme. It was arranged in the basement. All children were playing, when unluckily a cooker burst in the kitchen. Husband and wife were busy in cleaning all the mess. But the allergic girl started getting suffocation. She could not breathe easily She ran away to the other room leaving the company of children and lost consciousness. After cleaning everything in the kitchen the couple visited basement where children were playing. They did not see the young girl. They remembered about chickpeas allergy. They found the girl unconscious. Ambulance was called but before they could reach hospital, it was too late. The birthday turned into a black day. How would one inform her parents? How to show up the faces? This is not a story It is not intended to make it any longer. The problem does not end here. Sunil, the father of the girl went on feeling downhearted. Mother Sujata just felt herself lost. In America people are accustomed to file a suit even in small matters. They did not do so. But death of this young girl broke the strong ties of friendship of the two families. A similar disease is called eosinophilia. Normally the amount of eosinophils in blood remain between 0% and 4% but when there is dust in the atmosphere, smoke, fog, coal-tar smoke, fumes of incense sticks,scent is sprayed, white wash and painting and where there is dampness as well as change in season, even if flowers of the neem trees, pendulla leaves, nilgiri leaves and flowers of acacia fall down in the open fields, when wheat or rice is separated from its husk and
32

the same is air borne, eosinophilia increases in the blood. One starts suffering from cough of a number of varieties affecting allergic people. This allergy, eosinophilia, asthma are all diseases of the lungs and concerned with disease of breathing. Another reason for this disease of the breathing system is habit of tobacco. This may take the form of snuff or smoking or chewing. One can catch this disease by habit of drinking also. In every case lungs are affected. Amongst a multitude of reasons, asthma affects people due to mental tension also. Such attacks of asthma can be temporarily alleviated by use of inhaler, but those contacting asthma due to mental tension do not get relief by this inhaler for a longer duration. Nature has arranged the lungs in such a way that the body gets in enough oxygen. Normally the roots of a tree go down and the branches go up. But in the case of lungs it is Oordhva moolamadhah shakhah The two nostrils of the nose meet at the top in one hole and the tracheal tube starts from there and divide out in two parts. This is further subdivided into so many small tubes. All these tubes sucking in air are known as bronchial tubes. The sub-division of these bronchial tubes is named alveoli. This alveoli is covered with a number of smaller tubes carrying blood. These are also known as capillaries. These capillaries perform the job of sucking in oxygen from the air we breathe in. Similarly another set of capillaries work for throwing out carbon dioxide via trachea. Whenever we exercise, run about, walk, move here and there, swim, dance etc; at time of all these activities the diameter of bronchial tubes either expands or contracts. The muscles of these bronchial tubes are controlled by an involuntary muscle system of the brain. Hence, whenever we exert bodily, there arises a need for a big quantity of oxygen. By the messages of the brain bronchial tubes dilate, but in opposite conditions i.e. when a man is not doing any activity then the need for oxygen is comparatively lesser. Under these circumstances, bronchial tubes get contraction based on the messages sent by the brain, therefore, air gets entry to a lesser extent. When there is an attack of asthma, blood refills very limited amount of oxygen because at that time bronchial tubes are contracted. This contraction is not permanent and after an attack of asthma the lungs also get normal. That is the reason why asthma can be completely controlled. During the attack of asthma, the nervous system or the parasympathetic system gets contracted to a greater extent, and therefore, gradually the bronchial tubes become more and more constricted. This is the permanent reason for having chronic asthma. By regular exercise of Yogasana and Pranayama the constriction of the bronchial tubes gets very much reduced. Slowly the capacity of bronchial tubes increases to a great extent. By this type of performance one can control the attack of asthma to a great extent and subsequently gradually asthma can be cured from the roots. YOGASANAS AND PRANAYAMA: Suryanamaskara, Matsyasana, Bhujangasana, Dhanurasana, Ushtrasana, Shavasana, Ujjai, Kapalbhatti, Bhastrika, Omkar, Jalaneti, Sutraneti and Kunjal processes are of benefit. ADVANTAGES OF SURYANAMASKARA IN ASTHMA

33

Suryanamaskara allows the development of lungs. By this process, lungs become wider, bronchial tubes develop and oxygen is breathed in bigger proportions. As the smallest bronchial tubes and blood circulating capillaries carry enough blood there remain no reason for breathing getting hindered. METHOD OF PERFORMING SURYANAMASKARA 1. Stand with both the legs touching each other. Keep both the hands near the chest in the mode of Namaskara. Let the breathing be normal. (fig 21-i)

Namaskarasana (Fig 21-i)

Hastottanasana (Fig 21-ii)

2. Now breathe in deeply Raise both the hands keeping them in Namaskara pose but on both sides of the head. When both hands reach near both ears on both the sides of the head, then bend both the hands as well as head on the backward side. Do not bend hands from the elbows. Do not bend the head on the backward side before both the hands are positioned on the side of the head. This is because the centre of the body is situated in the head. If head bends towards the back earlier, the centre will go eccentric and there are chances of getting toppled over. Hence understand the instructions carefully and bend the head only when it is in the centre of both the hands. (fig 21-ii)

34

Hastapadasana (Fig 21-iii)

3. With both the hands remaining in the Namaskara position bend forward with your head. Go on releasing the breath. Keep both the hands on both the sides of the legs. Both the palms of the hands should be fully touching the ground. Fingers and thumbs of the hands should remain pointing in the opposite direction. Knees should remain straight, should not be allowed, to bend. This type of position is not easily possible in the beginning. Do not get disheartened. Make efforts. Do not overstrain. Try to perform the pose as well as possible. Breathe out. (fig 21-iii) 4. Now breathe in. Pull the right leg on the rear as if you were taking a stride backward. Let the right knee touch the ground. The paw of right leg should be touching the ground, heel should be in the top, left knee

Ashwasanchalanasana (Fig 21-iv)

should come near the chest, the head should be between two hands and pointing upward, eyes straight, chest should be up, away from the ground. (fig 21-iv) 5. Now lift the left leg and put it along side the right leg. Both the knees should be straight. Back also should be straight. The weight of the whole body will be supported on both the hands and
35

the two paws of the legs. The whole body right from the head to the heel should remain in one line. Hold the breath Antarkumbhaka. (fig 21-v)

Dandasana (Fig 21-v)

6. Knees should be kept touching the ground. Chest also should touch the ground. Lower part of the belly as well as the buttocks be kept a little raised above the ground. Forehead should touch the ground. Now exhale. Both the hands should be on both sides of the chest and should be parallel to each other, the elbows should be pointing upward. This pose is called Sashtanga Namaskara. (fig 21-vi)

Sashtanga Namaskara asana (Fig 21-vi) 7. Breathe deeply. Equally share the weight of the body on both the hands and raise forehead, head and chest upto the navel. Keep the elbows half bent. Do not straighten both the hands. Elbows should be parallel to each

other and touching the body. Keep the fingers and the thumbs of both the hands pointing outward; palms should be resting fully on the ground. (fig 21-vii)

Bhujangasana (Fig 21-vii)

36

8. Now exhale, share your weight on the palms of both the hands and on the paws of the legs and raise the knees, back, buttocks and chest. Press the head in between both the hands. Raise the body so that both the heels of the legs remain touching the ground. A beautiful triangle will be described by the body Weight of the whole body will get equally divided on both the hands and both the legs. (fig 21-viii)

Parvatasana (Fig 21-viii) 9. Now hereafter numbers 9, 10, 11 and 12, asanas are repetition of asanas nos. 4, 3, 2, and 1 respectively. Now remember, leg which was drawn backward in the 4th pose. Yes, that was the right leg. Allow right leg to remain straight backward. Bring the left leg in between both the hands. The right knee should touch the ground. Left knee should remain between both the hands, head should be taken up, chest should be brought forward. Now inhale.

Ashvasanchalanasana (Fig 21-ix) 10. To attain the 10th pose, exhale. Bring the right leg which is kept behind exactly in line with the left leg. Knees should remain straight. Both the hands should be on both the sides of the legs, keep both the palms fully touching the ground. Keep the fingers and thumbs of the hand pointing outward.

37

Hastapadasana (Fig 21-x) 11. Slowly inhale, raise both the hands straight upward keeping both hands joined together and head lying in between the arms. Initially assume standing position with head and leg in a straight line and bend with the hand and head behind seeing that knees and elbows do not bend.

then

Hastottanasana (Fig 21-xi)

12. Now exhale. Bring both the hands in front of the chest. Keep both these hands in a pose of Namaskara. Breathing should be kept normal.
38

Namaskarasana (Fig 21-xii) This constitutes one Suryanamaskar. Initially, start by performing 2, 4, 6, 8 Namaskars. Subsequently when you perform other extra Asanas, it will be enough if you limit to two or four Namaskars. You can at the most

perform 12 Namaskars. Whether you perform two or four Namaskars, it is absolutely essential to perform Shavasana..

MATSYASANA
By performing Matsyasana, lungs get ample supply of blood. Thereby the bronchial tubes, breathing system and air vessels gain more capacity and become active. By this exercise lungs get stretched both vertically as well as transversely and hence oxygen is breathed in full proportion and the working capacities of both the diaphragm and the lungs increase.

To perform Matsyasana spread a blanket making it four fold. Sit at ease. Matsyasana is mainly performed while one seats in Padmasana. Sit in Padmasana taking right leg on the left thigh and left leg on the right thigh. If this is not convenient, you can first keep the left leg on the right thigh and then put right leg on the left thigh. This is also an allowable pose of Padmasana.
1. After sitting in Padmasana, keep both the palms of both hands on two sides of the body. Keep the fingers and thumbs join together and pointing on the opposite direction. Thereafter bow down slowly keeping right elbow on the ground and left elbow also on the other side of the ground. See that knees remain touching the ground and backside lies down on the ground.

Matsyasana-1 (Fig 22-i) 39

Matsyasana-2 (Fig 22-ii

Matsyasana-3 (Fig 22-iii)

Now keep the palms of both the hands on both sides of head so that the fingers of the hands point towards the shoulders on both the sides. Raise the head by taking weight on the hand, keep the head on the ground in such a manner that the scalp of the head remains on the ground. Now hold the thumb of both the legs by both the hands. Keep the elbows touching the ground. Close the eyes. Breathe through the nose. (fig 22-i)
2. We can also perform Matsyasana sitting in Vajrasana pose. When you perform Matsyasana by sitting in Vajrasana, keep both the knees touching each other. Keep both the hands on thighs. Keep the position of the head in the same manner as described under No. 1 (see fig 22-u). We may not find it convenient to perform Matsyasana, while sitting in either Padmasan or Vajrasana. Even then in the third pose described hereafter, you can perform Matsyasana which will give all the advantages of Matsyasana in this third simple and easy way.

3. Lie on your back on the ground. Keep both the legs together. Raise the head, supporting the weight of
the body on the palms put under buttocks. Raise the shoulders also. Now position the scalp of the head on the ground. In all the three alternate poses of Matsyasana, the scalp of the head will touch the ground. Keep the mouth and eyes closed. Breathe normally and very very slowly. Thus because the lungs get stretched

vertically as well as transeversely the working capacity of the lungs increases. There will remain no congestion in the bronchial tubes, you will get extraoxygen, diaphragm will get exercised.
In this manner if one performs Suryanamaskara and Matsyasana along with Ujjai, Kapalbhati, and Bhastrika Prananyama one definitely gets quick relief in general cold, running nose as well as cough. Kapalbhati is not a Pranayama but it is a process. We will now discuss further exercises which can result in beneficial effects. OM SHANTIH!

40

ASTHMA 2
-

We will now obtain information on Bhujangasana, Dhanurasana, Shavasana, Bhastrika, Omkar, Jalneti, Sutraneti and Kunjal processes for cure of disease of asthma. BHUJANGASANA

Ujjai, Kapalbhati,

(Note: Practice of Asana should be carried out on a four fold blanket spread on ground or a carpet.)

Bhujangasana (Fig 23) Lie prone with belly touching the ground. Keep the forehead on the ground. Keep both the hands on the two sides of the chest and along the ground. Keep the fingers and the thumb of hands pointing in the front direction so that the

fingers do not go beyond the shoulders. Lie down in such a way that the chest, stomach, and thigh touch the ground fully Extend both the legs on the back side keeping fingers and thumbs together. This will look like the tail of a serpent. Take the weight of the body on both the hands and lift the head slowly upward. Go on inhaling. Lift up the head, chest and stomach upto the navel. See that the hands remain half bent at the elbow. Do not raise them to a straight level. In this manner, lungs will be vertical and will also expand transversely You will be able to suck in more oxygen. On reaching the final stage of Bhujangasana, try to retain the breath called Antar-kumbhaka. Hold the breath as long as you can without experiencing any difficulty. Now exhale while lowering the body Generally most of the people spread out the legs along with raising the head while performing Bhujangasana. This is a common mistake. If we increase the distance between the two legs in theabove described manner, then the weight of the body will be shared on the two legs. By doing so, we will not get enough advantage in the lumber region which is situated at the end of vertebrae of the spinal column. Again by the separation of the legs enough pressure will not be felt on the diaphragm situated under the lungs. Lungs expand more or less depending on the movement of thediaphragm. Hence under these circumstances, while carrying out of Bhujangasana, both the legs must be kept with the heels and paws together- in the shape of a tail of a serpent pointing outside. While practising Asanas, maintain steadiness initially from one half to a full minute. Increase the period slowly and without any fear take it up from one and a half to five minutes. It will not be possible to be steady in performance of Asanas in the initial period. One should try to increase the period slowly If it is not possible to remain steady for a longer time, do not do so forcibly In order to get full advantages, perform each Asana atleast three times. Do not forget to perform Shavasana for a period equal to one third the period for which each Asana is performed. Each Asana should be practised with fully quiet mind and in a happy mood.
41

Lie prone on the ground. Bend both the legs from the knees, hold both the ankles with both the hands, thereafter three different activities are to be performed. To begin with, pull the legs on the upper side, then lift the knees, and ultimately raise both the head and chest. Ensure that both hands and both legs remain parallel to each other. Do not separate the two knees to a greater extent.

Dhanurasana (Fig24) One point to be careful about is that majority of persons lift the head and chest too much whereas knees remain touching the ground. This is not proper Dhanurasana. Hence lift the head and the chest only after legs and knees are raised up. The practice of Dhanurasana treats the disease of gas produced in the joints of hands, legs and spinal column. But here the manner in which we perform the Asana, lungs are stretched vertically and transversely and exercises diaphragm. As a result the working capacity of the breathing system increases. Diseases small or big connected with lungs are produced because of allergy and congestion of the lungs. Thus practice of Dhanurasana helps a good deal in eradicating asthma.

SHAVASANA Lie with your back on the ground. Now separate the two legs and keep them loose. Keep the paws of the legs relaxed and lying in the outer directions. Keep the palm of the hands facing upper direction. Close the eyes. Keep the whole body relaxed. Now mentally think that 1 am performing Shavasana to have my body sound and healthy, to live long, for my mental happiness and to keep my life happy and full. I wish that this performance of Shavasana will result in my healthy life which will be of use to my family, society, and the world. My heart craves only one high ideal of well being of everyone, everywhere.Let all enjoy happiness, Let the work of all be auspicious. Let no one be unhappy,
42

Let all have auspiciousness. Let peace be established in the east, west, north and south. In the hills and hillocks, in the oceans and in the jungle, let peace prevail. Let there be peace in the lives of each man, let there be peace. Om peace, peace, peace !!! Start the practice of Shavasana with the above good will.

Shavasana (Fig25) For the purpose of practising Shavasana, one has to begin by remaining a witness of the surrounding atmosphere. Slowly then, one should be aware of the internal consciousness and internal atmosphere. One should then try to listen to the heartbeats and finally remain a witness only of the breath which you inhale and exhale. Witness its speed and condition. Try not to be hasty at all and inhale as well as exhale very very gradually. Be as slow as possible in your exhalation and inhalation. This breath that is being inhaled is not ordinary air in the room but it is a main element. One of the five elements of nature viz. Earth, Water, Fire, Wind, and Space. We are inhaling the main element wind. When we exhale we should try to feel: I am exhaling happiness, joy, consciousness, alertness. All my good and auspicious aspects, I am breathing out for the well being of the world. As we sow, so shall we reap. We will be getting in return thousand times the good that we give unto the world. Normally one blunder is committed by people thinking and being thought that when they breathe in light, power and wisdom will enter their breath. This is alright, but while they exhale the carbon dioxide they throw out also carry with it our diseases, unhappiness, difficulties, jealousy, hatred, etc; but this latter part seems to be a big mistake. World can be likened to a mirror. If we stand before the mirror, we see ourselves as we are. Hence it is necessary that we always nurture goodwill towards the world. We will then get goodwill in return.
43

Raise the right leg two to four inches and release it in a relaxed way. Repeat this process with the left leg, thereafter tighten the fingers and the thumbs of both the legs by pulling them downwards. Now relax. Tighten the ankles and the muscles of the leg. Again release. Pull the knees and release. Now stiffen both the thighs and relax. Pull both the buttocks in and relax. Pull the anus inside and upward. Then relax. Thereafter one, by one go on tightening fingers of the hands, thumbs, fists, wrists, elbows, biceps, shoulders, and relax. Similarly pull the belly lying under the navel inside and relax. Broaden the chest by breathing in and relax.. Similarly waist, back, and shoulders as well as muscles of the face must be stiffened. Eyes must be closed. Mouth should remain a little open and relaxed. Breathe only through the nostrils. Thereafter feel that the thumbs of the legs, fingers, soles, heels, ankles, legs, muscles, knees, thighs, buttocks and the whole body lying beyond the navel is now completely quiet as if there is nothing, as if it is a corpse, it is light as a blade of straw, lifeless; all around is quiet, soundless, as if it is a crematery. In a similar manner, fingers and thumbs of both the hands, arm-pits and shoulders are completely quiet, they are relaxed. Excepting the outside muscles of the belly, all the glands and organs have now become quiet, healthy and relaxed. Bladder, small intestine, large intestine, stomach as well as its acidic contents, gallbladder, liver, kidney, pancreas, spleen, adrenal, all these are relaxed. Breathing system is working beautifully Diaphragm, air vessels, lungs, and bronchial tubes have no congestion. There is no hindrance, there is no cough or cold. Breathing tubes carry the breath unhindered and equally breathes out. The capacity for retaining breath has not reduced under 2800 ccs to 3600 ccs. We are enjoying perfect health. Impure blood enters the heart and purified blood goes out. Veins, arteries and all the valves of the heart are in perfect order; cholesterol, triglycerides are in normal proportions in the blood. Sugar is also normal. There is no diabetes. Blood pressure is also 120-80 normal range. Everything is quiet, sound, happy and beautiful. Beginning with coccyx at the end of spinal column to the top cervical vertebrae are functioning perfectly, there is no defect in any of the vertebrae or the discs. Thus the complete body under the shoulder is sound. It is quiet, relaxed, and free. All the muscles of the face are relaxed. There is no mental tension; only quiet and with perfect happiness. Ear and the drums of the ear, nose and the nostrils are relaxed and sound. Lower jaw and cheeks are also relaxed. Lips, lower as well as upper lips, upper and lower sets of the teeth are relaxed. The end of the tongue which stays behind the row of the teeth is also relaxed, sound, quiet, happy and well defined. Eyes, eye-lids, pupils of the eyes, eye-brows, forehead and scalp of the head are all relaxed. The whole body is relaxed, is quiet, is perfectly healthy and composed. Now there should be no movement at all in any of the organs. Just feel the silence! Profound peace !! Om Shantili, Shantih When we practise Shavasana in this manner, we experience profound peace in our body and in the surroundings.
44

Shavasana means condition of the body like a dead body When anyone dies, he actually loses his Prana, he ultimately merges with all the five principal elements. Body on decomposition merges in all the five elements. That is to say an individual turns into universal: one merges into the universal condition. Thus merging into permanent truth and very clean consciousness which is above all the diseases, sorrows, unhappiness and difficulties. Try to listen to the heart beats and breathing in and out, while you remain in Shavasana position. Thereafter begin by slowly moving fingers and thumbs of the legs. Make it as slow as possible. Then move the fingers of the hands. Thereafter open the eyes gradually Again close the eyes. Now without any sort of haste turn on your left side. Bring the left hand under your head. Keep both the legs bent from the knees. Feel perfect soundness of health. Enjoy quietitude, specific peace, deep peace, bliss divine and salvation which is permanent attainment of divine. This type of practice of Shavasana is greatly beneficial to breathing system, circulating system and nervous system. The breathing system is mainly feeling good because of mental peace and soundness. This type of bodily and mental relaxation has been observed to be helpful in eradication of asthma. UJJAI PRANAYAMA Sit in Sukhasana or Padmasana or Sidhasana or Swastikasana or Vajrasana or atleast in the crossed leg easy position. Keep the head, neck and spine in one straight line. Now breathe very slowly through both the nostrils and release the breath through either nostril or only left nostril very slowly The breath should enter with a partial touch on the glottis situated in the neck when you breathe in and breathe out. These are termed Puraka and kumbhaka. When the breath lightly touches the glottis there will be a light sound as if air enters a big diameter water pipe line or as if wind blows with pressure. It is not intended to make a deep sound while breathing. This glottis is a strong watchman between our trachea and food pipe. It does not allow food to enter the breathing pipe. Even if through unconscious mistake, food touches this glottis it makes us cough. Our nose and eyes leak water and one feels darkness all around. Mucus collects around this glottis; one gets cough due to this collection which in the long run turns chronic and thereafter it develops into permanent asthma. In such circumstances whenever our throat feels bad we are advised to gargle using salt and hot water; this same result with extreme effect is obtained by practice of Ujjai Pranayama. If the asthma is in a very mild form then twenty repetitions of Ujjai Pranayama, 3 to 4 times in a day will make us free of the disease. By the practice of Ujjai Pranayama breathing capacity is increased right from entry to the mouth, down to the breathing pipe till it subdivides on both the sides in both lungs. Ujjai is a natural Pranayama undertaken in a very simple manner. Hence practice of Ujjai has been found helpful in very acute conditions of asthma. In addition to Ujjai two other Pranayamas, namely Kapalbhati and Bhastrika are helpful when difficulty is encountered in breathing process or in conditions of asthma. Let us now have a look at these.
45

KAPALBHATI Kapal means forehead and bhati means shining. By performing Kapalbhati the forehead assumes shining lustre. But if the passage in the nose is closed, if you have difficulty in breathing process, if you have caught heavy cold, there is a doubt of asthma, then the face becomes dull and lifeless. In such circumstances it will be difficult to have a shining forehead. This Kapalbhati is a process of breathing, however Yogacharyas do not classify it as a Pranayama, but have included the same as one of the six processes of cleaning of the body Six processes of Neti, Dhoti, Basti, Nauli, Tratak and Kapalbhati are covered as logic cleansing processes of the body Kapalbhati cleans the bronchial tubes. This process of Kapalbhati helps right from the beginning of two nostrils to the place where bronchial tube divides out into both the lungs and goes inside to various tubes and therefrom right upto the upper 1/3 portion of the lungs upto the point where the movement of diaphragm is felt a little. Besides this there seems to be no special job for the belly Take a deep breath very slowly when you breathe in and release the breath very very quickly at the same time ensuring that there is no jerk in the body or muscles of the face. Do not move the shoulders, do not give any jerk to the hands, let not the muscles of the face suffer any distortion. Normally when people breathe out they bend the body in the front from the waist and give a jerk, or shake the shoulders and head violently, but this process is not proper. Body must be steady and quite peaceful and the face must be pacific. While exhaling, most of the people make a face similar to that of a squirrel. There is a muscle joining both the lips of the face and going above the corner of the lips, the nose and reaching the corner of the eyes. Normally this muscle gets more tension in cases where a man gets an attack of epilepsy or when the face gets distorted on paralysis of the body due to high blood pressure. This muscle is called Levator, labii superioris alaeue nasi. The muscle that goes from lip to the other lip and thereafter towards brain in called superior and alaeque means along the nasi that is the nose. Thus ensure that breathing is very very slow and the release of the breath is at a great speed. This process is meant only for the cleaning of the body and hence its efficacy is wonderful. Such people who are not suffering from acute condition of asthma get affected mainly at the time of change of seasons. If they suffer due to asthma too often, this exercise of Kapalbhati has proved of immense help to them. Eosinophilia is equally dreadful and can be likened to the sister Putana of Kansa. Whenever the proportion of eosinophils count increases in the blood of the body, at that time a sick man goes on coughing violently like an asthmatic patient. In such cases a patient surrounded by medicines and pills and a row of injections finds Ujjai and Kapalbheti helping the patient in a wonderful manner. This is not to say that medicine must be stopped. Alongwith the medicine and doctors treatment the practice of Asana and Pranayama is likely to give better health. BHASTRIKA The meaning of Bhastrika is a bellows. For performing Kapalbhati, we breathe in very slowly and breathe out very speedily Here for Bhastrika we have to both breathe very quickly in and breathe out also equally speedily This way we have to both take in and breathe out in a rhythm. Here the lungs expand fully right from bottom to the top. This is similar to the bellows which we
46

have on a harmonium. In olden times a man who applied tin coating on vessels or a man who blew in the air in oven of a blacksmith used to make use of bellows. In a similar manner, we have also to breathe in and out quickly This is termed Bhastrika Pranayama. This Bhastrika Pranayama creates very high heat as good lot of strength is applied. This increases the working capacity of lungs and energy to a great extent. Complete system, starting from the nose, complete trachea and deep upto the end of lungs right upto diaphragm becomes diseaseless, strong and gets endowed with greater working capacity. If the condition of asthma is very acute i.e in a very badly diseased state this Pranayama should not be practised but if disease is just in an initial stage or even if it has reached middle stage or the disease is on a decrease, then this Pranayama gives a lot of help. To start with you can begin with breathing in and breathing out 20 to 40 times. Gradually you can increase and take it to 150 to 200 breaths at a time. Please see that Jalandhara bandh is unfailingly performed after repeating each round of Bhastrika. For Jalandhara bandh one has to breathe in deeply and press the chin on the chest and hold the breath. Raise the head thereafter and breathe out slowly
OMKAR

There is no scientific training necessary for practice of Omkar. Either in the morning, noon, afternoon, or at night, whenever the belly is not full, you can perform loud chanting of A... .U.... M Performing Omkar will increase the working capacity of breathing system and blood circulation system. You can thereby create the possibility of getting free from diseases of these two systems. By chanting of Omkar circulation of blood increases thereby increasing the capacity of lungs which becomes diseaseless. The cause for contacting asthma by most of the people is their sedentary life style. Practice of Bhastrika Pranayama and Omkar has been found very useful in such conditions. JALANETI

Jalaneti (Fig26) Jalaneti is an exercise by which you clean the passage of the nose. Fill in a pot, which has an outlet similar to a tube, with tepid water in which some salt is added. Now clean both left and right nostrils so that water can enter therein. Keep the left nostril turned down towards the left,
47

so that the water from the right nostril will enter in and get out from the left nostril. This process of Jalaneti is much simpler than the ease with which we can write this description. While performing this process of Jalaneti do not breathe in or breathe out. If that is done, we will unnecessarily create trouble and air from the nose will enter the pot of water and you will hear a sound as if air was emerging. Therefore carry out this process as simply as possible. Just simply do it. The same process should be repeated with left nostril taking in the water and water coming out from the right nostril. Clean the nostrils 40 to 50 times so that no water should remain in the nostrils. This process should be done after finishing bath and before it is noon time. Do not take bath immediately after the exercise. By performing this process prior to noon time even if a small amount of water remains in the nostril it will leak out during the day Hence perform this exercise of Jalaneti enthusiastically without any fear.

SUTRANETI

Sutraneti (Fig27)

The results obtained by Sutraneti are better than those of Jalaneti. However Sutraneti is not so simple as Jalaneti. Of course it is not difficult at all. After a lot of experience Sutraneti is easily handled. Obtain a catheter of rubber tube of number zero and wash it thoroughly using hot water. This is termed sterilization. Apply a little ghee in the nostril and push in one end of catheter tube. Practise slowly till the tube emerges out of the second nostril. Sometimes it may enter the throat also. This is natural. However, with practice, it can be brought out from the other nostril. By using this process nose can be cleaned and the breathing system can be made more capable.
KUNJAL PROCESS

Kunjal process is also called Gajakarni. In the early morning, clean your teeth, finish your natural call and on empty stomach drink 7, 8 or 9 glasses full of tepid water in which a little salt has been added. When you take in 7 or 8 glasses of water, the same will come out of belly by
48

itself, in the manner in which a Vasudeva (syphon) cup gets automatically empty. In case this does not occur, take four fingers of your right hand right up to the inside of the throat and all water will be belched out. This will clean inside of neck, food pipe and stomach. This cleaning is very essential for asthmatic patients.

Kunjal Process (Fig28)

Do not try to take in only 2 or 3 glasses full of water and force the water out by effort, because if the colour of water seems slightly red due to friction in neck there can be unnecessary doubt of blood having been thrown out. Kunjal means an elephant. In this process one takes in water like an elephant and throws out quickly This process is very simple. One should not eat or drink anything for atleast one hour after this process. Some water if it still retains in the stomach, it will get out forcibly through urine. There is no danger in carrying out Kunjal process. But those who have very high blood pressure should not perform this exercise. At the end of Kunjal process, as in the case of Sutraneti being performed after Jalaneti, one can also perform Vastradhoti which is called Jaladhoti. In the process of Vastradhoti one takes a piece of 3 to 4 inch broad and 22 to 25 inch long strip of clean cloth which is washed in hot water and which is dipped in salted water. This strip is slowly swallowed in the stomach and taken out slowly by the other end of the strip. One can perform both the process of Jalaneti and Gajakarni after having properly read this description but Sutraneti and Vastradhoti needs actual demonstration by an adept Guru. It is advised to specifically observe this instruction. Asthma is not a permanent disease. It can be cured. If one observes a little care, proper food, medicine and exercises of Asanas are regularly performed, then complete eradication of the disease is possible. OM SHANTIH!

ASTHMA 2
-

49

We will now obtain information on Bhujangasana, Dhanurasana, Shavasana, Bhastrika, Omkar, Jalneti, Sutraneti and Kunjal processes for cure of disease of asthma. BHUJANGASANA

Ujjai, Kapalbhati,

(Note: Practice of Asana should be carried out on a four fold blanket spread on ground or a carpet.)

Bhujangasana (Fig 23) Lie prone with belly touching the ground. Keep the forehead on the ground. Keep both the hands on the two sides of the chest and along the ground. Keep the fingers and the thumb of hands pointing in the front direction so that the

fingers do not go beyond the shoulders. Lie down in such a way that the chest, stomach, and thigh touch the ground fully Extend both the legs on the back side keeping fingers and thumbs together. This will look like the tail of a serpent. Take the weight of the body on both the hands and lift the head slowly upward. Go on inhaling. Lift up the head, chest and stomach upto the navel. See that the hands remain half bent at the elbow. Do not raise them to a straight level. In this manner, lungs will be vertical and will also expand transversely You will be able to suck in more oxygen. On reaching the final stage of Bhujangasana, try to retain the breath called Antar-kumbhaka. Hold the breath as long as you can without experiencing any difficulty. Now exhale while lowering the body Generally most of the people spread out the legs along with raising the head while performing Bhujangasana. This is a common mistake. If we increase the distance between the two legs in theabove described manner, then the weight of the body will be shared on the two legs. By doing so, we will not get enough advantage in the lumber region which is situated at the end of vertebrae of the spinal column. Again by the separation of the legs enough pressure will not be felt on the diaphragm situated under the lungs. Lungs expand more or less depending on the movement of thediaphragm. Hence under these circumstances, while carrying out of Bhujangasana, both the legs must be kept with the heels and paws together- in the shape of a tail of a serpent pointing outside. While practising Asanas, maintain steadiness initially from one half to a full minute. Increase the period slowly and without any fear take it up from one and a half to five minutes. It will not be possible to be steady in performance of Asanas in the initial period. One should try to increase the period slowly If it is not possible to remain steady for a longer time, do not do so forcibly In order to get full advantages, perform each Asana atleast three times. Do not forget to perform Shavasana for a period equal to one third the period for which each Asana is performed. Each Asana should be practised with fully quiet mind and in a happy mood.

50

Lie prone on the ground. Bend both the legs from the knees, hold both the ankles with both the hands, thereafter three different activities are to be performed. To begin with, pull the legs on the upper side, then lift the knees, and ultimately raise both the head and chest. Ensure that both hands and both legs remain parallel to each other. Do not separate the two knees to a greater extent.

Dhanurasana (Fig24) One point to be careful about is that majority of persons lift the head and chest too much whereas knees remain touching the ground. This is not proper Dhanurasana. Hence lift the head and the chest only after legs and knees are raised up. The practice of Dhanurasana treats the disease of gas produced in the joints of hands, legs and spinal column. But here the manner in which we perform the Asana, lungs are stretched vertically and transversely and exercises diaphragm. As a result the working capacity of the breathing system increases. Diseases small or big connected with lungs are produced because of allergy and congestion of the lungs. Thus practice of Dhanurasana helps a good deal in eradicating asthma.

SHAVASANA Lie with your back on the ground. Now separate the two legs and keep them loose. Keep the paws of the legs relaxed and lying in the outer directions. Keep the palm of the hands facing upper direction. Close the eyes. Keep the whole body relaxed. Now mentally think that 1 am performing Shavasana to have my body sound and healthy, to live long, for my mental happiness and to keep my life happy and full. I wish that this performance of Shavasana will result in my healthy life which will be of use to my family, society, and the world. My heart craves only one high ideal of well being of everyone, everywhere.Let all enjoy happiness, Let the work of all be auspicious. Let no one be unhappy,
51

Let all have auspiciousness. Let peace be established in the east, west, north and south. In the hills and hillocks, in the oceans and in the jungle, let peace prevail. Let there be peace in the lives of each man, let there be peace. Om peace, peace, peace !!! Start the practice of Shavasana with the above good will.

Shavasana (Fig25) For the purpose of practising Shavasana, one has to begin by remaining a witness of the surrounding atmosphere. Slowly then, one should be aware of the internal consciousness and internal atmosphere. One should then try to listen to the heartbeats and finally remain a witness only of the breath which you inhale and exhale. Witness its speed and condition. Try not to be hasty at all and inhale as well as exhale very very gradually. Be as slow as possible in your exhalation and inhalation. This breath that is being inhaled is not ordinary air in the room but it is a main element. One of the five elements of nature viz. Earth, Water, Fire, Wind, and Space. We are inhaling the main element wind. When we exhale we should try to feel: I am exhaling happiness, joy, consciousness, alertness. All my good and auspicious aspects, I am breathing out for the well being of the world. As we sow, so shall we reap. We will be getting in return thousand times the good that we give unto the world. Normally one blunder is committed by people thinking and being thought that when they breathe in light, power and wisdom will enter their breath. This is alright, but while they exhale the carbon dioxide they throw out also carry with it our diseases, unhappiness, difficulties, jealousy, hatred, etc; but this latter part seems to be a big mistake. World can be likened to a mirror. If we stand before the mirror, we see ourselves as we are. Hence it is necessary that we always nurture goodwill towards the world. We will then get goodwill in return.
52

Raise the right leg two to four inches and release it in a relaxed way. Repeat this process with the left leg, thereafter tighten the fingers and the thumbs of both the legs by pulling them downwards. Now relax. Tighten the ankles and the muscles of the leg. Again release. Pull the knees and release. Now stiffen both the thighs and relax. Pull both the buttocks in and relax. Pull the anus inside and upward. Then relax. Thereafter one, by one go on tightening fingers of the hands, thumbs, fists, wrists, elbows, biceps, shoulders, and relax. Similarly pull the belly lying under the navel inside and relax. Broaden the chest by breathing in and relax.. Similarly waist, back, and shoulders as well as muscles of the face must be stiffened. Eyes must be closed. Mouth should remain a little open and relaxed. Breathe only through the nostrils. Thereafter feel that the thumbs of the legs, fingers, soles, heels, ankles, legs, muscles, knees, thighs, buttocks and the whole body lying beyond the navel is now completely quiet as if there is nothing, as if it is a corpse, it is light as a blade of straw, lifeless; all around is quiet, soundless, as if it is a crematery. In a similar manner, fingers and thumbs of both the hands, arm-pits and shoulders are completely quiet, they are relaxed. Excepting the outside muscles of the belly, all the glands and organs have now become quiet, healthy and relaxed. Bladder, small intestine, large intestine, stomach as well as its acidic contents, gallbladder, liver, kidney, pancreas, spleen, adrenal, all these are relaxed. Breathing system is working beautifully Diaphragm, air vessels, lungs, and bronchial tubes have no congestion. There is no hindrance, there is no cough or cold. Breathing tubes carry the breath unhindered and equally breathes out. The capacity for retaining breath has not reduced under 2800 ccs to 3600 ccs. We are enjoying perfect health. Impure blood enters the heart and purified blood goes out. Veins, arteries and all the valves of the heart are in perfect order; cholesterol, triglycerides are in normal proportions in the blood. Sugar is also normal. There is no diabetes. Blood pressure is also 120-80 normal range. Everything is quiet, sound, happy and beautiful. Beginning with coccyx at the end of spinal column to the top cervical vertebrae are functioning perfectly, there is no defect in any of the vertebrae or the discs. Thus the complete body under the shoulder is sound. It is quiet, relaxed, and free. All the muscles of the face are relaxed. There is no mental tension; only quiet and with perfect happiness. Ear and the drums of the ear, nose and the nostrils are relaxed and sound. Lower jaw and cheeks are also relaxed. Lips, lower as well as upper lips, upper and lower sets of the teeth are relaxed. The end of the tongue which stays behind the row of the teeth is also relaxed, sound, quiet, happy and well defined. Eyes, eye-lids, pupils of the eyes, eye-brows, forehead and scalp of the head are all relaxed. The whole body is relaxed, is quiet, is perfectly healthy and composed. Now there should be no movement at all in any of the organs. Just feel the silence! Profound peace !! Om Shantili, Shantih When we practise Shavasana in this manner, we experience profound peace in our body and in the surroundings.
53

Shavasana means condition of the body like a dead body When anyone dies, he actually loses his Prana, he ultimately merges with all the five principal elements. Body on decomposition merges in all the five elements. That is to say an individual turns into universal: one merges into the universal condition. Thus merging into permanent truth and very clean consciousness which is above all the diseases, sorrows, unhappiness and difficulties. Try to listen to the heart beats and breathing in and out, while you remain in Shavasana position. Thereafter begin by slowly moving fingers and thumbs of the legs. Make it as slow as possible. Then move the fingers of the hands. Thereafter open the eyes gradually Again close the eyes. Now without any sort of haste turn on your left side. Bring the left hand under your head. Keep both the legs bent from the knees. Feel perfect soundness of health. Enjoy quietitude, specific peace, deep peace, bliss divine and salvation which is permanent attainment of divine. This type of practice of Shavasana is greatly beneficial to breathing system, circulating system and nervous system. The breathing system is mainly feeling good because of mental peace and soundness. This type of bodily and mental relaxation has been observed to be helpful in eradication of asthma. UJJAI PRANAYAMA Sit in Sukhasana or Padmasana or Sidhasana or Swastikasana or Vajrasana or atleast in the crossed leg easy position. Keep the head, neck and spine in one straight line. Now breathe very slowly through both the nostrils and release the breath through either nostril or only left nostril very slowly The breath should enter with a partial touch on the glottis situated in the neck when you breathe in and breathe out. These are termed Puraka and kumbhaka. When the breath lightly touches the glottis there will be a light sound as if air enters a big diameter water pipe line or as if wind blows with pressure. It is not intended to make a deep sound while breathing. This glottis is a strong watchman between our trachea and food pipe. It does not allow food to enter the breathing pipe. Even if through unconscious mistake, food touches this glottis it makes us cough. Our nose and eyes leak water and one feels darkness all around. Mucus collects around this glottis; one gets cough due to this collection which in the long run turns chronic and thereafter it develops into permanent asthma. In such circumstances whenever our throat feels bad we are advised to gargle using salt and hot water; this same result with extreme effect is obtained by practice of Ujjai Pranayama. If the asthma is in a very mild form then twenty repetitions of Ujjai Pranayama, 3 to 4 times in a day will make us free of the disease. By the practice of Ujjai Pranayama breathing capacity is increased right from entry to the mouth, down to the breathing pipe till it subdivides on both the sides in both lungs. Ujjai is a natural Pranayama undertaken in a very simple manner. Hence practice of Ujjai has been found helpful in very acute conditions of asthma. In addition to Ujjai two other Pranayamas, namely Kapalbhati and Bhastrika are helpful when difficulty is encountered in breathing process or in conditions of asthma. Let us now have a look at these.
54

KAPALBHATI Kapal means forehead and bhati means shining. By performing Kapalbhati the forehead assumes shining lustre. But if the passage in the nose is closed, if you have difficulty in breathing process, if you have caught heavy cold, there is a doubt of asthma, then the face becomes dull and lifeless. In such circumstances it will be difficult to have a shining forehead. This Kapalbhati is a process of breathing, however Yogacharyas do not classify it as a Pranayama, but have included the same as one of the six processes of cleaning of the body Six processes of Neti, Dhoti, Basti, Nauli, Tratak and Kapalbhati are covered as logic cleansing processes of the body Kapalbhati cleans the bronchial tubes. This process of Kapalbhati helps right from the beginning of two nostrils to the place where bronchial tube divides out into both the lungs and goes inside to various tubes and therefrom right upto the upper 1/3 portion of the lungs upto the point where the movement of diaphragm is felt a little. Besides this there seems to be no special job for the belly Take a deep breath very slowly when you breathe in and release the breath very very quickly at the same time ensuring that there is no jerk in the body or muscles of the face. Do not move the shoulders, do not give any jerk to the hands, let not the muscles of the face suffer any distortion. Normally when people breathe out they bend the body in the front from the waist and give a jerk, or shake the shoulders and head violently, but this process is not proper. Body must be steady and quite peaceful and the face must be pacific. While exhaling, most of the people make a face similar to that of a squirrel. There is a muscle joining both the lips of the face and going above the corner of the lips, the nose and reaching the corner of the eyes. Normally this muscle gets more tension in cases where a man gets an attack of epilepsy or when the face gets distorted on paralysis of the body due to high blood pressure. This muscle is called Levator, labii superioris alaeue nasi. The muscle that goes from lip to the other lip and thereafter towards brain in called superior and alaeque means along the nasi that is the nose. Thus ensure that breathing is very very slow and the release of the breath is at a great speed. This process is meant only for the cleaning of the body and hence its efficacy is wonderful. Such people who are not suffering from acute condition of asthma get affected mainly at the time of change of seasons. If they suffer due to asthma too often, this exercise of Kapalbhati has proved of immense help to them. Eosinophilia is equally dreadful and can be likened to the sister Putana of Kansa. Whenever the proportion of eosinophils count increases in the blood of the body, at that time a sick man goes on coughing violently like an asthmatic patient. In such cases a patient surrounded by medicines and pills and a row of injections finds Ujjai and Kapalbheti helping the patient in a wonderful manner. This is not to say that medicine must be stopped. Alongwith the medicine and doctors treatment the practice of Asana and Pranayama is likely to give better health. BHASTRIKA The meaning of Bhastrika is a bellows. For performing Kapalbhati, we breathe in very slowly and breathe out very speedily Here for Bhastrika we have to both breathe very quickly in and breathe out also equally speedily This way we have to both take in and breathe out in a rhythm. Here the lungs expand fully right from bottom to the top. This is similar to the bellows which we
55

have on a harmonium. In olden times a man who applied tin coating on vessels or a man who blew in the air in oven of a blacksmith used to make use of bellows. In a similar manner, we have also to breathe in and out quickly This is termed Bhastrika Pranayama. This Bhastrika Pranayama creates very high heat as good lot of strength is applied. This increases the working capacity of lungs and energy to a great extent. Complete system, starting from the nose, complete trachea and deep upto the end of lungs right upto diaphragm becomes diseaseless, strong and gets endowed with greater working capacity. If the condition of asthma is very acute i.e in a very badly diseased state this Pranayama should not be practised but if disease is just in an initial stage or even if it has reached middle stage or the disease is on a decrease, then this Pranayama gives a lot of help. To start with you can begin with breathing in and breathing out 20 to 40 times. Gradually you can increase and take it to 150 to 200 breaths at a time. Please see that Jalandhara bandh is unfailingly performed after repeating each round of Bhastrika. For Jalandhara bandh one has to breathe in deeply and press the chin on the chest and hold the breath. Raise the head thereafter and breathe out slowly
OMKAR

There is no scientific training necessary for practice of Omkar. Either in the morning, noon, afternoon, or at night, whenever the belly is not full, you can perform loud chanting of A... .U.... M Performing Omkar will increase the working capacity of breathing system and blood circulation system. You can thereby create the possibility of getting free from diseases of these two systems. By chanting of Omkar circulation of blood increases thereby increasing the capacity of lungs which becomes diseaseless. The cause for contacting asthma by most of the people is their sedentary life style. Practice of Bhastrika Pranayama and Omkar has been found very useful in such conditions. JALANETI

Jalaneti (Fig26) Jalaneti is an exercise by which you clean the passage of the nose. Fill in a pot, which has an outlet similar to a tube, with tepid water in which some salt is added. Now clean both left and right nostrils so that water can enter therein. Keep the left nostril turned down towards the left,
56

so that the water from the right nostril will enter in and get out from the left nostril. This process of Jalaneti is much simpler than the ease with which we can write this description. While performing this process of Jalaneti do not breathe in or breathe out. If that is done, we will unnecessarily create trouble and air from the nose will enter the pot of water and you will hear a sound as if air was emerging. Therefore carry out this process as simply as possible. Just simply do it. The same process should be repeated with left nostril taking in the water and water coming out from the right nostril. Clean the nostrils 40 to 50 times so that no water should remain in the nostrils. This process should be done after finishing bath and before it is noon time. Do not take bath immediately after the exercise. By performing this process prior to noon time even if a small amount of water remains in the nostril it will leak out during the day Hence perform this exercise of Jalaneti enthusiastically without any fear.

SUTRANETI

Sutraneti (Fig27)

The results obtained by Sutraneti are better than those of Jalaneti. However Sutraneti is not so simple as Jalaneti. Of course it is not difficult at all. After a lot of experience Sutraneti is easily handled. Obtain a catheter of rubber tube of number zero and wash it thoroughly using hot water. This is termed sterilization. Apply a little ghee in the nostril and push in one end of catheter tube. Practise slowly till the tube emerges out of the second nostril. Sometimes it may enter the throat also. This is natural. However, with practice, it can be brought out from the other nostril. By using this process nose can be cleaned and the breathing system can be made more capable.
KUNJAL PROCESS

Kunjal process is also called Gajakarni. In the early morning, clean your teeth, finish your natural call and on empty stomach drink 7, 8 or 9 glasses full of tepid water in which a little salt has been added. When you take in 7 or 8 glasses of water, the same will come out of belly by
57

itself, in the manner in which a Vasudeva (syphon) cup gets automatically empty. In case this does not occur, take four fingers of your right hand right up to the inside of the throat and all water will be belched out. This will clean inside of neck, food pipe and stomach. This cleaning is very essential for asthmatic patients.

Kunjal Process (Fig28)

Do not try to take in only 2 or 3 glasses full of water and force the water out by effort, because if the colour of water seems slightly red due to friction in neck there can be unnecessary doubt of blood having been thrown out. Kunjal means an elephant. In this process one takes in water like an elephant and throws out quickly This process is very simple. One should not eat or drink anything for atleast one hour after this process. Some water if it still retains in the stomach, it will get out forcibly through urine. There is no danger in carrying out Kunjal process. But those who have very high blood pressure should not perform this exercise. At the end of Kunjal process, as in the case of Sutraneti being performed after Jalaneti, one can also perform Vastradhoti which is called Jaladhoti. In the process of Vastradhoti one takes a piece of 3 to 4 inch broad and 22 to 25 inch long strip of clean cloth which is washed in hot water and which is dipped in salted water. This strip is slowly swallowed in the stomach and taken out slowly by the other end of the strip. One can perform both the process of Jalaneti and Gajakarni after having properly read this description but Sutraneti and Vastradhoti needs actual demonstration by an adept Guru. It is advised to specifically observe this instruction. Asthma is not a permanent disease. It can be cured. If one observes a little care, proper food, medicine and exercises of Asanas are regularly performed, then complete eradication of the disease is possible. OM SHANTIH!

58

HYPERTENSION
Hypertension consists of two words: 1. Hyper 2. Tension Hyper means increased and tension means pressure. Hypertension means higher pressure of blood. What is blood pressure? Our heart beats 72 times in a minute. This process must be repeating about one hundred thousand times a day With each beating of heart about half a cup of blood is pushed in arteries. The blood that is pushed in arteries supplies necessary needs to the whole body After circulating in the whole body, blood returns to get cleaned to the heart through the veins. The force or pressure that works -behind this process of blood circulation on so long a journey through all the arteries and veins is termed Blood Pressure. When this Blood Pressure increases, there is appreciable effect in the inner side of arteries. When the heart contracts blood pressure increases. This is known as Systolic Blood Pressure. When heart relaxes and there is no contraction, blood pressure reduces. This is called Diastolic Blood Pressure. When pressure is normal, adult person registers 120/ 80 mm of mercury pressure. But when the pressure increases to 140/90 and above and remains at that level, then this increased Wood pressure is known as Hypertension As a person grows older, generally blood pressure goes on increasing. As the contraction of arteries increases, the arteries lose elasticity. But it is normally diastolic pressure which decides whether there is hypertension and if so, the extent of it. So, we can say that this diastolic pressure is the one tat tells us how high is the hypertension. As the pressure is increasing the tension on the heart increases to that extent, and the conditions of the glands that secrete the juices inside are put under harder situation. As the blood pressure rises heart has to work more forcefully to push the blood in the arteries. The entry of blood in the arteries does not remain in the same proportion as required. Work to be done by heart is increased. Each beat becomes dissimilar in its movement. Because of this unexpected pressure, fluids do not ooze out of the kidneys in required proportion: Working capacity of kidneys decreases. Toxic fluid in the form of urea gets collected in the blood. The chemical reaction that takes place thus raises possibilities of many a different types of defects in the body Because of the high pressure of blood there is damage to the internal walls of the arteries. The density of blood increases. It is not that blood gets thickened, but layers of cholesterol, triglycerides, phospholipids go on sticking to the walls of the arteries. In such condition because walls of the arteries become thick, the passage for blood circulation gets restricted and the natural passage gets hindered. As a result, possibility of blood being clotted is increased. This manner of blood clotting accidentally stops the circulation of the blood and due to such accidental stoppage the working of the heart gets affected. This could be an heart attack or this type of stroke can put the body in paralysis. Blood pressure is of two varieties. One is, primary (essential) and second is secondary The reason for secondary high blood pressure is not merely hindrance in the flow of blood, but it
59

results from some disease of some organ. For example, if the kidney has some damage, brain can suffer from epilepsy or hysteria or if thyroid or adrenal glands have started deteriorating or if the main arteries connected to the heart have contracted or if the passage for blood circulation has decreased due to increase of cholesterol, in all such circumstances secondary high blood pressure can only be brought under control after operation is performed to correct the different conditions enumerated. In such conditions Yogasana and Pranayama are not much effective. Yes, it is true that Pranayama if carried out and by practice of Shavasana further deterioration of the condition may be arrested to a certain extent. The basic working capacity of the internal secreting glands could increase; disease fighting capacity can also increase and blood pressure can be brought within normal levels. Now we may collect a few details about this primary hypertension which is known as a silent killer. Unless the condition becomes abnormal increase of blood pressure is not felt at all by the diseased person. When the increase in pressure goes beyond control, then one feels headache, but then the reason is not so simple. The first type of blood pressure normally starts increasing because of more consumption of fat and salt than commonly consumed, if there is accumulation of more fat on the body if the body is obese, if one has diabetes, if one is addicted to tobacco in any form like chewing, smoking or snuffing, if one is too much emotional, or if one gets angry on small pretexts or there is a family history of high blood pressure then the possibility of uncommon increase in the blood pressure gets higher. This primary blood pressure is a life long problem and by getting a regular medical check up and taking some medication and medical treatment it can be kept under control. The higher blood pressure can be brought down by observing the following rules: 1. Get your health fully checked up by a doctor every six months after you cross the age of 40. 2. One must get blood pressure checked every 2 or 3 months. 3. Reduce your weight take food which is balanced and which has no fat. Cut down consumption of sugar, jaggery, salt oil, ghee etc. Take exercise regularly 4. If you have any problem with urinary system first consult your physician. If you have urination attended within burning sensation or if the urine smells strong or urine is turbid you must consult the doctor. 5. Actively try to remain free from mental tension. Blood pressure of first stage even though of a permanent nature can be controlled if sufficient and proper medical aid is obtained, necessary care is taken about food and if special exercises are taken regularly. CAN THOSE HAVING BLOOD PRESSURE PRACTISE ASANAS? Yes, they can practise Asanas; in fact they must surely practise them. All the Asanas excepting Shirsasana can be practised. All the Asanas can be practised without any fear. But the special Asanas and Pranayama that can offer help readily are: Shashankasana and Shavasana and Pranayama carried out with ease. Initially practise these three Asanas. When there is recession in the blood pressure then you can without fear and without worry perform beginning with Trikonasana and Suryanamaskara, you
60

can practise Sarvangasana, Matsyasana, Halasana, Paschimottanasana, Bhujangasana, Shalabhasana, Dhanurasana or Chakrasana, Ardhamatsyendrasana, Yogamudra, Mayurasana. All can be practised without any fear. SHASHANKASANA Sit in the Vajrasana position. This method is already explained earlier Keep back, neck and head in a straight line.

Shashankasana (Fig29) Now take a deep breath and raise both the hands in one line with head up. Keep the palms of hands facing each other Now releasing breath and keeping the head steady in between the shoulders, come down right up to the ground so that both the palms of the hands touch the ground. The forehead also should touch the ground. The elbow should also touch the ground. But be sure that while bending down in this manner both the buttocks will remain set between both the heels. They should not be raised. They should not be allowed to leave their place. As you go on bending forward, go on releasing the breath. Try to retain the breath outside when the head touches the ground. This is called Bahir (outside) Kumbhak. When you start breathing in raise the head. When we sit in Vajrasana, weight will be shared by both the muscles of the thighs. Therefore circulation of blood in those portions will be reduced but that supply will be diverted to belly, lungs, heart neck, and the upper part of the head. Because of the pressure on the hind parts of the legs, flow of blood in the parts of the body above the navel is diverted in sufficient quantity. Because the forehead is touching the ground this part of the head goes lower than the heart lying as it does in inclined position and for a little time blood circulation in head is also increased. Heart has to work less in pumping the blood to the brain. By bending in the front, in the manner Muslim friends do when they perform Namaz, parts under the navel and the internal secreting glands that lie inside the stomach also get massage. There is oxygen on the top side of the navel and Apanvayu lies on under side of the navel. This way, in Shashankasana both oxygen and Apanvayu get on a equal level. Thereby all the systems of the belly get trained in the proper manner. The control and equal balance of digestive system as well as blood circulation system is a panacea for high blood pressure disease. Shasankasana is quiet a flaw-less Asana. Young and old all can begin by performing this Asana starting with one and a half minute and increasing the period between five to ten minutes. Of course, do not be worried if you cannot keep the breath held outside for that much period. Breathe normally Remain a witness of inhaling as well as exhaling of breath. This exercise has been found very helpful.
61

SIVANANDA PRANAYAMA By performing Sivananda Pranayma, prior to Shavasana and before beginning the practice of other different Pranayamas, the practice of Sivananda Pranayama has proved quite beneficial. Lie down on the ground with face upwards. Bend both the legs from the knees. Knees should be kept pointing towards the sky and the heels of both the legs should be brought up to the buttocks but not touching them. Keep the distance between the legs same as the distance between the two shoulders. Keep both the hands loose and a little apart from the body and thighs. Keep palms of the hands facing upward. Concentrate the mind on the navel. Now remain a witness to the respiration being breathed in and out. You must be aware that you are breathing. You must also be aware that you are exhaling. In this manner keep a watch over the respiration so that the breathing in and breathing out do not happen without your knowledge. You must remain happy in this watchfulness. The more that you can maintain this awareness, the more you will have control over your respirations and then you will also be able to control the blood circulation system. Blood pressure also gets controlled. You can practise Sivananda Pranayama m the morning, noon, evening as well as late night, whenever your stomach feels light, about three hours after meals.

Sivananda Pranayama (Fig30)

One has to breathe in through both the nostrils while performing Sivananda Pranayama, breathing out should also be through both the nostrils. The breathing should be quite deep without any haste, very much quietly and peacefully It will be advisable to continue remembering the Almighty while you continue Sivananda Pranayama. This Pranayama should be practised for a period of atleast ten to fifteen minutes. You can increase this period to half an hour so that you will get mental soundness, you will feel happiness in the heart and blood pressure will be controlled. SUKHPURVAKA PRANAYAMA Biggest problem that we face is that we are unaware of our problems. We spend our life in a manner similar to a log going down in the current of a river. These logs are hardly aware of where they will be pushed, where they will get stopped, and where they will be again pushed in the current of water. We also continue breathing, breath comes in, breath leaves out. We are absolutely unaware whether we are breathing through the left or the right nostril, whether our
62

chest expands or get pressed in when we breathe, does the stomach get pressed or does it expand? We are absolutely unaware. My grandfather was born, the late grandfather also died, my own father Valisahab also was born and in the end he went to the kingdom of Allah and God willing one day I will also be called by Allah, is it not? But today this is not the situation. Even the most common man is today aware and alert about sound health. We should therefore, learn to take breath in and out in such a way that we remain helpful to the breathing system. We should breath in and out through both the nostrils. This respiration process works as a bridge between body and mind. If one forms a habit of taking deep respiration for 15 to 20 minutes, both morning and evening, 90% of the complaints about Blood Pressure could be solved. Doctor Mrs. Jyotiben Mankad of Sivananda Ashram is an expert in Yogasanas and Pranayama. She gives hints and advice to patients suffering from various diseases, on getting cured of diseases through Yogasanas and Pranayama. There was one Dr Lalitaben Patel, M.D. DGO, a well known gynecologist of Ahmedabad who was a heart patient. She is performing Asanas and Pranayma regularly since last two years. She began by learning flexibility, Asanas, Tadasana, and Shashankasana. Now she is able to perform even Chakrasana and Dhanurasana. This Doctor aged 58 years reports, Two years back my weight was more; I used to get very angry, blood pressure also remained fairly high; now the weight has gone down appreciably the body feels alert, I do not know where I lost my anger! Since last one year, I am consuming no medicine and tablets. Mind is happy I can work with good enthusiasm. All persons in the house are no doubt happy, but my patients also do not get disturbed. What else do we want? Therefore, practise Pranayama. When we breathe in, lungs will expand, belly will blow out. When we exhale, lungs will get contracted and belly will also be pulled inside. One can sit with simple crossed legs for Sukhpurvaka Pranayama. If you practise sufficiently, you can also sit in Padmasana, Siddhasana, Swastikasana or Vajrasana, keeping the spinal column straight. It is necessary to form this habit. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Begin this Sukhpurvaka Pranayma quiet slowly and with ease. Breathe in through the left nostril. Breathe out through the left nostril. Breathe in through the right nostril. Breathe out through the right nostril. Breathe in through the left nostril. Hold the breath. Breathe out through the left nostril Breathe in through the right nostril. Hold the breath. Breathe out through the right nostril. Breathe in through the left nostril. Breathe out through the right nostril. Breathe in through the right nostril. Breathe out through the left nostril. Breathe in through the left nostril. Close the left nostril and hold the breath inside. Breathe out through the right nostril. 9. Breathe in through the right nostril. Close the right nostril and hold the breath inside. Breathe out through the left nostril. 10. Breathe in through the left nostril. Hold the breath inside, closing the left nostril. Release the breath through the right nostril. Close the left nostril. Close the right nostril and see that you do not breathe in i.e keep the breath outside. 11. Breathe in through the right nostril. Retain breathe, inside, closing the right nostril. Exhale through the left nostril. Keep the breath outside after closing the left nostril. Thus do not breathe.
63

12.

Breathing in is called Purak i.e: 1 Holding the breath: Kumbhak: 4 Exhale: Rechak : 2 13. Retention of breath inside is termed Antar-kumbhaka and not allowing the breath to get in i.e stopping it outside is called Bahya-kumbhaka. In the same manner that we retain the breath inside, one has to hold the breath outside also. If in this manner practise is carried out, Purak,

Sukhpurvaka Pranayama (Fig31i) Antarkumbhak, Rechak, Bahyakumbhak then the proportion of time in breathing will be 1:4:2:4. But from the first day practice, it may not be possible to breathe in this proportion, hence we should form the habit by slow practice in the following proportion: 1:1 1:2 1:1: 2: 1 1: 2: 2: 2 1: 3: 2: 3 1: 4: 2: 4 If every day, morning and evening, respiration is controlled in this manner atleast for 15 to 20 minutes by practising and forming a habit, the ghost of blood pressure will take to its heels permanently For the purposes of practice of Sukhpurvaka Pranayama, one should sit steadily and hold the nose by right hand. Keep the palm of the right hand facing the face. Bend the two fingers next to the thumb inside. Now put the right thumb on the right nostril and last two fingers of the same hand be used to press the left nostril. Always start breathing with left side.

64

Sukhpurvaka Pranayama - the pose of the hands. (Fig3lii) SHAVASANA At the end of the practice of all Asanas, a high blood pressure patient must invariably practise Shavasana. Lie down with the back on the ground. Relax the hands and the legs. Listen the beating of the heart. Now be a witness to the entry as well as the exit of air through the lungs. See that the thumbs of the legs, fingers, soles of the legs, knees, ankles, leg muscles, buttocks, waist, and back belly, chest, both the hands and the arms, shoulders and face, all these must feel relaxed. You must experience the relaxation of these parts. You must go through the bodily relaxation, mental relaxation and in the end feel that the blood circulation system works quietly in a perfect manner (for details refer Chapter on Asthma-2) It is definitely essential to control the intake of food, which is the main cause of the hypertension. Those Gujaratis staying in America can preferably remember the following Pizza, Pasta, and Coke These three makes you weep loudly. If we bear in mind this much, it is enough.
OM SHANTIH!

65

MENOPAUSE
The menopause is one of the lifes milestones.
Hyra Hunter By constructing a ladys bodily structure, nature has proved its great capacity and efficiency in a very astonishing manner. Compared to the common human life, a ladys outside bodily structure and the internal emotional structure which flow unabated describes the exact expression of the womanliness of a woman! In the early morning a woman resembles a young maid,. similar to a rising bud of a flower full of fickleness, smiling, jumping, rising up, a stream of fresh water! Oh, mother! When you are sitting with a rosary in your hands, you look like a shining Yogini! The midday shows your beautiful form as if you were a full bloomed flower. The beauty of the cheerful and full bloomed face, your adult body language full of bodily elegance and your beautiful well adorned wide eyes are incomparable in elegance. Your body in the evening assumes the form of a drooping old dame, both of your breasts seem to be hanging. Oh, Devi! You are wearing a rosary of skulls, you are divine, you are divinity incarnate! You are the enchanter of all the three worlds. You are the great mother of the universe. Oh! Beautiful mother! I bow down to you! Her life crosses over the three thresholds of youth, adulthood, and old age. In the tide and ebb of the relation between her and society around, on occasion, the melody of song of her life sounds out of the tune and at that time in her straight line drawn clearly of her life, as we find bends and harshness in the song of her life. At that moment, the womanliness of the woman exhibits various forms of laziness, idleness, sometimes harshness, anger or various acts of breaking of different things. A female body is fully delicate and to the equal extent it shows off in various uncultured forms, gradually turning into different bodily working methods which results in distortions bringing unhappiness and sorrows in the life otherwise overflowing with happiness. Uneasiness felt on approach of hot season after the spring and sadness resulting by the winter approaching after the autumn is a natural phenomenon even then it goes on pricking us, that such occasions of crookedness in life do bring in very difficult times. Similar is the trouble due to menopause. In Gujarati we describe this period the one where ladies stop getting monthly menstruation. The lifetime of ladies spent in the period of menopause is one of tremendous changes in life style. This period of transition is for the ladies a time of heart rending difficulties which cannot be understood; a lot of intolerable pain in the heart and inequilibrium and indiscipline in the common outer life results. Each and everyone of the aged females have to pass through the period of menopause. However, about 20% of the ladies suffer badly or atleast remain unhappy sometimes they miss the right path in life. 60% of the ladies suffer this difficulty like a lightning stroke; but they can quickly obtain medical advice. On approaching the medical profession for the necessary medical examination and aid, ladies can regain necessary soundness of health. Remaining 20% of the ladies, are found to pursue Yoga and spiritual practice from their middle-age period and hence they hardly notice the arrival as well as the passing away of the menopause period. It is well known that those who are deeply asleep in a building which is strong and well built, doors and windows are closed and if a big typhoon approaches in the midnight or if it rains very heavily, if the sky plays the dance of death, those who are deep asleep in a strong building hardly have an inkling of such a terrible disturbance and when in the morning they learn about the broken trees lying on the ground and roads having been washed out, they come to know about such a devastation. This is not the condition at all places. Unsafe huts fly off and get washed away People living in buildings which are not fully strong fall down also. We are not unaware of newspapers proclaiming of so many walls crumbling down. This, in a way, describes the position of menopause which can be divided suitably between three type of ladies described earlier.

Before the menopause period sexual glands, ovaries of the ladies secrete sex hormones or estrogen. At the actual period of menopause this estrogen which is continuously circulating in the blood gets reduced to an appreciable extent. Because of the reduction in the level of estrogen the pituitary gland in the brain has to produce more gonadotrophin hormones maintaining the balance in the body In the first stage of menopause, ladies get the effect of

66

the gonadotrophin and hence necessary excess amount of estrogen gets produced in the ovaries. After the menopause period the level of gonadotrophin rises and hence the work of ovaries is properly carried out. By carrying out an examination of the proportion of gonadotrophin hormones in the blood, one can estimate whether the menopause has really set in. So the 80 % of ladies who are approaching menopause suffer from uneasiness, lot of perspiration and unnatural bodily heat. This uneasiness and hotness is felt because the proportion of estrogen has decreased. Such uneasiness persists every time from half a minute to five minutes. This feeling of heat and perspiration results from chemical changes that take place inside the body when perspiration evaporates; one also feels trembling due to cold. Ordinarily ladies enter menopause period between the age of 45 and 55. Menopause period can also be felt even after ovaries are removed by operation. The effect of menopause can be reduced by natural and physical care and treatment.

1. Reduce the intake of salt in food. 2. Drink more amount of water so that the liquid oozing out of the glands causing strong effect of 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
menopause can be reduced. One can keep the level of sodium and potassium salts in balance by consumption of vitamin B6. You will get perspiration by exercises. That will reduce salts in the body Consume fresh fruits and vegetables. It is essential to consume milk to maintain the level of calcium. Take pills of calcium, vitamin E and C. Yoga-abhyas, light exercise, Pranayama and meditation should be regularly practised.

If the effect of menopause is very serious or in greater proportion, doctors give estrogen in such conditions for hormonal replacement therapy; but such a treatment makes ladies prone to cancer of breast or uterus. The type of estrogen which is produced prior to the menopause period is known as oestradiol. After the menopause period ends some oozing of sex hormone remains; that sex hormone is called estrone. This sex hormone flows from the adrenal gland and ovaries. Adrenal gland produces hormones which convert the fat in the body by an element called dehydroepiandrosterone into oestrone. We can now understand that ladies who are having more fat suffer less from this problem of menopause than the ladies who are thin having less fat. A balancing machine taken in use to weigh gold or diamonds is not supported directly on solid ground on which vehicle go on plying because the vibration created on the ground can produce some effect on the weight. That is why such balances are kept on a layer of sand so that outside vibrations do not make any effect. In a similar manner, menopause vibration affects the ladies with fat body to a very less extent. This is hardly one advantage of fat! The proportion of estrogen gets reduced in the period of menopause and hence the appearance of disease in the body of a lady can be seen in different forms. These are some of the signs experienced during menopause:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Feeling of heat. Uneasiness Perspiration. Feeling of giddiness. Feeling of vomiting. Body having a feeling of numbness in parts of body Feeling heavily thirsty. Sleeplessness. 67

9. Headache. 10. Excitement. 11. Worries. 12. Loss of concentration. 13. Dejection 14. Reduction of calcium from the bones. 15. Pain in joints. 16. Dryness of the skin.
Almost every lady feels heat or otherwise different symptoms are felt in different conditions. It is important to see how the ladies receive menopause under various circumstances. In this situation one can give impetus to many types of latent efficiencies and thereby after the menopause period ladies can pass their life in a more thorough and satisfactory measure as well as have a life of real happiness. Many latent wishes of life are satisfied after this period. Having gone through the menopause period ladies feel a new life or a new birth as if a golden morning had emerged out by a bright sunshine coming out after the cool morning atmosphere, after heavy rains and cyclonic storm throughout the night. Now the question arises as to how and to what extent Yoga-abhyas can be of aid in the event of a menopause. The practice of Yogasanas keeps body and mind in sound health. Yoga-abhyas achieves a balance of outside system and the internal machine of the body by keeping it well defined so that the outer muscles and internal glands remain in good order Common Asanas like Trikonasana, Tiryaktadasana, Bhoomiasana, Omkara, Bhramari Pranayama, Shavasana and practice of meditation, alongwith study of literature having good and high as well as noble thoughts can result in soundness of the body and mind. TRIKONASANA This is an Asana which person of any age can practise without any fear and remaining completely carefree. There are many types of Trikonasana: Konasana: Trilokasana, Parshva-konasana, Parshva-trikonasana, Viparita-konasana, Viprita-trikonasana, Viparita-parshva-konasana, Viparitaparshva-trikonasana are the main and known names. But overall advantage that one can gain from all these Asanas is mainly of a similar type. It gives exercise to the muscles of the legs and thighs, it helps in the reduction of fat accumulated on the belly, it makes the spinal column elastic and in addition makes the body and mind equiposed. The practice of Trikonasana makes a good effect on blood circulation and digestive system. If ladies form a habit to rise early and walk in early morning for a little long distance before, the period of menopause starts, it will be found to be a very good, easy, cheap and convenient method. But the practice of Trikonasan has its own special effect on the internal secreting glands.

Trikonasana (Fig32) 68

Stand with both the legs kept apart. Keep a distance of 2-6 to 3-0 between the two legs. Now raise the two hands very slowly so that they remain parallel to the ground and straight in line with the shoulders. Then raise the right hand at right angles to the ground so that you make a right angle between the two hands. The palm of the right hand should face towards the left. Keeping the hands straight, now turn the left leg through 90 degrees on the left. Thereafter bend towards the left keeping the left hand on the left knee. Right hand should be parallel to the ground and the angle between the two hands, must form a right angle. Keep the knees straight. The whole body will be on the left side but not bending down in front. In the beginning it may not be possible for the left hand to reach the left knee, do not worry about it. This will come automatically with practice. In a similar manner bend on the right and perform Trikonasana. Every time on both the sides, try to maintain steady pose for one and a half minutes. Increase the period slowly so that you perform Trikonasana for five minutes. TIRYAK-TADASANA This Asana also looks similar to the Trikonasana. Advantages are also similar. The process of performing the exercise is also almost similar Keep a distance of about 2-0 to 2-6 between the legs. Now take a deep breath and raise both the hands above the head as far as possible. Keep the fingers of both the hands holding them in hooks. Move the palms of the hands to face the sky Now release the breathe. Initially on the left and then on the right, the body should be bent at right angle. Make an honest effort to remain on both the sides for one and a half minutes.

Tiryak-tadasana (Fig33) BHOOMI ASANA: Bhoomi Asana is also called Bhoo-naman Asana. This Asana is very simple; but if the body is very fat it is possible that you may not be able to perform this Asana. But in this world there is nothing impossible if one continues trials. Always remember one who tries gets big results. Hence do each work with happiness and taking full interest.

69

Bhoomi Asana (Fig34) Stand with both the legs broadly spread. Keep the distance between the two legs as wide as possible. Take a deep breath and raise both the hands above the head. Now exhale and bending both the hands from the waist bend towards the ground along the belly and place both the hands on the ground. Now widen the legs a little further and place the head on the ground. Try to hold the breath outside. The working capacity of the ovaries increases due to the practice of these Asanas. The difficult vibrations that take place during the period of menopause in circulating extra blood flow to the ovaries, reduce to a great extent. To return to the main pose, start by inhaling deeply Raise the head first and then the two hands, reduce the distance between the two legs slowly. The practice of Omkar should be undertaken about four times in a day for a period of ten minutes each time. If Bhramari Pranayama is practised before going to bed and meditation is invariably performed, along with the strength of the body and mind, the mental power will also develop. The vital power as well as the soul force will also develop. Sit for meditation facing east or north, on a blanket spread over a towel. Then make a deep wish that let there be peace and well being in the east, west, north, and south, in the sky, in the nether depth lands, forest, ocean, everyone in all places. Let there be welfare of all. Pray the Almighty God through the best of your heart. While you meditate, do not have a feeling that you are meditating about God. God himself is sitting and meditating on Himself; this should be the feeling and experience. Keep the head, neck, chest and spinal column in one straight line. If you find it difficult and tiring to sit on the ground with crossed legs, keep a thin pillow on the back side of seat. Sit for meditation. You will experience less difficulty Initially try to listen to the beating of the heart. Then mentally control the breath entering in and out. In your mind carry on Japa of Ishta Mantra or Guru Mantra. God is Almighty, you are not in anyway away from the kingdom of Gods power. The boon of His beneficent, benediction will surely spell your ample auspiciousness. OM SHANTIH!

MENOPAUSE
The menopause is one of the lifes milestones.
Hyra Hunter By constructing a ladys bodily structure, nature has proved its great capacity and efficiency in a very astonishing manner. Compared to the common human life, a ladys outside bodily structure and the internal emotional structure which flow unabated describes the exact expression of the womanliness of a woman! In the early morning a woman resembles a young maid,. similar to a rising bud of a flower full of fickleness, smiling, jumping, rising up, a stream of fresh water! Oh, mother! When you are sitting with a rosary in your hands, you look like a shining Yogini! The midday shows your beautiful form as if you were a full bloomed flower. The beauty of the cheerful and full bloomed face, your adult body language full of bodily elegance and your beautiful well adorned wide eyes are incomparable in elegance. Your body in the evening assumes the form of a drooping old dame, both of your breasts seem to be hanging. Oh, Devi! You are wearing a rosary of skulls, you are divine, you are divinity incarnate! You are the enchanter of all the three worlds. You are the great mother of the universe. Oh! Beautiful mother! I bow down to you! Her life crosses over the three thresholds of youth, adulthood, and old age. In the tide and ebb of the relation between her and society around, on occasion, the melody of song of her life sounds out of the tune and at that time in her straight line drawn clearly of her life, as we find bends and harshness in the song of her life. At that moment, the womanliness of the woman exhibits various forms of laziness, idleness, sometimes harshness, anger or various acts of breaking of different things. 70

A female body is fully delicate and to the equal extent it shows off in various uncultured forms, gradually turning into different bodily working methods which results in distortions bringing unhappiness and sorrows in the life otherwise overflowing with happiness. Uneasiness felt on approach of hot season after the spring and sadness resulting by the winter approaching after the autumn is a natural phenomenon even then it goes on pricking us, that such occasions of crookedness in life do bring in very difficult times. Similar is the trouble due to menopause. In Gujarati we describe this period the one where ladies stop getting monthly menstruation. The lifetime of ladies spent in the period of menopause is one of tremendous changes in life style. This period of transition is for the ladies a time of heart rending difficulties which cannot be understood; a lot of intolerable pain in the heart and inequilibrium and indiscipline in the common outer life results. Each and everyone of the aged females have to pass through the period of menopause. However, about 20% of the ladies suffer badly or atleast remain unhappy sometimes they miss the right path in life. 60% of the ladies suffer this difficulty like a lightning stroke; but they can quickly obtain medical advice. On approaching the medical profession for the necessary medical examination and aid, ladies can regain necessary soundness of health. Remaining 20% of the ladies, are found to pursue Yoga and spiritual practice from their middle-age period and hence they hardly notice the arrival as well as the passing away of the menopause period. It is well known that those who are deeply asleep in a building which is strong and well built, doors and windows are closed and if a big typhoon approaches in the midnight or if it rains very heavily, if the sky plays the dance of death, those who are deep asleep in a strong building hardly have an inkling of such a terrible disturbance and when in the morning they learn about the broken trees lying on the ground and roads having been washed out, they come to know about such a devastation. This is not the condition at all places. Unsafe huts fly off and get washed away People living in buildings which are not fully strong fall down also. We are not unaware of newspapers proclaiming of so many walls crumbling down. This, in a way, describes the position of menopause which can be divided suitably between three type of ladies described earlier.

Before the menopause period sexual glands, ovaries of the ladies secrete sex hormones or estrogen. At the actual period of menopause this estrogen which is continuously circulating in the blood gets reduced to an appreciable extent. Because of the reduction in the level of estrogen the pituitary gland in the brain has to produce more gonadotrophin hormones maintaining the balance in the body In the first stage of menopause, ladies get the effect of the gonadotrophin and hence necessary excess amount of estrogen gets produced in the ovaries. After the menopause period the level of gonadotrophin rises and hence the work of ovaries is properly carried out. By carrying out an examination of the proportion of gonadotrophin hormones in the blood, one can estimate whether the menopause has really set in. So the 80 % of ladies who are approaching menopause suffer from uneasiness, lot of perspiration and unnatural bodily heat. This uneasiness and hotness is felt because the proportion of estrogen has decreased. Such uneasiness persists every time from half a minute to five minutes. This feeling of heat and perspiration results from chemical changes that take place inside the body when perspiration evaporates; one also feels trembling due to cold. Ordinarily ladies enter menopause period between the age of 45 and 55. Menopause period can also be felt even after ovaries are removed by operation. The effect of menopause can be reduced by natural and physical care and treatment.

1. Reduce the intake of salt in food. 2. Drink more amount of water so that the liquid oozing out of the glands causing strong effect of 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
menopause can be reduced. One can keep the level of sodium and potassium salts in balance by consumption of vitamin B6. You will get perspiration by exercises. That will reduce salts in the body Consume fresh fruits and vegetables. It is essential to consume milk to maintain the level of calcium. Take pills of calcium, vitamin E and C. Yoga-abhyas, light exercise, Pranayama and meditation should be regularly practised.

If the effect of menopause is very serious or in greater proportion, doctors give estrogen in such conditions for hormonal replacement therapy; but such a treatment makes ladies prone to cancer of breast or uterus. 71

The type of estrogen which is produced prior to the menopause period is known as oestradiol. After the menopause period ends some oozing of sex hormone remains; that sex hormone is called estrone. This sex hormone flows from the adrenal gland and ovaries. Adrenal gland produces hormones which convert the fat in the body by an element called dehydroepiandrosterone into oestrone. We can now understand that ladies who are having more fat suffer less from this problem of menopause than the ladies who are thin having less fat. A balancing machine taken in use to weigh gold or diamonds is not supported directly on solid ground on which vehicle go on plying because the vibration created on the ground can produce some effect on the weight. That is why such balances are kept on a layer of sand so that outside vibrations do not make any effect. In a similar manner, menopause vibration affects the ladies with fat body to a very less extent. This is hardly one advantage of fat! The proportion of estrogen gets reduced in the period of menopause and hence the appearance of disease in the body of a lady can be seen in different forms. These are some of the signs experienced during menopause:

1. Feeling of heat. 2. Uneasiness 3. Perspiration. 4. Feeling of giddiness. 5. Feeling of vomiting. 6. Body having a feeling of numbness in parts of body 7. Feeling heavily thirsty. 8. Sleeplessness. 9. Headache. 10. Excitement. 11. Worries. 12. Loss of concentration. 13. Dejection 14. Reduction of calcium from the bones. 15. Pain in joints. 16. Dryness of the skin.
Almost every lady feels heat or otherwise different symptoms are felt in different conditions. It is important to see how the ladies receive menopause under various circumstances. In this situation one can give impetus to many types of latent efficiencies and thereby after the menopause period ladies can pass their life in a more thorough and satisfactory measure as well as have a life of real happiness. Many latent wishes of life are satisfied after this period. Having gone through the menopause period ladies feel a new life or a new birth as if a golden morning had emerged out by a bright sunshine coming out after the cool morning atmosphere, after heavy rains and cyclonic storm throughout the night. Now the question arises as to how and to what extent Yoga-abhyas can be of aid in the event of a menopause. The practice of Yogasanas keeps body and mind in sound health. Yoga-abhyas achieves a balance of outside system and the internal machine of the body by keeping it well defined so that the outer muscles and internal glands remain in good order Common Asanas like Trikonasana, Tiryaktadasana, Bhoomiasana, Omkara, Bhramari Pranayama, Shavasana and practice of meditation, alongwith study of literature having good and high as well as noble thoughts can result in soundness of the body and mind. TRIKONASANA

72

This is an Asana which person of any age can practise without any fear and remaining completely carefree. There are many types of Trikonasana: Konasana: Trilokasana, Parshva-konasana, Parshva-trikonasana, Viparita-konasana, Viprita-trikonasana, Viparita-parshva-konasana, Viparitaparshva-trikonasana are the main and known names. But overall advantage that one can gain from all these Asanas is mainly of a similar type. It gives exercise to the muscles of the legs and thighs, it helps in the reduction of fat accumulated on the belly, it makes the spinal column elastic and in addition makes the body and mind equiposed. The practice of Trikonasana makes a good effect on blood circulation and digestive system. If ladies form a habit to rise early and walk in early morning for a little long distance before, the period of menopause starts, it will be found to be a very good, easy, cheap and convenient method. But the practice of Trikonasan has its own special effect on the internal secreting glands.

Trikonasana (Fig32) Stand with both the legs kept apart. Keep a distance of 2-6 to 3-0 between the two legs. Now raise the two hands very slowly so that they remain parallel to the ground and straight in line with the shoulders. Then raise the right hand at right angles to the ground so that you make a right angle between the two hands. The palm of the right hand should face towards the left. Keeping the hands straight, now turn the left leg through 90 degrees on the left. Thereafter bend towards the left keeping the left hand on the left knee. Right hand should be parallel to the ground and the angle between the two hands, must form a right angle. Keep the knees straight. The whole body will be on the left side but not bending down in front. In the beginning it may not be possible for the left hand to reach the left knee, do not worry about it. This will come automatically with practice. In a similar manner bend on the right and perform Trikonasana. Every time on both the sides, try to maintain steady pose for one and a half minutes. Increase the period slowly so that you perform Trikonasana for five minutes. TIRYAK-TADASANA This Asana also looks similar to the Trikonasana. Advantages are also similar. The process of performing the exercise is also almost similar Keep a distance of about 2-0 to 2-6 between the legs. Now take a deep breath and raise both the hands above the head as far as possible. Keep the fingers of both the hands holding them in hooks. Move the palms of the hands to face the sky Now release the breathe. Initially on the left and then on the right, the body should be bent at right angle. Make an honest effort to remain on both the sides for one and a half minutes.

73

Tiryak-tadasana (Fig33) BHOOMI ASANA: Bhoomi Asana is also called Bhoo-naman Asana. This Asana is very simple; but if the body is very fat it is possible that you may not be able to perform this Asana. But in this world there is nothing impossible if one continues trials. Always remember one who tries gets big results. Hence do each work with happiness and taking full interest.

Bhoomi Asana (Fig34) Stand with both the legs broadly spread. Keep the distance between the two legs as wide as possible. Take a deep breath and raise both the hands above the head. Now exhale and bending both the hands from the waist bend towards the ground along the belly and place both the hands on the ground. Now widen the legs a little further and place the head on the ground. Try to hold the breath outside. The working capacity of the ovaries increases due to the practice of these Asanas. The difficult vibrations that take place during the period of menopause in circulating extra blood flow to the ovaries, reduce to a great extent. To return to the main pose, start by inhaling deeply Raise the head first and then the two hands, reduce the distance between the two legs slowly. The practice of Omkar should be undertaken about four times in a day for a period of ten minutes each time. If Bhramari Pranayama is practised before going to bed and meditation is invariably performed, along with the strength of the body and mind, the mental power will also develop. The vital power as well as the soul force will also develop. Sit for meditation facing east or north, on a blanket spread over a towel. Then make a deep wish that let there be peace and well being in the east, west, north, and south, in the sky, in the nether depth lands, forest, ocean, everyone in all places. Let there be welfare of all. Pray the Almighty God through the best of your heart. While you meditate, do not have a feeling that you are meditating about God. God himself is sitting and meditating on Himself; this should be the feeling and experience. Keep the head, neck, chest and spinal column in one straight line. If you find it difficult and 74

tiring to sit on the ground with crossed legs, keep a thin pillow on the back side of seat. Sit for meditation. You will experience less difficulty Initially try to listen to the beating of the heart. Then mentally control the breath entering in and out. In your mind carry on Japa of Ishta Mantra or Guru Mantra. God is Almighty, you are not in anyway away from the kingdom of Gods power. The boon of His beneficent, benediction will surely spell your ample auspiciousness. OM SHANTIH!

75

BACKACHE
We were once traveling from Surendranagar to Baroda. An announcement was made at Viramgam junction that bogey No. X of Saurashtra mail wherein we were traveling was defective and passengers should change the compartment upto Ahmedabad. That bogey was disconnected at Viramgam. Passengers were requested to excuse for the difficulty they were put in and we were obliged to change the compartment. There were many youths sitting in that bogey. They were playing mischief. It was a jumble of dances and songs. One very handsome well-built youth was sleeping on one of the benches at the noontime. I wondered whether I should request him to get up. But at least, one could ask, are you sick my friend? I understand that all those students were traveling to Baroda to play an inter-university hockey tournament. The boy found sleeping was the captain of the team and all of them were traveling from Rajkot University and the captain, while going for a wash in the basin in the morning, tried to bend forward which resulted in sprain of the back. In such a case, the back becomes stiff. The gentleman could not either sit or bend because of the stiffness. He could not even bend forward. He could only lie sleeping on the wooden bench with straight back and facing the top of the carriage. I made him perform Shavasana in the running train. Thereafter I made him perform Katiutthanasana. I then asked him to sleep prone with belly supported on the bench. Thereafter I made him perform Bhujangasana and Naukasana; thereafter he rested for a few minutes in Makarasana. Again I made him sleep face upward and made him perform deep breathing (Sivananda Pranayama). I then requested him to sit up and this friend could sit up easily with composure. We also got immediate advantage that we could, instead of standing, sit down, on the benches, his getting up allowed us to sit. He was told an orthopedic surgeon is to receive us at Baroda railway station. He is a very well known and the senior most orthopedic doctor of Gujarat, we will consult him on reaching Baroda. On reaching Baroda Dr. Gopal Merchant advised that captain to repeat the exercise very slowly three times during the day This will make you all right. Next day in the late evening that friend visited us in the house of Dr. Merchant and had brought fruits, sweets and garland. He wanted to express thanks as he could play as captain. His pain in the back had disappeared and their team had won. This captain was a Jew. Thereafter he came to our Rajkot branch of Divine Life Society and learnt Yogasana, Pranayama and meditation. At present he is a well-known Hockey teacher and regularly teaches Yogasana, Pranayama and meditation to his sport students. Backpain is the pain at the end of spinal column and in the muscles connecting the bones. Mostly both young and old get this pain but if it is not treated in time the disease takes a permanent shape. Ladies suffer backache to a great extent during the period of menstruation. It is also possible that this pain may result in fever if the pain is excessive. PRINCIPLE CAUSES OF BACKACHE (1) This type of pain can result from a sudden weight straining the ligament of the back. The muscle and the ligament that suffer accidental weight or increase in tension become too sensitive. A little touch or pressure or a pull can result in too much of pain.

76

2) One would surely suffer from backache if one sits in an odd manner. It is possible for the back to be stiff for a person working as clerk in the office, cashier, typist, computer operator, rickshaw driver, taxi driver, labourer, cobbler, goldsmith, tailor, musician playing instruments and all workers who work with bent back. Even doctors performing four, five or more operations at a time can also suffer from backache. 3) Backache can also result if any heavy weight is suddenly lifted up or if at the time of lifting the weight, very often weight is lifted with a jerk or if weight is not lifted by sharing the weight on legs and after lowering the body downward half way but the weight is lifted in an odd manner of lifting, back suffers unnecessary weight and backache results. (4) If there is a difference in the length of both the legs or if one walks with a leg improperly supported, then also backache results. (5) If one has a slip-disc, if the spinal column is uneven or if there is a tumor in the spinal cord, the same can cause backache. (6) If one suffers from chronic constipation, chronic colitis, if the stools are sticky, if the stools are irregular then also you can suffer from bad smell emanating from the mouth and the knees suffer pain. Ladies suffering from leucorrhoea also suffer pain.
TREATMENT AND PRECAUTIONS

If there is some ordinary pain in the back or if the ligament has suffered pull; by taking pain killing drugs like aspirin, ordinary pain can be removed. But if it is very painful, some more effective medicine has to be taken for relaxation of the muscles. One should get properly and carefully examined by a doctor and one should take precaution as well as treatment as advised by the doctor. In cases of backaches, one should take complete rest by sleeping on a hard bed and keeping the spinal column completely straight. The backache can also be treated by massage, hot water bag on the back, ultraviolet heat and necessary exercise. All these descriptions pertain to ordinary pain. But if pain is a result of chronic dysentery, chronic colitis, chronic constipation, then either massage from outside or taking medicine for pain will hardly result in any advantage. In such circumstances where backache has become chronic, mere general medical examination will not do. It is equally essential to get the stools examined, as is the need to get X-Ray taken. Colitis is one separate subject, which we are not discussing at present. But backache resulting from colitis requires exercises as well as need for complete care about food, such as reduction of oil, chilies and sour things. Do not consume tamarind powder and mango powder. You can consume tomatoes and lemon. You must completely stop the consumption of garlic, onion, and meat as well as eggs. You must consume one glass full of zero fat milk after removal of cream and in the food of noon you should definitely take fresh non-sour curd which is prepared after removal of cream and which is not made by keeping in a fridge. One must make use of green vegetable salad along with the meal. One should also take medicine as advised and directed by the doctor
ESSENTIAL CARE AND PRECAUTIONS

(1) Keep the teeth properly cleaned. Clean the mouth thoroughly after meal. We do not have a habit of gargling after we eat pizza and coke. This is not proper. One must thoroughly clean the mouth by gargling after eating anything or chewing any eatable. We are not habituated to clean
77

our mouth after consumption of chewing gum, chocolate, pickles, tea and coffee. Normally in India people go on consuming peanuts, horse-grams, bhel-puri, pani-pakodi, dabeli and sandwich. In Kathiawad, people consume half cup of tea but add six spoons of sugar in a cup. They consume tea which is strong and over sweet. If one does not clean the teeth and mouth properly after eating or drinking anything, one can suffer from backache. Since a last few years, youth is addicted to consume tobacco as well as Mayo and pouches of mixed tobacco. By retaining these things of addiction in the mouth, one definitely starts having back pain initially but ultimately it results in cancer. One should therefore, form a habit of brushing the teeth before going to bed and take tea and breakfast only after cleaning the mouth and teeth properly after getting up. We may have brushed our teeth at night, therefore, to have the habit of taking bed tea in the morning without cleaning the mouth is bad for teeth, health and back also. (2) One can suffer back-pain even if body weight is more than essential. It is observed that when Yoga-shibirs are arranged in Punjab, bodies of people are very fat and with excess weight. Their biceps and muscles of the hands occupy the circumference equal to our thighs. During the conduct of the class if we remark Mataji raise your back (Kamar) a bit, we immediately get a reply Mahatmaji we can raise the Kamar when it is there, but now it has become a Kamara (room). This is their truthful confession. What to do? There is a saying in Punjab, Rajke Kha te Dabke Va that means eat plenty and do work also plenty. But now a days, eating has increased too much, but working habit is completely nil. Servants mostly do all the jobs. In America, everything is done by electrical gadgets. Thus because the ligaments, and muscles of the waist and the back do not get enough exercise in the manner that is required, that part becomes rigid and brittle, hence on suffering even a small tension, the back gets stiff. We now look at Asanas pertaining to the back.
BHUJANGASANA

(1) Sleep with your belly on the ground. (see the chapter, on Asthma-2) (2) Keep both the hands on both the sides of chest and on the ground with palms facing on the top and fingers of the hands remaining touching each other, the fingers should not project beyond the shoulders, the elbows should remain parallel to each other and should be pointing towards the ceiling of the building.(see chapter Asthma -2) (3) Keep the paws of the leg and the heels touching each other and bent in the fashion of the tail of a serpent pointing on the back side. (4) Now take a deep breath and go on lifting the weight of the body slowly on both the hands,lift the head, neck and chest upto the navel. Retain the breath. (5) Try to remain in the above position for one and a half minutes. In the initial stages, breath cannot be retained inside so long and hence after raising up the body you should continue breathing normally Thereafter, come down slowly Take rest in Makarasana. One gets pressure on the end of spinal column by this exercise and back pain gets relief.
BADDHA-NAUKASANA (1)

Sleep with belly on the ground.

78

(2) (3) (4)

Keep both the legs together. Keep heels as well as paws also together. Take both the hands upto waist along the back and hook the fingers.

Take a deep breath and on one side in the front raise the head, shoulder and chest and on the other side raise thighs without bending the legs from the knees. The shape of the body will resemble a boat. Here also the blood will move towards the waist. Weight of the body will also be borne on the waist. This practice of Baddhanaukasana relieves pain in waist appreciably Try to remain steady in this Asana every time for 1 to 2 minutes. Initially if this is not possible, you may increase the period slowly

Baddha-naukasana (Fig35)

KATI-UTTHANASANA (1) (2)

Lie on the ground with back remaining on the ground. Keep the palms of both the hands on the ground, keep both the legs straight on the ground. Now bend both the legs one after the other slowly from the knees and bring those right up to the buttocks. Keep distance equal to the distance between the shoulders in between the two legs. Now transfer the weight on both the legs and both the hands and raise the waist as much as possible and remain steady Breathe normally In this position Kati which means waist and Utthan means raised. Remain in this condition for I to 2 minutes. If this is not possible repeat this Asana two or three times.

(3)

(4) (5)

(6)

(Fig36)Kati-utthan asana
79

USHTRASANA

(1) Sit in Vajrasana. For Vajrasana bend the knees with both the legs, on the head side, both the paws kept together, both the heels kept apart, and buttocks, resting on both the heels. (see Hyper-acidity) (2) Now lift the waist. Get up on the knees. Thereby half the body will remain at right angle to the other half. (3) Keep both the hands on the waist. vend backward,pull the head on the hack side. Do not bring the buttocks down. Pull the whole part of the waist in the opposite direction. This is the most easy position. (4) Now raise both the legs on both the paws. Thereby heels will come nearer on the ground and nearer the two hands. (5) Hold both the heels with both the hands; it may not be possible to do so at a time hence hold one after the other. (6) Do not allow the buttocks to go down. Keep the opposite side of the waist pulled in the opposite direction. This is Ushtrasana. (7) Now turn both the legs in the reverse direction, so that the paws of the legs remain on the top. By doing so, heels will go still lower. Keep holding the heels in this position and perform Ushtrasana. In the initial stages this will be found a little difficult but once you catch hold of the position you will feel very good. (8) Ushtrasana has proved a panacea and a boon for all the pain in the waist, hump and cervical spondylosis. Those who suffer from pain in waist will not find it easy to sit on the ground, crossed legged. At the time of sitting they should take a support of a pillow such that the buttocks remain a little above and knees touch the ground.

Ushtra-asanp (Fig37)

80

BHRAMARI PRANAYAMA First inhale deeply. One has to make a sound from the neck via the nose as if there is a humming of a black bee m performing this Pranayama. Then simulate the sound of humming through the neck. Keep the continuation of humming as long as it is possible depending on the capacity of containing the breath. Do not continue making an .... un... un... un... sound unnecessarily if the breath gets exhausted. Keep the sound neither too high nor too low depending on the sound produced in your. neck and bring the sound out through the nose. At the time of Bhramari Pranayama, mouth should remain closed. By performing this Pranayama the speed of blood circulation increases. The practice of Bhramari Pranayama is helpful in the pain connected with all the joints. SHAVASANA (1) Lie dawn with the face up on the wooden bench. (2) Relax the body (3) Keep the fist open, legs a little relaxed and widespread. (4) Now listen to the beating of the heart. (5) Remain a witness of the inhalation as well as exhalation. (6) Create a feeling that your body is peaceful, composed, and completely disease-less. (see Asthma-2) (7) In this manner without the movement of any part of the body, remaining fully composed having no restlessness of any type go deep in mental quiet attitude. Note: Practice of Shalabhasana at the end of Bhujangasana and practice of Dhanurasana on completion of Ushtrasana are found very advantageous in the pain in the waist. Therefore, without any type of hurry, with perfect quiet attitude, composed, and with patience, practise Asanas and Bhramari as well as Omkar Pranayamas. OM SHANTIH!

81

ADDICTION
In Frankfurt city in Germany on a very quiet night of winter cold wind was whistling, the snow had not yet started; but the signs were clear. The cold icy wind was blowing on the doors and windows as well as the walls. The buildings were getting frozen by the severe cold on such night; we were camping at the residence of Dr. Christina. Sister Christina, her brother, her mother all of them were long time devotees of Sivanand Ashram. Christina was summoned on that night for emergency duty. She was a dental surgeon. One very well known T.V. Artist had tremendous pain in the tooth. The tooth was already weak, it may have to be removed, but some thing extra may also have to be done. I asked, sister; you are going alone at such a late night? Should we accompany you? With her concurrence, her brother and myself accompanied. X-ray was taken out. Tooth was full of pus and it was found necessary to clean out everything and remove the tooth. Local anesthesia was given and the doctor caught hold of the tooth; tried to pull. But the patient shouted out fearfully it was found that the anesthesia had not affected. A new bottle was opened and more doses were injected but there was no effect. Still that patient was able to speak out. We could gather that the patient was a great addict. He used to smoke cigarettes and then proceeded to hashish opium, and LSD and thereafter he started getting pathedine injections. Scorpions and serpents even went on stingling him and the addiction had affected him all throughout his veins in such a way that there was no effect of the injections for anesthesia. This is a very preliminary stage. I knew a son of a doctor friend. He was from a high family He innerly decided to marry a girl of his own caste studying with him. The girl was beautiful and curvy; she
was clever and hailed from a common middle class family the boy came from a high family but was very fat. He had an obese (bulky) body and hardly had any handsomeness. It was a big achievement that he had passed M.B.B.S. He had no special aptitude for further studies. The father was well known in the society, he was much honored. The father had two hospitals with an arrangement to admit 80 indoor patients. Based on all these strengths the father of the girl got the daughter married to this boy without finding out her liking. The daughter studied further after her marriage and got the degree of M.D and D.G.O. She was an expert in gynecology. The husband used to roam about in the hospital with a stethoscope in hand. Patients did not give their hand for examination to this doctor. At the consulting room of the wife, patients teemed like ants. The wife had emergency call for all the 24 hours, operations, patients and visits. The hubby had to sit alone and spend life in loneliness. He had a feeling of something missing in him. Thus separation increased between the two. The doctor tried to throw away the gloom of apathy by getting addicted to smoking and then proceeded to take injection of pathedine, initially once or twice in a week and then the habit increased to daily dose. He went on doing all days and one day suddenly he passed away.

We come to hear of many stories about the addicted persons in our society. In order to meet the expenses of addiction, they would start theft in their own houses, they will start selling their furniture and belongings, they will even sell the tins of ghee and oil and will fall a person to prey to so many bad habits. This is such a habit that once addicted is sure to be ruined. One cannot say what will he not do when he feels drawn by the addiction! Him and the addiction had affected him all throughout his veins in such a way that there was no effect of the injections for anesthesia. This is a very preliminary stage. I knew a son of a doctor friend. He was from a high family He innerly decided to marry a girl of his own caste studying with him. The girl was beautiful and curvy;
she was clever and hailed from a common middle class family the boy came from a high family but was very fat. He had an obese (bulky) body and hardly had any handsomeness. It was a big achievement that he had passed M.B.B.S. He had no special aptitude for further studies. The father was well known in the society, he was much honored. The father had two hospitals with an arrangement to admit 80 indoor patients. Based on all these strengths the father of the girl got the daughter married to this boy without finding out her liking. The daughter studied further after her marriage and got the degree of M.D and D.G.O. She was an expert in gynecology. The husband used to roam about in the hospital with a stethoscope in hand. Patients did not give their hand for examination to this doctor. At the consulting room of the wife, patients teemed like ants. The wife had emergency call for all the 24 hours, operations, patients 82

and visits. The hubby had to sit alone and spend life in loneliness. He had a feeling of something missing in him. Thus separation increased between the two. The doctor tried to throw away the gloom of apathy by getting addicted to smoking and then proceeded to take injection of pathedine, initially once or twice in a week and then the habit increased to daily dose. He went on doing all days and one day suddenly he passed away.

We come to hear of many stories about the addicted persons in our society. In order to meet the expenses of addiction, they would start theft in their own houses, they will start selling their furniture and belongings, they will even sell the tins of ghee and oil and will fall a person to prey to so many bad habits. This is such a habit that once addicted is sure to be ruined. One cannot say what will he not do when he feels drawn by the addiction! The question then arises whether Science of Yoga can give a new life to these friends. Of course yes! Why not! If the addict himself wishes to get out of the addiction, there is nothing impossible at such a juncture. One should not hate the addict, but one should love and, shower goodwill towards him. If we can create faith in us that we are his well-wishers, if he once understands and accepts this role of ours, everything else can be achieved. Before going into these details let us understand what is addiction, how is it formed and to which items can one can get addicted? It is well known the world over that man first forms a habit and then the habit makes him fall. This type of habit on which we have no control and we may become a slave to that habit is called Addiction. Everything in the world has some use or the other; but if our use is ill placed, or it is misused, then gradually that turns into a bad habit and ultimately results in addiction. If a man starts consuming some medicine or an intoxicant material which is not recommended by a doctor but which is put into use by oneself and gradually it becomes impossible to do without that intoxicant; man feels obliged to take it; the man completely relies on it. In such a case we term it as addiction. Such an addict is never welcome in the society. Society drives him out. Such person frightens the family members, and is neglected by all from all the sides. The addicted man is left with no other support than the addiction.
NORMAL INTOXICANTS USED FOR INTOXICATION 1. Beetle leaves, tobacco, mixture of tobacco and Chuno (slaked lime). Pouches of readymade tobacco, Gutkhas, scented Supari, cigarette etc. (All these material do contain one or the other intoxicant to more or less extent). 2. Toddy, Country liquor or English liquor, alcohol, beer, champagne, triple X, black bull and others. Opioids, opium, brown sugar, heroin, injectables, morphine pathedine, fortwin and others. 4. Use is also made of capsule mixed in water containing poppy seeds mixed in water. 5. Cannabis products like hashish and others 6. Sedative hypnotics, diazepam, mandrex, barbiturates.

7. Cocaine and caffeine.

83

There is no end to this list. As earlier mentioned when the addict is not satisfied by all these addiction he goes on adding more and more stronger items, ultimately getting scorpions and serpents giving stings on his tongue. MAIN REASONS FOR FORMATION OF ADDICTION
1. 2. 3. 4. Bad company of friends who have wrong habits. Curiosity Family problem or sedentary life having no occupation. Very strong reason of natural circumstances: (I) People doing overlabour, intensive job; take to addiction to

remove feeling of tiredness. (ii) Person habituated to addiction, which unknowingly weakens the sensory nerves. (iii) People who are having no work and want something to pass time. (iv) Illiterate people residing in cold regions. 5. People also form a habit of addiction as a part of social and religious

functions.

6. Some persons start taking certain medicine, which ultimately results in addiction.
HOW TO RECOGNISE AN ADDICT

signs, on all occasions. It is necessary to get the addict sit with us peacefully and obtain detailed information. However, there are certain definite signs, which allow a man to identify an addict. He can be normally known from the following main
identifications: 1. Whenever any work is entrusted to an addict he is found irregular

It is not always possible to identify an addict from the outer

and normally does not welcome

the job. This also applies to education.

2. A nil result both in a work entrusted and in education. 3. You will find no connection between ones behavior and an addict will be going his own way 4. He will be a spendthrift in spending money 5. An addict is absolutely careless about personal hygiene and cleanliness. 6. He suffers from anorexia; he has no liking for eating and drinking. 7. He stammers; his eyes are found reddish. 8. In the surroundings of his residence you will find empty bottles, aluminum foils, small pieces of cardboards or metal tubes, empty match boxes and injection syringes, injection needles etc. 9. He is used to desert his old friend circle and joins new associations. COMMON POINTS TO HEAL ADDICTS
i. 2. Search the addict and inspire him to leave the addiction. Have detailed discussion with pros and cons.

84

3.

Advise suitably about detoxification

4. After offering advice follow up with necessary care, take proper care once the detoxification takes place, and work for rehabilitation in the society 5. Remain ever vigilant to see that the person does not relapse; proper care and efforts must be exercised to avoid relapse. It is quite necessary to shower love, goodwill and sympathy if the patient is not true to himself or till he does not leave his internal wish to restart taking the intoxicants. If this precaution is not observed, when the temporary self-control is lifted, the addict returns to the original state violently with double the strength and speed and gets again bound with the intoxicant. Each and every family must be provided with this much medical

advice and essential instructions.

A psychiatrist may be often consulted, family gathering must be organized, everyday there should be assembly of the house members, necessary and essential knowledge of Homeopathic treatment and treatment with essential Ayurvedic or Allopathic medicine should be introduced so that
gradually opium and similar addiction material are consumed less. An addict gets pain in the whole body, he finds the bones aching; he gets diarrhea, loses sleep, gets anorexia, feels the body lifeless as if it was like a. sack. He may have nausea, a feeling of vomiting, feel giddy, and get lacrimation. He forms a habit of getting injected now and then. If detoxification is arranged then the inclination to be without intoxication hardly persists for a day without eating or drinking intoxicant and in case it continues longer, it does not go beyond 10 to 15 days. Addicts suffer from trembling of the hands and feet, getting restless and hasty in small matters, losing the sleep, anorexia as well as idleness, laziness and similar problems and difficulties. Normally for detoxification of alcohol, benzodiazepin is employed and gradually the quantum of this medicine is also reduced to a nil level. This process is not very long. If the addict himself decides to get free from addiction, this is possible within a period of three to four week. In addition, diazepam and chlordiazepoxide are also employed. Most of the addicts of alcohol are normally given a support of disulfiram, but this disulfiram has a relation similar to that between cats and dogs; when compared to ethyl alcohol. And therefore, if this is administered the patient suffers from nausea, feeling giddy, vomiting and in addition many unnecessary and opposite effects are also felt. An addict leaves an addiction only getting bored and tired of these symptoms. SOME SUGGESTIONS TO THE ADDICTS
1. When you doubt that a certain man is an addict and suffers from addiction, first meet the friends of that addict and thereafter meet their relatives as well as the nearest of his kiths and kins and discuss about the details. Thereafter you

should try to take the addict in personal confidence

and converse with him with very thick friendship

and affection.
2. When the addict accepts his mistake and presents his problem, you should very peacefully listen to him, thereafter also you should not take any one-sided view never even indicate the slightest of hatred or dislike towards the addict. He should have a perfect confidence in you and know that you love him with all your heart and would not only help him to be free from the addiction but you would be prepared to offer all types of help required. 3. We can make him aware of different manner of treatments and detoxification.

85

4. You should keep close contact. You should go on inquiring about how the treatment proceeds and how far he had reached in the treatment. You should also personally verify the report. You should necessarily offer new life to the addict and help him in all manners, to get established in life. 5. If unluckily the addict reverts to the addiction, without feeling the least setback, one should make honest efforts to help the addict and continue the efforts. 6. You should go on instilling faith in the addict about the possibility and efficiency of the treatment. 7. And the most important fact to remember is whether the addict is a clean man or not, one has to welcome him as a human being and extend treatment, care and love, fully YAUGIC TREATMENT
The addict gets a wonderful help from Yoga. Yoga has really proved very helpful. It releases an addict from his addiction

gradually that too, this is achieved with such an ease that the addict hardly comes to know wherefrom he has inherited the new life. Spring follows the winter slowly and adorns the whole world. Similarly in the life of an addict Yogaabhyas instills new consciousness, new enthusiasm, fullness and the most important matter is that Yogaabhyas creates an irrepressible desire to live his life fully Slowly and gradually the life of an addict becomes more and more lively; and the addict even does not know about this. He starts getting self-control. It will then be much easier to explain him and educate him because of the change brought in him. You will definitely love to meet him. Thereafter you will not approach him sympathetically but enthusiastically in a friendly manner, full of kindness. You are then meeting a newborn, a composed and a great man who has strong character. The training in Yoga-abhyas adds to the self-confidence and the addict will have courage of looking at the world in face. He will feel the need for correcting the error. Internal soul force will add to the capacity to correct the error. There will be a tide of internal consciousness to see that the error is not repeated and beautiful life resulting from the no error condition will again fill him with soulful happiness, peace and prosperity. The addict should be trained in Yoga-nidra to see that detoxification is achieved through the treatment of Yogasana. YOGA-NIDRA Lie with face upward in a bed; keep the hands and feet relaxed. Keep the legs nearby each other so that they do not touch each other. Keep the hands parallel to the body but at a distance so that the same do not touch the body Keep the eyes closed. In the center of the room, one should lie down on a cot. Remaining surrounded by the four walls listen to the beating of your heart. Remain witness to both your inhaling as well as exhaling. No breath should either be inhaled or exhaled without your knowledge.

Now experience that you are in Shavasana position. The fingers and thumbs of both the legs, soles, heels front part of the soles, ankles, muscles of calf, knees and thighs, buttocks waist and back, fingers and thumbs of both the hands, palms, wrists of hands, the hand under the elbow, biceps of the hands, upper arm, elbows, armpits, all these are relaxed. They are peaceful almost asif
they dont exist, they are corpse like. Tummy under navel, stomach above the navel, organs inside the belly, bladder, small intestine, big intestine are all relaxed peacefully they are composed; they are without any tension. Experience this condition. Liver, kidney, pancreas, spleen, adrenal are also without any tension, peaceful, composed and relaxed. Try to experience this condition. The trachea is clean. There is no pollution. There is no hindrance. Lungs expand fully Diaphragm goes up and down properly The vital potential breathing capacity of lungs is within the range of 2800 cc to 3600 cc. Arteries, veins, heart, valves of heart are all proper. Heart beats regularly the incoming clean

blood and its circulation is regular. Blood pressure range is 120/80:

86

Hemoglobin is 16.5 %. Both triglycerides and cholesterol are regularly and absolutely under control. There is regular sleep, no effect of cold, there is a cough, and proper hunger is felt. Breathing system works very well, there is no hindrance; you are completely composed and healthy the bodily health will make you experience mental health and composure. Slowly raise your right leg; 4 to 6, stiffen the whole leg and slowly put it back. Now bring it down very slowly now raise your left leg 4 to 6, stiffen the leg and slowly take it back. Similarly right hand should be raised 4 to 6 up from the ground. Close the fist and stiffen the hands, now slowly place it back on the ground. Thereafter raise the left hand 4 to 6 above the ground, close the fist and stiffen the hand, put it also slowly on the ground. Stiffen buttocks. Relax. Pull the arms inside. Relax. Fill the chest by respiration and expand it, release the breath feel fully composed. Nowtighten muscles of the mouth and face, relax. Keep the mouth a little open, leave the lips loose. Now release the entire body does not move any organ of the body Now witness your breath only your lungs are in complete rest. Breathing and exhaling is also being achieved with perfect ease. You can now think of the consciousness within you, now that the body and the mind are perfectly healthy Body is disease-less, mind is happy you are glowing with the beauty of your soul. You are feeling completely fresh. Now again think of the breath entering your chest. In you new enthusiasm. You are a big stream of happiness. You are a Gangotri of happiness. Happiness does not come from outside. Happiness is not outside. Body and mind remain under the wrong impression of happiness because of the wandering of the senses. If a cloud moves in, the sun gets covered. There is no reason to think that the brightness of the sun has reduced. You are completely composed inside. The man, who is in composure, is stoic in the self. That man is happy you are not unhappy you are not diseased, remember this. All this is a mental creation. If you think that you are disease-less, you will remain without disease. You start thinking that you are sick; you will definitely fall ill. But this is a reflection of disease-less mind. Your mind is not sick. God surrounds you. God is on the right, on the left, inside, outside in the front, in the back. God is everywhere. God is equivalent to power, energy, truth, Shiva, beauty God means consciousness. God means knowledge, brightness and development. Experience that you are fully composed and healthy Get up slowly with ease and experience composure. Try this method two to three times in a day; you will surely attain complete composure and health.
-

is the entry of clean and composed breath with full freshness and power. Your consciousness fills you with a new power, new breath, new zeal and

JAPA SADHANA

Remember name of any God in which you have complete faith, while you move about, walk, sit and get up. Forget the past. Do not worry about the future. Remember God in your quiet and peaceful mind. God means peace, composure, beauty and happiness. Peace and happiness are your aims in life. Remember that name which would fill you with peace and composure in your internal consciousness. If there is no peace inside you, how can there be peace brought from outside? You are peace personified. You are a symbol of happiness and enthusiasm. Observe God everywhere in the planes with green grass extending on long distances in green field, in the high trees reaching the skies, beautiful streams, open sky, sunrise, sunset, the chirping of the birds, your sickness will run away Open your heart before God. Oh God, I belong to you, you are mine, let anything that is good for me, happen. You are a prototype of God. If God and yourself are not distinct. God is inside you also. It is absolutely distinct from sensuality. God is forever; God is truth. You are also pure, you are intelligence incarnate. Feel this and you will inhabit new life.

87

Dhyana (Fig38) In addition you can perform Dhanurasana, Chakrasana

Paschimottanasana and in addition all the Asanas that you may know thoroughly also perform Sukhapurvaka Pranayama and Bhastrika in addition to Asanas.

Chankrasana (Fig39)

For Sukhapurvaka Pranayama, (a) inhale through left nostril (Puraka); (b) retain the breath (Antar-kumbhaka), (c) Exhale through the right nostril (Rechaka) and (d) retain the breath (Bahyakumbhaka). Thereafter inhale through the right nostril, hold the breath inside, exhale through the left nostril. The ratio of timings a:b:c:d being 1:4:2:4 respy. If you cannot do anything, breathe in peacefully and exhale peacefully with every breath experience that it is not air that is getting in but along with the breath you are inhaling new power, light, knowledge, brightness and development inside you. When you breathe out, think that you are distributing to the world around all your happiness, composure, divinity and the entire Sattvik element going out. Fill the universe with composed and healthy thoughts, health and composure will return to you thousand-fold. Even if one continues a routine of Pranayama two to three times a day for ten to fifteen minutes for one continuous month, one can feel tremendous improvement in health. (see Hypertension) Bhastrika Pranayama is a panacea for the health of the mind and the heart. Sit on the folded legs with the spinal column straight. Thereafter without movement of the body or the shoulders and with no tension on the face, breathe in and out rapidly. By doing so the lungs open out. Energy and capacity as well as alertness increase. That is the reason why the Gita declares that if one regularly and daily carries out even a little of what is taught to be done, one will save 88

himself of the great dangers. All these talks are not merely repeated after reading or writing or cramming up; this is all a knowledge after bearing actual experience. Hence go ahead and give a trial to the experiment described herein and enjoy the full happiness of happy life. OM SHANTIH!

89

HYPERACIDITY
One may be conducting Yogasana classes or meditation classes; one has to start from residence at 5:00 to 5:30 in the morning. I have moved round America in June, July, August, September, October, November and December in London as well as Denmark. But the Americans are of a special bent. In the cars that we overtake, the drivers young or old, even before the day-break, would be holding giant size American glasses and sucking coke through the straw in the glasses and they would be driving with music in their cars playing so loud that it may rend your eardrum asunder To see these drivers driving is also a special treat. Many a times grandmothers visit accompanied by their children, desiring that Swamiji would show some way What way? Just look at their faces! Their skin!! The face has so many blots; the face is full of eruption. See there! Under the eyes there is quite a biggish black lining!! You may ask the youth.... Do you regularly clean bowels daily. He will question.... Whats that? Oh, my friend do you visit latrine daily? Are the bowels fully cleaned? He replies, of course. You again ask... Everyday...? No, once in three-four days. In America everything is in grand scale! Food stores. is a Lion Food Mart. Green chilies are very big. Bananas are very big. Vimu aunty, Vimalaben Patel of Houston prepared a pizza and cut it into eight parts. Eat one and you are full. Thats enough. In our country we have a Punjabi glass but in America that glass looks small! It is surprising if there is any control on food. Simple pizza, a pineapple pizza or a cheese pizza. Well, that is O.K. But everything that is cooked is made from finely ground wheat (Maida) pizza, pasta, spaghetti, enchiladas, bread, cake or cookies; halophania green chilies and bell pepper, black pepper and ginger etc. If you travel from Delhi to Haridwar or Haridwar to Delhi there is a motel Chitalgrand. People like the cheese pakodas, prepared there in. People drive all the way from Delhi to eat these pakodas. But here in America this type of preparation is available everywhere. From St. Lewis to Silver Springs and on all the road crossings, from lanes and by lanes, the one that endangers peace in the family; ruins money and stomach is that McDonald depicting the double-arc sign.
-

Those Yoga training organizer who provides facility for proceeding from morning meditation and Yoga classes straight to attend job, catered in the morning providing doughnut and coke only We requested them to supply tomato juice or tea and coffee with bananas and apples. But for God sake! Stop the supply of doughnuts. It is not that you are unaware of all these facts. But we are just like Duryodhana, who knew very well what religion was, but who had no interest in living religiously He knew very well what was contrary religious activity. But he didnt want to quit it. We also are aware of all these but who is to execute on our behalf? Shri Dinesh Patel met me in the corridor of a motel before Satsang was started at Corpus Cristy. Oh friend, how do you do? He replied, Bapaji! Everything is fine because of your blessings. Then he talked about various purchases and sales as well as where Niruben and children had been in London and Europe; where they were at the present moment, when they will return etc. etc. But I remarked, Oh friend! How much you have added to your weight! Look at this round belly! He replied, Swamiji, I have to tour so much that I cant control the food intakes. I cant help taking more rice. I said, Do you mean that Swamiji takes very little tours? If I do not control what will be the result? He said, I have already had a by-pass surgery Weight is fifty pounds in excess of the standard, cholesterol and triglycerides are in super high proportions. Blood pressure is also extra super high. But whenever I go to fill in the gas in the car I have to consume at least one packet of potatoes wafers!! To sum up let us remember that we are either our own friends or our own enemies. One of the main reasons of hyperacidity is gluttony A man must eat just enough to fill half his stomach; one fourth stomach should be filled with water and remaining one fourth be kept empty for the gas. But whenever we eat something we just seem to feel that this could be our only last chance in the life! So let us fill to our hearts content! The well-known AHMEDABAD ornament manufacturer Suvarna Mahal and Jay ornaments brothers, Prakash Soni and Kirti Soni whose wives always complained, Swamiji, if some guest arrives and we serve breakfast, guest go on talking and we dont know when they start eating but these two brothers, we wonder, would empty their dishes at the earliest! If people exercise some control by remaining aware of their eating habits people will never have hyperacidity. Very strong acidic juices get prepared in the stomach. They help in digestion of food. These digestive juices are known as gastric juices. These types of gastric juices continuously get manufactured in the body and they excite the vagus nerve situated in the internal glands. Many reasons are responsible in allowing these types of juices to be produced in extra quantity this vagus nerve is a part of a para-sympathetic nerve. If this gastric juice of acid gets produced in extra proportions it 90

harms internal wall of the stomach to a very great extent. When this happens there are ulcers found in the walls of the stomach. Thus hyperacidity and formation of ulcers are complementary to each other.

It is possible that acid secretion may be less yet there may be ulcer formation and alternatively acid secretion may be much more than required yet there may not be ulcer formation. However both the conditions make a man suffer and the peace as well as happiness is lost and health will be adversely affected and is harmful in the long run. Besides gluttony, the use of extra condiments, more than
necessary chilies, eating more fried items, paucity of salad and fibers in the food, and not consuming milk and curd, dislike of consumption of fruits, to eat at odd hours, to eat without proper chewing, to eat hurriedly, to eat while talking, to eat as if you are not to get it again, to eat even before the first intake of food gets digested and insufficient exercise or not exercising at all are the additional reasons responsible for bad digestion. In addition to above mental ill-health, mental uneasiness, mental harassment, feeling tired, tobacco chewing as well as smoking and habit of alcohol are also responsible for hyperacidity Those people whose life is sedentary and those who are very irregular in their food habits and in addition to these conditions those who do not take any type of exercise, such people do get hyperacidity. Excessive uneasiness, mental tension, tiredness, or smoking to a great extent and drinking produces hyperacidity Compared to ladies, males suffer from this difficulty much more. Ladies hardly suffer from hyperacidity till they are regularly menstruating. It is possible that female natural hormones may be responsible for this and ladies may be saved from hyperacidity thereby Those having their blood group 0 are more susceptible to hyperacidity As mentioned earlier those persons who take more of fried and spicy food and take more condiments are more susceptible to acidity it is more important to see how you eat than what you eat. Those who eat after enough of chewing, the food gets mixed with the liquid saliva produced in the mouth and such mixed food then reaches stomach. Such people hardly suffer from acidity So many people who eat food, which is slippery and smooth, so that hardly they chew it; such people always get ulcers. The principle food of people of Assam, Bengal, Orissa, Manipur, Mizoram and south India is mainly rice. They get ulcers to a greater extent whereas people from U.P, Himachal, Punjab, Hariyana or Delhi get less problems of ulcer besides those people who eat very fast and without chewing the food sufficiently, suffer from this problem. Thus those who gulp down food without chewing sufficiently, those who eat at irregular hours and those who eat slippery food have to suffer from hyperacidity DIAGNOSIS OF THE AILMENT Normally a man having disease of hyperacidity suffers from pain in the stomach. The form of this pain in the stomach, the time at which occurs and its nature is always of a special type. This type of pain is felt on the right side of heart and under the lower ribs. This type of pain starts slowly and gradually, sometimes aftei the food is taken and gets reduced only if, either one vomits or takes some scientific medicine for this purpose. The common signs of this pain are burning sensation in the heart, vomiting sensation, nausea, feeling giddy and the actual vomits. If the illness is chronic and if the necessary treatment for the ailment is not taken there is a possibility of heamatemesis (vomits of blood). TREATMENT Both medical as well as surgical treatment is beneficial to the patient. Medical treatment undertaken with care definitely cures the patient and results are also very good. If one bears the following points in mind the medical treatment of peptic ulcer, it will be easy to diagnose and cure the disease: 1. Mental as well as physical rest. 91

2.

Complete care about food.

3.

Habit of taking medicine regularly

MENTAL TREATMENT This is possible only through Yogasana, Pranayama and meditation.
PHYSICAL TREATMENT If the disease has just started and is in an initial stage there seems no need for physical rest. But when the disease has gone out of control then a period of rest; doing no labour, is allowed in a perfect manner, it is likely to contribute in a big way in the treatment of the disease. CARE IN FOOD and PRECAUTIONS The very first important thing to keep in view while serving the food is that the patient should be served 3 to 4 times in small proportions. It is absolutely essential to ensure that the patient does not fill his belly like a glutton. Food should be taken in small measures; one should eat peacefully chewing thoroughly It is very essential to ensure that there is little oil and condiments in the food. In the event of the diseases having gone out of control or those patients who have a tendency to get hyperacidity, they should eat easily digestible and fibrous food, which is fully cooked and steamed. Food that is not easily digestible like meat, fish, eggs should not be taken at all. MEDICINES The cure for the problem of hyperacidity is being sought after from ages by use of Antacids only The form, color and the covering of medicines go on changing, but it only contains world known medicine Antacid. It is true that in addition to these antacids, now we have started receiving medicines in the market, which have prolonged effect. Any medicines taken have to be repeated after 6-8-16 or 24 hours duration, that is after the period for which the effect remains active. SURGICAL TREATMENT If ulcers are formed in stomach to a larger extent and perforations occur, operation is compulsory if cancer is suspected, only treatment is an operation. And if medicines prove ineffective surgical help may be called for. YAUGIC TREATMENT There are umpteen treatments in science of Yoga to see that ones desire for food improves, digestion of food consumed improve, one to control effect of strong acids, that are produced in the stomach. 1. VAJRASANA

Young and old alike should all form a habit of sitting in Vajrasana from five, ten to fifteen minutes after every meal like breakfast, mid-day meal and evening or night meals. This adds digestive power and thereby flatulence does not occur Gas as well as constipation doesnt result. Then you can completely eliminate the main cause for production of acids. For sitting in Vajrasana sit with two legs kept underneath both knees kept together in the same fashion as Muslim friends sit for their Namaj. Keep both the thumbs of both the legs touching each other; the heels should be kept spread out with buttocks placed between the heels. Do not sit with two feet placed one over the other. In the initial stages you may not be able to sit for a long period. However if you sit on a sofa set or on a mattress or on

a
92

grass lawn so that the ground under the feet does not hurt, then it will be possible to gradually

form a habit. Going on increasing the period up to 15 to 20 minutes initially, you will surely be able to sit for longer periods together

(Fig - 40-1) Vajrasana

2. YOGAMUDRA

(Fig - 40-2)

Vajrasana

Sit in Padmasana. Bring both the hands on the back. Hold the wrist of the left hand by right hand. Now go on exhaling and go on bending forward slowly Let the forehead touch the ground. Try to hold breath outside. Do not use force in this exercise. Keep the forehead touching the ground for the period that you hold the breath outside. When you raise the head, go on inhaling slowly In this process the Apanvayu under the navel and the Pranvayu above the navel assume the position of Samanvayu. Because of the Pranvayu above equalizing, that is becoming Samana, the process of digestion is performed properly and perfectly Aham vaishvanaro bhootva praninam dehamashritah Pranapana samayuktah pachmami annum chaturvidham I (Geeta: 15:14)

Yaga-Mudra Fig - 41 3. SIVANANDA PRANAYAMA 93

Sleep with face facing the ceiling. Keep the back on ground. Bend both the knees of the both legs keeping them pointing upwards towards ceiling and parallel to each other, slightly away from
the buttocks and not touching each other but in a composed manner. Concentrate mind on the navel. Remain a witness to the process of inhaling and exhaling. Breathe in as slowly as possible. Exhale as slowly as possible. Ensure that each breath is inhaled very peacefully and remaining fully aware (see Hypertension). In this process all the organs in the belly feel relaxed. Ample supply of blood reaches the organs. The control of breathing adds special capacity to the working efficiency of the internal secreting glands. 4. SHITALI PRANAYAMA SHITKARI PRANYAYAMA
-

If this Pranayama is practised before the sunrise it is more advantageous. Sit with crossed legs. Make around tube by bending the tongue and inhale through mouth, exhale through the nose. If you cannot make a tube of the tongue then bend the front end of the tongue on the back side, on the top of the rear tongue. Keep the two rows of teeth touching each other and inhale with a sound like51.. .si....... Either one of the above two methods of Pranayama should be performed at least 20 repetitions. This Pranayama has great effect on dyspepsia. This Pranayama is capable of reducing the burning sensation caused by strong acid liberated in the stomach.

Shitali Pranayama (Fig-42)

KUNJAL KRIYA

Shitkari Pranayama (Fig43)

In the early morning drink 8 to 10 glasses of tepid water having half a teaspoonful of salt added to water. Take 7 to 8 glasses quickly This should be taken on an empty stomach. Thereafter bend forward and press the belly or put in two fingers in the neck behind the tongue so that all the water would be thrown out in a torrent (see Asthma-2) Strong acid gets washed out due to this process and one saves oneself from getting ulcer Do not either eat or drink anything at least for a period of one hour after this process. You will feel much hunger after one hour, when you should take food which will not spoil your digestive system. In addition, performance of Bhujangasana, Shalbhasana, Bhastrika Pranayama, Jalandhara bandha, Suryanamaskara, and Shavasana regularly, proper control of in-take of food, the control of the wandering tendency of mind, high standard of working of the internal secreting glands definitely brings in happy and composed health. But the main point that is essential is to remain regular and carry on Yogaabhyas of whatever variety we undertake, daily and patiently for a prolonged period and along with Yoga-abhyas we should have necessary treatment of medicine and control of food. There is nothing impossible in the world! What is required is our conscientious effort! OM SHANTIH!

94

95

OBESITY
Late Shree Punit Kumar, owner of Punnu panir-dpakode used to attend Yogasana classes at Ludhiana in the Punjab Agriculture University.We know that a small rat sits by the side of Ganapati which we keep in Puja. We have never seen such a Ganapati sitting on the rat. And if such a small rat were to carry a hefty bodied Ganapati what should be the outcome? This Punitkumar used to look like that when he came to the class riding on a Vaspa Scooter. His body was having such a big circumference that after finishing his natural calls he could not reach to clean himself. Now-adays fountains are provided on the commode; therefore it is convenient. However in the earlier times, this was not so, hence he had kept a strong nozzle connected to a shower pipe. In those days the tailoring charges of pants used to be Rs.150/-. However Punit had to pay Rs. 1500/-as his pant resembled a tent. All this is not merely joke or a tall talk; When you come down at the Airport of Newyork, Atlanta, Denwar or Charlotte it is possible to meet a number of people who look like family members of Mr. Punit. Sometimes when we cut a joke on such extra obese people one feels sorry for the amount of trouble they cause to themselves. At Disneyland at Orlando, Florida, you can see so many obese persons moving about!

How is this possible? One feels inclined to question. One would find no neck, under the head. Head and shoulders seem to be one because of the fat. Both black or white people of this description are in the same condition!!
It is observed that 18% of the population of the world having such obesity is found in America only 7% of such obese persons beautify America!! OBESITY: The problem of these obese persons is something more than the deficit of vitamins or minerals in human body. One gets fat or obese mainly because there is imbalance in the supply of nutritive elements. This imbalance does not just add to the fat but the body gradually becomes a store-house of diseases. As a man goes on adding to his age, he gradually goes on increasing his weight. Particularly between ages 25 and 40 years, weight increases disproportionately. This bout of increase in weight also visits a man once beyond the age of 40. We have heard being told that when a man earns money it hits a kick on the back, thereby increasing his belly and when wealth recedes it hits in his belly so that he bends from his waist. This obesity affects prosperous people to a greater extent. Main reasons for this situation are: MAIN REASONS FOR INCREASING FAT 1. 2. 3. 4.
5

More consumption of fried and sweet foods. Going on eating often. Paucity of exercise (sedentary life) Imbalance of secretion of thyroid, pituitary and other glands. Ladies get fat after birth of babies.

It is a common knowledge, known the world over, that people who put in food in more than necessary proportions, get comparatively fatter. Actually we are habituated to eat much more than necessary Specially to get this done Gujaratis and especially the treatment of guests in Kathiyawad-Saurashtra; the Nagars are well-known for pressing to eat. Please have it No matter, you can take it .You can eat one more Laddu! We are not unaware of so many stories concerning direct feeding in the mouth with pieces of Mohanthal. A part of this treatment of guests
is accepted by business companies of America. 96

For instance, the sandwich Big-make from McDonald company is available at 3 dollars but if you pay only 35 cents more that sandwich will turn into super size. Coca-cola packing can be had in 99 cents. This contains 6 degrees of coke. Increase the payment to 119 cents and you can buy super size of 24 degree packing! One small doughnut prepared from mixture of ultra ground wheat (Maida) and sugar containing multiple calories can be had in 50 cents but you pay 199 cents and you get 12 doughnuts. What is the equation? One piece costs fifty paise whereas Rs. 2/- buys 12 Nos.!! Is there any limit to the miserliness of a man ? You get it cheap therefore eat more. Do you remember that old story? One tooth paste company called for suggestions to increase sale. The suggestion was acted upon, making packing a little bigger and tube filled with air on the bottom and outlet was provided with a bigger hole. Thereby everytime you press the tube more material will emerge out and though bigger, the packing was to cost the same!! New and bigger packing! It was adjusted and cheating went on. You know how many calories are contained in one drink of scotch, whisky, brandy, vodka, triple-X, black bull and such hard alcohol drinks served as pre-appetizers. A similar condition results for those who eat red meat. My good friends! How can we do without a stake beef? When they sit on our side in a plane they ask also.... You Indian! How you can live without eating stake? Oh! It is the essence of life etc... etc.. The long and short of all this is that all these commercial firms are concerned about how to sell the goods and add to the profits! They can try all such experiments. But if we give away our reasoning power on loan and lead our life; that cannot be accepted!

When we eat more food than required an adipose tissue gets added. That is obtainable only from the food; we do not get it from the air we breathe in! Even if we consume fifty calories of extra food daily at end of a year we can easily weigh four pounds more. Thus the main reason for obesity is more than enough food and almost nil exercise or even not at all!
B.M.R. (Basal Metabolic Rate) The basal metabolic rate of fat person is very low. Those who have low B.M.R can contact diabetes, where blood cholesterol increases, and they can get stone in their gallbladder. They can get the diseases of gout and athereosclerosis. PROBLEMS Because of this obesity SO many health problem arise in the otherwise simple and well-defined human life. Because the body gets fat., life becomes more lazy and sedentary; anything that happens is mechanical. That is the reason why initially body becomes weak and thereafter other types of defects get added. Because of this reason the possibilities of longer life span decreases appreciably MECHANICAL WEAKNESS

The constitution of our body is made in such a manner that it can work efficiently only when the body retains definite proportions. We therefore do riot possess the capacity to carry more weight than essential. With the increase in weight, susceptibility of body to diseases increases. It is now a common ailment to have the bones of buttocks, knees and spinal column becoming brittle. The muscles of the stomach are ordinarily helpful to the glands secreting internally But because of the fat collecting on the belly, hernia is caused. Lower organs of our body such as thighs, and muscles of legs help circulation of the blood to the heart by contraction but because of the extra fat this process does not take place as it should and hence the defect of varicose veins is caused. CARDIOVASCULAR HYPERTENSION

97

Because of increase in weight, the work to be performed and the labour to be suffered by heart in moving about the heavy body increases. J3ecause the heart does not get supply of blood in enough quantity even a little more fatness becomes a cause for high blood pressure. Thus, because of high blood pressure in the working area of heart the coronary artery contracts. Less blood supply reaches the heart muscles which causes Angina Pectoris. Even before the spring comes in, winter sets in for such obese body people. We hear of many such instances of heart failures. By this stoppage of moving about and no activity no doubt varicose veins does result, in addition because of such conditions more dangerous results happen.
The word obesity is derived from Latin word obesus. This can be the derivation for Latin word but the roots of obesity have spread all around in big areas. Metabolic disturbance can be inherited also and can also develop after the birth. In causing obesity of the body genetic, traumatic, social, environmental conditions are instrumental. If the mother or the father anyone is fat, 50% children can be like that. But if both of them are obese there are 75 0/o chances of children turning fat. The greatest misfortune is that young or old may go on adding fat. They may be aware of this fact or not, but we do not feel surprised if someone gets fat. People even believe there is no harm in getting fat. By increase of fat the obesity of the body not only increases but the capacity of working also decreases and persons beyond age 30 or 35 many times contact diabetes. The relation between obesity and diabetes is similar to the loving relation between children of maternal relations.

By the increase in fatness, blood pressure no doubt increases and gradually one should not be surprised if diseases of coronary arteries also result. By the body becoming ver weight heart has to take more labour in blood supply being sufficiently arranged. This results in ill effect over the respiration
system. Difficulty in breathing occurs which is called as dyspnoea. This results in defects of respiratory and heart systems and hyperventilation would result which can cause hypercapnoea, hypoxia, and development of second stage of polycythemia can also result. Such obese people can also have difficulty due to gas collection in the stomach and intestines. Now what is the solution? If these over-weight people give proper attention and bring down their weight they would look really handsome. It is not possible to deny the special individuality raised by impressive strong body 1. Most important matter about this case is that the patient or the obese person should himself understand that his body carries more weight: It is necessary to decrease the weight. Why? So long as the diseased man himself does not mentally accept this fact, any other person cannot help him in anyway 2. The fat man must realise the difference between eating, when one finds food and eating, only when he is hungry 3. The rule about consumption of food is that one should fill the stomach half full with food. One fourth should be left empty for water and the last one fourth should be kept vacant for allowing gas formation. It is usual to see that Yoga class invariably takes this to heart

Decrease your food to half drink water double to the quantity of food taken, exercise three-fold, laugh four-fold, work five-fold, and repeat the name of Rarna ten-fold It is not material whether you call out name of Rama or Rahima. But the first five steps are essential and indivisible parts of ones important steps of life. So long as a man continues to carry out all the works pertaining to his own self, he will not turn lazy Fold your bed yourself in the morning, arrange properly, sweep out, mop out, wash and clean clothes, clean your utensils, clean your latrine, clean the garden. If we carry out all these jobs ourselves we will not turn idle. In America you may find everything clean and neat outside; after reading this narration go round your car garage and store room as well as basement. How many percent of people can express
98

satisfaction openly Most of the garages are like garbage dumps. We must have already spent 40 years since we enterel America, our fourth generation is residing in America but we have yet to learn the discipline and mental training: we have not fully learnt the letter A of the alphabet.
4 And last but not the least is to know what should be eaten and what not? Count the calories in the food you take in. Similarly calculate the calories you burn through your activities. Have a proper understanding of these two. In America manufacturers write on the bottles how much is the total contents of fat %, sugar%, total carbohydrates 0/o. Why it is not possible for us to properly appreciate the meaning of all this in our daily life? Your first question on dining table is coke or juice. People in our country take dal, curry, osamana, buttermilk, mango fajeto, or falsa sweet drink in season. These are drinks to which we are habituated. When we young, our elders taught us not to eat Dal but to drink it or even to take it in a big quantity In childhood we used to read a poem

Oh cook! Give me Dal one cup full; atleast one cup full. We have now got Laddus, Bhajiyas, Now give me atleast one cup full of Dal, oh cook! So that I can quickly make my mouth wet!
If you take hot Dal you will have no constipation, fat will not increase. One service-sized can of Coca-cola equal to one Indian glass, contains 240 c.c. which has 140 calories; 39 grams sugar. Hence if food is consumed keeping all these in mind and regular exercise is done, a long walk is insisted upon our body can be definitely kept wellbalanced.

CAN WE CONTROL

HUNGER AND THIRST BY YOGASANAS?

Yes. One can surely put a control on hunger, thirst, sleep, behaviour, thoughts, and work by performance of Yogasanas and Pranayama. One can live with least consumption of food, water and sleep by practice of Shitali and Shitkari Pranayama. Practice of Bhujangasana reduces hunger, practice of Shalabhasana increases hunger. By practising both these one after the other hunger can be equipoised.
Really for reduction of weight, it is not proper to reduce the in-take of food to a great extent nor it is proper to undertake dieting. Performance of Yogasanas is the only wonderful remedy It is not necessary to put in a lot of labour in practice of Asanas, The order in which the Asanas are to be performed and the method thereof is so decided that outer muscles as well as internal secretory glands work beautifully Performance of Shirshasana, Sarvangasana, Matsyasana, Halasana, Kati-utthanasana are the Asanas which have a good deal of effect on thyroid gland. By the working of this thyroid gland the hormones that get produced controls the basic metabolic rate of our body If B.M.R is brought under control the obesity of a person can be stopped from increasing.

If one is not capable of performing all these Asanas in the initial stage it will surely be possible to perform relaxation. If one cannot sit cross-legged on the ground one can use a chair; but hands and legs can get movement, one can bend forward, and backward, one can bend both on the left and the right. This is quite essential.

99

Halasana (Fig44)
The practice of Trikonasana and its different varieties and Suryanamaskara is definitely helpful in body building (see Asthama 1) But if one regularly performs Trikon, Suryanamaskar, Shirshasana, Sarvangasana, Matsyasana, Halasana, Paschimottanasana, Bhujangasana, Dhanurasana, Oialcrasana, Ardha-matsyendrasana or Yoga-mudra and Mayurasana, no problems can arise at all.
-

The practice of Pranayama and Sukhapurvaka Pranayama, i.e taking very deep breaths, can help amply in burning the excess fat.

Paschimottanasana (Fig45)

The practice of Asanas no doubt helps in reducing fat, but in addition it is helpful in making the muscles of the body firm. Each Asana in its own way helps reducing the weight and becomes quite helpful in regularising the weight. The practice of Asanas and Pranayama and observing a proper order for the same, renderd one free from mental tension and in a wide variety of ways works gradually on unnatural desire to go on eating. By this process one gets controj over intake of food, one starts to properly understand the life and removes the irregularity caused by nervous disturbances. Reduction of weight of the system of the body which results permanently and gradually, allows body system to work in a good organised and regular way Action taken to
reduce the weight by compulsory dieting makes the body tired, sorrowful and depressed, whereas food consumed with proper understanding and practice of regular exercise as well as Yoga-abhyasa endows one with a balanced life. If one accepts the body as a necessary organ to enjoy life, one will definitely realise that body itself welcomes a definite weight only; excess weight will not be acceptable under any circumstances. As one goes on increasing consciousness in life and as one feels inclined towards beauties in life and the lifes tinkling sensations through Yoga-abhyasa; then the desire produced for life, which lies within you as knowledge of self or awareness of the self, will be capable of explaining you what will be conducive to your well being or otherwise and you will get a boon of life which will be full of composure and well-defined. This is a fact; this is an experienced 100

truth; try this experiment and live a meaningful life. Do not forget, when you go on carrying a heavy body this spells a burden for your heart. It will result in burden on the society when you die. Therefore beware! Make a firm resolve today, right now, to reduce obesity If your effort is honest, then you will invariably attain desired results. OM SHANTIH!

101

DIABETES 1
Dr. Mayur Patel is an enthusiastic serviceable young doctor who is an expert diabetologist and physician for the last 14 years. He runs his clinic and gives treatment at different hospitals in Ahemdabad. He has taken training in the medical field on diagnosis of diabetes as well as control and treatment of diabetes at the well-known Apollo Hospital in Madras. He has gained expert knowledge and treats patients suffering from diabetes, giving them good treatment both with a serviceable mind and with humanitarianism. He has earned blessings of so many patients. Because of his prestige as an expert, so many hospitals call him for his honorary services. Besides this, so many different health organizations like Indian academy of Speciality association of Ahemdabad have also chosen him as the president. This year he has been appointed general secretary of the All India Diabetes Society. This much detail is given because for the last three years every year he attends Yogasana camps at Sivananda Asharam Ahemdabad. Initially, he attended along with his wife Dr. ma Patel, children, his father Ramanbhai and others. Now a day he brings in so many doctors from medical associatioA and makes it obligatory on his diabetes patients to join these camps. In his Shibir, we teach flexibility exercises, principal Asanas, Pranayama, Kunjal process, Shanlch-prakshalana process and relaxation. It is the experience of Dr. Mayur Patel that with regular and proper medical treatment essential proper Yogasnanas, food taken with understanding and patients strong desire to get cured, one can control diabetes completely This is not impossible! For the last 25 years these matters are discussed in the Yoga classes. Thousands of people thereby, have obtained the boon of preservation of health and eradication of diseases thereby inhabiting a fresh lease of life through more than 550 Yoga Shibirs. But this year Dr. Mayur Patel invited me to perform the opening ceremony of the All India Diabetes Associations meeting and thus now this knowledge has been impressed with the seal of medical association legally In this age where people are sedentary, habituated to easy living, a life where there is no labour, people more or less suffer from diabetes. The specialty of this disease is that the patient comes to know of this ailment only after a doctors proper examination when the patients are unaware of this ailment in the initial period and remain careless. They do not seriously and with exactness get the diagnosis or treatment for removal of this disease. The result is that this disease gradually increases and results in heart attack, loss of sight, blood pressure and disease of kidneys. A patients life is then full of restlessness, boredom and fearfulness. The patient cannot eat or drink with peace of mind, one has to live the life taking precautions and care at every step, the happiness in life comes to an end. Sometimes life ends abruptly and the family gets ruined. That is why diabetes is called a Silent Killer. But if the patient gets timely warning and saves himself from the clutches of this killer, it is essential for a patient of diabetes to throw off the frustration and take active steps in the proper directions to treat the ailment. INFORMATION ON DIABETES The percentage of diabetic patients all over the world is increasing day by day It is believed that the proportion of diabetes in the world today is 3 to 12%. Diabetes is the third widespread and serious disease after heart disease and cancer. MISINFORMATION ABOUT DIABETES

102

It is estimated that there are two fold diabetic patients in India. While I am writing this, I have just returned from the well-known Hospital of Indiana named St. Margaret and St. Anthony hospital after delivering a lecture on stress management. While discussing with the doctors there so that I can write during the drive of two hours on the way, Dr. Kaze said, Swamiji, America government pays enough to those who do not work at all and this arrangement is made as a public aid. Such people getting this type of aid are named Medicaid. The maximum number of patients who visit us are such friends. These friends do not work with their hands and feet in their life. They take fried chicken and hamburger in the morning and evening and are known as the members of Weight Watchers Programme ! The government pays them for food and they join health clubs as members to bring down their weight; what a travesty of nature! It is understood that 2 to 5% of pregnant American women are suffering from diabetes. It is also estimated that around 12 to 19% of population of this country are diabetic because it is but natural that heavy body resulting from gluttony causes obesity that naturally results in diabetes. People may be rich or poor, high or low, male or female, this disease does not differentiate and obliges people of all the levels in the society inflicting this disease. In most of the cases even before people learn about their having diabetic, people start suffering from loss of sight, paralysis, failure of kidneys or an heart attack. Thus only they have an inkling that he has diabetes. HOW DO PEOPLE REACT WHEN THEY KNOW of CONTACTING DIABETES? On diagnosis of this disease many patients approach quacks that have no scientific knowledge and act on there advise for a long time, as a result they suffer heavily When the side effect of diabetes takes virulent form they approach the experts. This is at a very late stage and the results are not satisfactory in some cases. Many patients die prematurely. By proper self-control, living a disciplined life, maintaining control on diet, following the advice of a doctor and taking suitable exercises as well as consuming proper medicine including insulin, a diabetic patient can live a long life span of complete health. HOW WILL YOU PROCEED WHEN YOU KNOW YOU ARE A DIABETIC Do not panic. Diabetes is diagnosed in routine medical examination or when a patient does not get healing of wound. What to do then? The world known and world respected individuals like Swami Vivekanand and Lokmanya Tilak also had diabetes. They did live successfully and had utilized each breathe of their life for the work of public welfare. Therefore, do not get despondent. An expert Dr. R.D Lorens has told that only lucky person get diabetes. The reason for such statement is that if one gets a timely warning, this disease that can be a killer, can be treated with very limited expenditure. WHAT IS DIABETES? To undertake any activity by the body, strength is necessary. Vehicle work on petrol and diesel. Our body converts glucose into working power and remains active. Ordinarily in order to provide necessary power a quantity of 70 to 110 mg glucose circulate through the blood daily when we consume Chapatti, Bhakari, Rice, Khichadi, bread, potatoes, sugar and similar things. Digestive process converts these items into glucose and the proportion of glucose in the blood increases.
103

Immediately therefore, pancreas gland situated behind the stomach releases a juice known as insulin. It converts glucose in the form of power and stores the extra glucose in the cells of liver and muscles. Thus the quantum of glucose in the blood remains balanced. It is yet not properly discovered but die to these unknown reasons when pancreas does not manufacture sufficient insulin in the body, as for example in. case of juvenile diabetic or if although insulin readily available it does not become effective as for instant in case of elderly diabetic person who are heavy over-weight the proportion goes beyond 180 mg, one get glycosuria that is kidney releases glucose through urine: If the fresh threshold level of the kidney is high even though glucose may be very high in the blood, no glucose will be thrown out through the urine. Because of the insufficiency of insulin, body is not capable of making use of the same for strength. Body therefore, utilizes fat instead. This is equivalent to the use of kerosene in place of petrol in motorcar. When glucose is converted to strength, the fuel is fully utilized but when fat is utilized as a fuel, poisonous gases like acetone are produced. A diabetic patient becomes comatose., This is known as diabetic coma. If this is not diagnosed in time the patient can even die. By taking in use insulin in proper time the rate of death can be reduced. WHAT IS THE EFFECT OF UNCONTROLLED DIABETES? Normally a patient of diabetes feels no trouble. They are therefore not careful about the treatment. The proportion of glucose in the blood, as a result, remains more than allowable continuously This condition of the body results in damage to each and every organ of the body That is why a diabetic has more difficulties than the common mass, as for example, high blood pressure, heart attack. In comparison to the healthy man, the possibility of having high blood pressure and ailment of heart is 2 to 3 times more for a diabetic patient. (i) Paralysis If diabetes is not properly controlled then in the long run fat gets deposited on inner layer of arteries and the possibilities of occurrence of paralysis increase. Because of the effect on sensory nerves One can contact diabetic neuropathy. This results in insensitivity in the skin of the soles. In the long run the muscles suffer from weakness. (ii) Damage of the kidneys

A diabetic patient can contact diseases of the kidneys 18 times more than a healthy man. Because of the adverse effect on the working capacity of the kidneys, blood is not properly purified. The result is that poisonous substances in the blood increase disproportionately. Diseased kidney ultimately fails. Need for very costly treatment of the kidney like dialysis, replacement and similar costly treatment has to be restored to. This process ruins the family economically. (iii) Damage to the eyes The diabetic patient gets early cataract and there is likelihood of suffering of damage of retina, which can result in blindness. Diabetes is the biggest contributor of blindness in youth. (iv) Gangrene
104

Gangrene results in putrefaction that necessitates the removal of the organ. Many a time the whole leg may have to be removed. The main cause of cutting of a limb next to an accident by vehicle is diabetes. (v) Comatose condition If the proper equilibrium is not maintained in medicine, food and exercise, one gets hyperglycemia and poisonous substances like acetone start circulating in the blood, which is known as ketoacidosis one gets comatose thereby (vi) Symptoms of ketoacidosis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Feeling more of hunger and thirst Feeling need for passing urine often Sudden reduction in weight. Pain in the stomach and vomiting Feeling of tiredness Getting easily irritated Breathe emitting smell of fruits Quick and deep breathing Patient will involuntarily close his eyes Dehydration

vii) Symptoms of hypoglycemia 1 2 3 4 Patient may feel giddy, he may feel tired He may feel more hunger He may perspire amply Hands and feet turn cold.

5 Patient may feel restless, heart beats increase 6 Patient may get unconscious. 7. Convulsions

In such circumstances, a patient should be made to consume any item that may be sweet. Both these conditions of getting unconscious are dangerous. Doctor should be contacted immediately
105

(viii) Infection Infectious diseases take place inside the body as well as on skin. Ladies get infectious diseases of urinary system. (ix) Weakness One cannot enjoy life if one lacks in strength and sprightliness. Muscles feel weak. One feels loss of manliness sometimes. All these problems are in fact serious and even a thought create feeling of fear. It is therefore, essential to know how to control diabetes. It is necessary to spare time, make efforts and keep courage. Your doctor and his entire staff are there for your help. The whole world is out to guide you and help you in your individual life. But you may get the benediction of God, doctor is also helpful, medicine also suits you even then if you dont help yourself and spend your life carelessly, how can we get well? The knowledge of diabetes and this detailed explanation will be useful in your daily life and your increased knowledge will be helpful in removing your fear and help you to enjoy the life. SYMPTOMS OF DIABETES Diabetes is a disease, which can be likened to white ant rot. Usually it goes on progressing for years. However, one does not get any early signal. Quite often when some problem arises as a result of diabetes, one comes to know of it. However, one can notice the following symptoms: 1. One has to go for urination often. One has to get up at night more often. One gets urine in plenty. 2. 3. One feels more thirsty. One consumes more food, still the . weight goes on reducing.

4. Hands and feet feel empty and a tingling sensation. 5. One gets cramps m the muscles of leg. 6. One feels weakness and tiredness. 7. One takes longer in healing of a wound and gets boils often. 8. The eyes see unclearly and the numbers of spectacle goes on changing. 9. One gets itching sensation on the private part. 10. One gets a heart attack or paralysis in young age. Ladies may give birth to a child with more weight, the child may be born with defect in the body or in heart. Ladies may get abortion frequently etc. OM SHANTIH!
106

107

DIABETES - 2
HOW TO DIAGNOSE DIABETES?
60% of the diabetic patients get diagnosed accidentally only Of the remaining 40% the diagnosis comes out when the patient shows some signs of the disease or some complications are observed. It is not correct to say that when one gets diabetes his urine shows sugar being thrown out. It is essential to calculate the amount of glucose in the patients blood. If one observes the level of glucose of 140 mg per dl. on an empty stomach and at random checking patient shows 200 mg or more per dl. on more than one occasion, the patient is said to have diabetes. Under some circumstances one has to get tested for glucose tolerance test to establish that a person has diabetes.

GLUCOSE TOLERANCE TEST (G.T.T.) A blood sample is drawn out for this test initially on empty stomach. Thereafter 75 gm of glucose is fed to
the patient.(for test of children it is at a rate of 1.75 gm per kg of body weight) Again blood is drawn out tw6 hours later If the proportion of glucose in blood on fasting works out to 140 mg/dl and 200 mg/dl or more after consuming glucose, the person is branded as diabetic.

GLYCOSYLATED HEMOGLOBIN (Hb A1c) This examination reveals an average position of glucose in the blood over a period of past three months. This examination is known as Blood examination - Hb AiC. One can determine the amount of control over diabetes as under:
Hemoglobin (Hb A1C)
6 to 8% 8 to 9% 9 to 10% 10% and Above OTHER EXAMINATIONS For

Condition
Best Good Acceptable Weak

the diagnosis of diabetes the proportion of glucose contained in the blood is enough. But a disease is fully diagnosed only when we get complete information about the quantum, its extent, complications etc. As for example, to say whether a patient has heart disease or not, the blood has to be examined for its fat content and a cardiogram is to be taken. To know about defects in the kidneys micral test for albumin is carried out. In addition a complete examination of eyes like fundoscopy is necessary This will reveal any effect of diabetes on the retina of eyes. In order to find out whether the legs are sensitive or whether blood circulates properly in the legs, an examination called vascular doppler test is required to be carried out. In this manner at certain intervals all the tests about damage to the various organs of a diabetic have to be carried out. Then only diagnosis is said to be thorough and complete.

WHO CAN BE AFFECTED BY DIABETES? It is difficult to reply this question clearly in each individual case. The main causes for diabetes are found to be heredity, life which is more sedentary extra obesity and mental tension.

HEREDITY 108

On

studying the history of family of patients 30 to 40% of the cases are found to be such that some near relatives have diabetes. If the relations are mother and father both, the possibility of inheriting diabetes increases to a great extent. Even if one has no diabetes at least every year a diabetic expert must examine you after you reach 35 years. That is because the earlier you diagnose, the better and quicker the treatment can be made available.

OBESITY
Obesity plays an important role in getting Diabetes. The more the weight the greater the needs for insulin. Moreover the fatty cells of the obese do not properly respond to insulin. The heavier the man is, the greater is the possibility of diabetic death. FOOD

Material which contains more calories because of higher fat and higher sugar, creates many problems and weight control becomes difficult.
AGE

can be contacted at any age. But progress in age adds more to the possibility As man ages, the fat of the body reacts adversely to the insulin, simultaneously the beta cells which produce insulin also decrease in number.

Diabetes

FEMALE SPECIES Males as well as females are prone to diabetes in equal proportion till they reach adulthood. Ladies can turn
diabetic during their pregnant condition.

SEDENTARY LIFE AND MENTAL TENSION Persons who have a habit of living uncontrolled life, un organised life, irregular life, as well as those who
suffer from mental tension to a greater degrees and so often, are likely to get diabetes more easily
DIABETES RESULTING FROM MEDICINE

If medicines like steroids and thiazide are continued for extra long periods, diabetes is likely to result. It is therefore, in our interest to consume these medicines under doctors advice.
TYPES OF DIABETES

There are mainly two types of diabetes: 1. Type I - Insulin Dependent Diabetes Mellitus (IDDM) This type of diabetes is mostly affecting children and youths. According to scientific investigations such patients get their pancreas damaged due to virus. In such cases the cells producing insulin normally get destroyed. For this reason there is deficit in production of insulin almost completely and therefore it becomes essential to get insulin injected from outside. In such cases, inspite of very stiff food control and consumption of medicines fatal results are quite common. Hence one should follow doctors advice and take insulin injections. 2. Type II - Non-Insulin Dependant Diabetes Mellitus (NIDDM)
109

About 95 to 98% of diabetic patients fall in this class. People reaching the age of 40 in foreign countries and reaching the age of 35 in India are affected by this type of diabetes. In this type of patients, insulin is no doubt manufactured in the body but its quantum is lower than required. In some cases insulin does get manufactured in sufficient quantity but this does not cause proper effect. This diabetes, which is more common is less serious. Only by food control, exercises and performance of Yogic exercises, diabetes of around 30% of the patients can be controlled. Rest of the patients have to consume tablets for diabetes. In some cases such patients may also require to be injected with insulin. WHAT ARE THE CONTROL MEASURES? In order to prevent side effects which are either short term or long term side effects, the proportion of glucose in the blood has to be controlled. In case of healthy person the proportion of glucose in the blood gets controlled automatically This proportion is in the range of 70Jo 110 mg/dl but once a patient gets diabetes he has to be careful to maintain this standard.

TABLE FOR CONTROL OF DIABETES: CONDITION BEFORE MEALS Normal 110 mg/dl Acceptable 140 mg/dl Poor More than 140 mg/dl AFTER MEALS 140 mg per day 200 mg per day More than 200 mg/dl

HOW TO KNOW WHETHER DIABETES IS UNDER CONTROL?

One can say that, a patients diabetes is under control when: 1. No signs of diabetes are noticed. 2. The weight of patient is maintained. 3. The proportion of glucose in the blood is not abnormal. 4. Proportion of ketones in blood is controlled. 5. Content of cholesterol and triglycerides is kept within required limits. TREATMENT OF DIABETES: By regular and proper treatment diabetes can be controlled. There are mainly three treatments for control of diabetes: (1) Food Control, (2) Physical Labour, (3) Medicines and Insulin. FOOD CONTROL About 30 % of the patients can control diabetes through food control. Of the rest, 30 to 40 % of the patients, one can reduce the need for medicines. Besides, it is possible to stop the side effects of diabetes pertaining to heart, brain, eyes and kidneys, both in long and short spells. PRINCIPLES CONTROLLING FOOD: 1. Initially besides the ideal weight for a diabetic patient after observing his age and height. One should work out the number calories daily needed, bearing in mind the weight and the daily activities of the patient.
110

For instance, if the patient is over weight, food with lesser calories should be given to achieve reduction in weight. 2. See that the change in the type of food that other members of the family consume, is least affected while serving the diabetic. 3. One should not consume sweet and fatty foods like ice cream, sweets, biscuits, chocolate etc. 4. One can freely consume green vegetables and salad like cucumber, tomatoes, carrots, cabbage etc. 5. Instead of taking food by filling the belly twice it is advisable to distribute eatables over four to five occasions so that the amount of glucose in the blood gets regulated. FOQD PRESCRIBED FOR A PATIENT OF DIABETES Morning Breakfast: 1. Qne cup of tea or one cup of skimmed milk.

2. Two numbers of Khakhara or two whole wheat sliced bread or two Rotalies or one Bhakhri or one Rotalo. Mid-day Meal: 1. Rotali-3, or Bhakhri-2 or Rotalo-1 or whole wheat bread 3 slices.

2. 50 gm. Vegetables where tubers are excluded; cooked using the least oil. 3 One bowl Dal. 4. 5. 6. Two table spoonful of pulses (mung, math, grams etc.) Two table spoonful of rice. One roasted Papad.

7. Green vegetables and salad freely with a little Chatni. Afternoon Tea-time: 1.. One cup of tea or one cup of skimmed milk. 2. Two Khakharas or two whole wheat slices of bread. 3. One seasonal fruit.

111

112

113

114

115

DIABETES 3 Simple advice for food to a diabetic patient: NON-CONSUMABLE 1. Sugar, jaggery, crystal sugar, honey 2. Sweets, Chocolate. 3. Dry fruits - Almonds, cashewnuts, pista, walnut, coconut, cheese, cream-desserts, sweetdrinks, condensed nilik, fried savory eatable like Bhajiya, Vada, Kachori, Pettis, Mathiya etc. 4. Pickles, sauces, soups. 5. Maida,cornflour, custard, jelly, sweet biscuits, icecreams, ghee, coconut oil, palm oil, sweet fruits, fatty mutton, chicken, fish. LIMITED CONSUMPTION 1. All types of grain viz, wheat, corn, bajari, rice, pulses viz, munga, matha, tuvera, broad beans, black gram, groundnut. 2. Milk, curd, lassi, fruits, non-sweet juices, unsweetened bread and unsweetened biscuits, non-fatty mutton, fish, eggs etc. FREELY CONSUMABLE: 1. Salad, raw tomatoes, cucumber, radish, carrots, cabbage, green chillies. Bottle-gourd, pumpkin, green onion, flower cabbage, water melon, sweet melon. 2. All leafy vegetables. 3. Rasam; thin vegetable soup without cream. 4. Lemon water, thin whey, tomato juice, soda, green coconut water. 5. Drinks without sugar, skimmed milk. PHYSICAL LABOUR: Physical labour occupies a very important place in the curriculum of a diabetic patients. The patient should accept both physical labour and regular exercise as a part of daily routine. A diabetic patient should perform aerobic exercises such as walking, running, swimming, cycling and flexibility exercises of Yoga-abhyasa. ADVANTAGES OF EXERCISING: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. You can maintain the proportion of glucose and fat in your blood. You can reduce the need for medicine and insulin. The capacity of the heart and lungs will increase. Reduction of weight helps the patient in cure of disease. One gets mental peace and gets sound sleep.

PRECAUTION NECESSARY BEFORE PERFORMING OF EXERCISES:

116

Exercises carried out in a haphazard manner are likely to result in harmful results. It is essential to get a thorough medical examination by an expert doctor before beginning a programme of exercises specially after 40 years of age. It is especially necessary to get examination carried out for disease of the heart, high blood pressure, disease of kidneys and retina. MEDICINES: Only those diabetics having Type II diabetes can be treated by oral medicines. Medicines help in production of insulin and adds to its working capacity. When a patient controls food intake and exercises regularly; even after this precaution if diabetes cannot be controlled, medicines of this type are recommended. If such patient maintains a higher proportion of glucose in the blood even after consumption of medicine, patient is advised to take insulin. If obese patients reduce their weight by restriction on diet and by exercises, diabetes can be controlled even without use of medicine.

117

INSULIN: Normally those patients who suffer from type-I diabetes or those whose type-II diabetes cannot be controlled by medicine are advised to take insulin injection. Doctor only can decide the
118

quality of insulin and its quantity. Therefore, follow his advice. Never make a change in the dose of Insulin even though you may feel well. Dr. Mayur Patel advises young or old diabetic patients who have perverted mentality to take recourse to method of contemplation on Yoga as recommended by us. One 12 years young sindhi boy was habituated to get insulin injected, 2-4 or 6 times a day depending on his whims. He was brought to Ashram and to Yoga class for consultation, but it was found difficult to control his wanton mentality. It is essential to keep insulin under lock and key so that such patients do not inject insulin themselves or if they do they do so in the presence of near relatives. As otherwise this ambrosia type life saving medicines could prove a poison which will snatch away life. PATIENTS TAKING INSULIN INJECTIONS MUST KNOW THIS: 1. Preserve insulin if possible in a fridge. 2. Do not store insulin in the freezer but store it in the side of the door. 3. If it is not possible to preserve insulin in a fridge, store it where the atmosphere is cool, direct sunshine does not get in, for instance, in a water room or in a closed cupboard. 4. Be careful to see that the insulin syringe is for the same capacity that is mentioned on insulin bulb, e.g. you need an insulin syringe of 40 I.U. mark. 5. When you fall ill, proportion of sugar in the blood increases whether you consume food or not. One has to even increase the amount of intake of insulin. Therefore, get the blood tested. Test for acetone in the urine should also be undertaken. Thereafter the quantity of insulin should be suitably adjusted by doctor. 6. Carry the insulin in a small bag along with you while traveling. 7. Eat regularly and be regular to inject insulin. It is not advisable to observe fast

119

PERSONAL ADVICE SPECIALLY FOR YOU: Implement the following suggestions in order to control diabetes and avert side effects: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Take regular meals as planned. Take medicine in fixed quantity and at fixed time. Be regular in exercise / Yoga-abhyasa. Do not make any change in the medicine unless proper advice is taken. Even though you notice no trouble, get your physical examination regularly carried out. In the beginning let this examination be monthly When you get a control over quantity of glucose in the blood you should get the examination every three months. 6. Get blood examined for glucose as advised by your physician. 7. Get the examination carried out for glycosylated hemoglobin (Hb Aic). One can find out by this test whether diabetes was under control all throughout the past three months. 8. Get your blood pressure and blood lipids tested regularly 9. Get the blood and urine examined annually to establish that there is no defect in the kidney 10. Get fundoscopy of the eyes carried out annually and get teeth cleaned and examined annually 11. Daily examine your feet and skin regularly If you have got hurt and if it has got septic, contact the doctor immediately. 12. Do not smoke. 13. Do not drink alcohol.It is definitely possible to control diabetes by triple action of proper medical advice, proper diet and necessary exercise. But all these three occupy their special importance. So far as the Yoga-abhyasa is concerned if one practise all the Yogasanas that one knows, it is helpful to control the insulin and maintain the glucose level to a certain extent. Even then it is essential that novice should start practice of Asanas under direct supervision of a Yoga tea

YOGA-ABHYASA: cher who has medical knowledge as well as knowledge of science of Yoga. Diabetes can be cured by Asanas, process of Pranayama, Mudra, Bandha etc. properly practised.
120

To begin with, one should start flexibility exercise, Trikonasana and Suryanamaskara. Gradually and in proper order one should practise main asanas viz. Sarvanga, Matsya, Hala, Paschimottana etc. Shitali and Shitkari Pranayamas have good effects on. internal secreting glands. A habit of daily drinking water in the morning can have long telling effects. Morning water should be taken on empty stomach. Water need not be too cold or too hot. Drinking four or more glasses of potable water and then performing Suryanamaskara for four or six repetitions will render blood purified. In addition if one can drink tepid slightly salted water seven to ten glasses quickly i.e if one performs Kunjal kriya by vomitting out all the water in a stream, it can give best result. The topmost quality purification work is performed by Shanich prakshalana. In this process water is to be drunk and some light exercise should be continued, one should continue performing light exercise and thereafter one should take out all the water through intestines and the colon whereby perfect cleanliness of the intestines is ensured. Diabetic patient can be highly benefited and diabetes can even get cured. In this process one has to perform Tadasana, Tiryaka Tadasana, Kati-chakrasana, Ashva-sanchalana Mudra and Udar-akarshana. In my tour through America, this Shankha-prakshalana process was exhibited very often at LosAngeles, California, Texas and North Carolina States. In those demonstrations so many doctors and Shri Thomas Kao, the well-known anchor of NBC and ABC television programme, who is also a joint director of the international China Yoga association had also participated. It is necessary that the very first process of Shankha-prakshalana should be carried out only under an adept and experienced Yogacharya. This exercise can be performed by diabetic patient without any fear at every two months interval i.e five to six times in a year. Kunjal knya every day in the morning and practice of Shankh-Prakshalan have been found to be a panacea for a diabetic patient.

Tiryaka-tadasana (Fig46b) Tadasana (Fig46a)

121

Kati-chakrasana (Fig46d) Ashva-sanchalanamudra (Fig46c)

Udarakarshana kriya (Fig46e)

FIVE SHANKHA-PRAKSHALANA PROCESSES

Normally Yaugic treatment centres specify Maha mudra, Viprita-paschimottanasana, Ardhamatsyendrasana, Akarnadhanurasana, Mayoorasana and Kakasana (Bakasana or Padmabakasana) for the purposes of relief in diabetes. It is possible to help the working capacity of pancreas and the working method of the kidneys by a regular practice of these asanas. Janushirasana, Mahamudra, Paschimottanasana, and Viprita-paschimottanasana, Shirangushthasana or Hastapadasana are all Asanas of the same family wherein pancreas gets massaged and its working capacity can be improved. JANU-SHIRASANA: Sit on the ground with the legs extended in front. Widen both the legs. Put the heel of the left leg at perineumand with both the i.e at the joining line between the two legs. The right extended leg should not be allowed to bend at the knee and with both the hands hold the thumb of the right leg and touch your forehead on the right knee.
122

Kakasana (Fig-48) karna-dhanurasana (Fig47)

Janushirasasana (Fig-49)

When you begin performing this Asana, it is quite possible that you may not be able to perform this Asana perfectly, in which case you may instead of right leg thumb, catch hold of the heel or even the knee. Initially, remain in Janushirasana for 30 to 60 seconds and increase the period from one and a half minute to five minutes. PASCHIMOTTAN-ASANA: Sit on the ground with both the legs extending in the front. Raise both the hands while taking a deep breath. Now exhale and bend forward. Hold the thumb of both the legs with both the hands. Keep the knees straight. Let the head touch the knee. This is called a Head Knee Posture. Head is to be brought down to the knee. The knee has not to be raised to the head. After sitting with the legs extended in front, keep the left leg on the right thigh. The left hand should go round the waist and should hold the thumb of the left leg. Extend the right hand, hold the thumb of the right leg and bring the head down on the knee. This position is called Baddhapaschimottanasana.
123

Sit in the position for Mahamudra. The right hand should be taken from the front of the leg and left hand should go over the head and hold the paw of the leg from behind the head. This posture is called Viparitapaschimottanasana.

(Fig-50)

Baddhapaschimottanasana

(Fig51) Viparitapaschimottanasana

PAD-HASTASANA OR HASTAPADASANA: Stand erect. Keep both the legs touching each other. Take a deep breath and keep both the hands up. Now go on exhaling. Bend in the front. Place both the hands on the ground on both the sides of the legs. Touch the head on the knees. Do not bend the knees. Hold the breath outside. Stand steadily in this bent position.

Padahastasana (Fig52)

SHIR-ANGUSHTHASANA: Stand with both the legs kept 2.5 to 3.0 wide. Hold both the hands on the back side of the waist. Now bend the right knee in the front. Bend down on the right. Bring the forehead or the head right upto the thumb of the right leg. Extend the left leg on the left back side. Do not bend from the knee. This posture can be repeated bending on the left also.

124

(Fig53)Shirangushthasana MAYURASANA: Sit in Vajrasana. Keep both the hands on the ground. Keep them so that both the palms remain on the ground and fingers of hands point towards the knees. Now bring both the elbows to touch the belly Extend both the legs behind. Knees should remain straight. The whole body will be now balanced on the paws of the leg, palms of the hands with elbows under the belly. Keep the whole body absolutely horizontal. Now push the whole body slowly on the front side. As the head continues going forward, the body will balance on the elbows and upper hands. Raise both the legs together slowly The body will get balanced on palms of the two hands. Maintain steadiness in this Asana from 30 seconds to 5 minutes.

Mayurasana (Fig54) ARDHA-MATSYENDRASANA: Sit on the floor with legs stretched out. Bend the right leg at the knee and set the heel firmly against perineum. Bend the left leg at the knee and lifting it with the support of the hands, place the left foot by the side of right thigh so that left outer ankle touches the outer right thigh. Keep the shin of left leg perpendicular to the floor. Now turn the trunk 9Q0 to the left. Pass the right hand over the
left knee, firmly catch hold the left foot with right hand. Move the left hand back and rotate the waist. Turn the head over the left shoulder. Give full twist to the spine. Remain in this posture for 30 seconds to one minute and gradually increase to three minutes. Repeat the same process on opposite side also.

125

Ardhamatsyendrasana (Fig.-55)
The practice of Mayurasana and Ardha-matsyendrasana is found to be very convenient and a cure for the disease of diabetes. Science is vast. There are many details. Even if a little is practised regularly success in care of the disease can be achieved to a very great extent. OM SHANTIH!

126

HEADACHE
This is a happening which took place 25 years back. I was then attending Mumbadevi Sanskrit Mahavidyalaya of Bhartiya Vidya Bhavan, Bombay to study Sanskrit. My residence was at Babulnath temple on the Chowpaty In those days also the Satsang organised by Divine life society of Malad, Bombay was held on Saturday night itself. There was a Satsang hall situated at the hospital of late shree Nandlalbhai V. Suchak. During those days both Smt. Sharana and Shree Han Om Sharanaji used to stay at the hospital of Dr. Suchak. Hence the saturday night satsang was full of nectar-ifiled Bhajans and Bhakti. During one such nectar full Satsang where Bhakti (devotion) was continuously pouring in; Dr. Suchak had an emergency call. One couple had brought in a youth for emergency treatment. The youth was quite healthy, yet he could not control his restlessness. He was suffering from an inexpressible, indescribable, un-understandable grief. The doctor had a heart to heart talk with the youth after asking the couple to sit outside. In short this is the narration:

The youth was coming from a small village of Kachha, a district of Gujarat. He was very happy seeing the
grandeur of Bombay Both his sister and brother-in-law would go out for work in the morning and would return late at night. Khimjibhai (youth) used to live in the 13th story flat of an 18th multistory building and used to eat and drink cold materials every morning, noon, and evening. All this was a one-way traffic. The huge flat had three rest rooms but this chap had never seen latrines at his village with no water taps. In this building provided with corner to corner carpets, this American styled restroom did have everything from flower-vase, scented flowers, properly fixed paper rolls, a small library with magazines etc. Everything was beautiful but this did not look like a country latrine. This poor fellow got overwhelmed. He went on eating for three days. But where should one go for evacuation? It was not fair to ask !!! Can any one be bold to ask such queries? Dr. Suchak had moved around the world. He took the youth to his private rest room and asked the compounder to inject enema. The bowels moved and the youth was all right. When he came in the hospital he was absolutely out of mood but he went back fully happy You may say that I am joking; is it not? But that youth while leaving the Satsang repeatedly thanked Dr. Suchak. One could thereafter gather that the youth could not contain his curiosity He said, Oh! This Bombay! One has to accept! There are buildings over buildings and shop over the shops! A bus is fitted above one ground floor bus! Oh God! One whole train is seen running over another! Well that is O.K. But this doctor, oh! His treatment! It was a terrible job !!! Oh! One cannot even describe it. But how can I stop narrating it! Oh God! My head was severely aching. I was shouting and collected people around me but this doctor is so adept, he performed a miracle! My head was giving me pain but he injected me at the bottom. And the pain in the head could not stay for a minute more! What a treatment !!!

This is neither a drama nor even a farcical story. There is one truth; one cannot have pain in the head; pain in head is no disease but one can get pain in head as a result of so many diseases!
Pain in the head is felt all over the forehead from one end to the other You can have light pain. There may be terrible pain and one can feel throbbing pain also. Half of your head may also give pain and the complete head can feel solid tight. It can remain for a few moments and can extend for hours and days together. There are umpteen reasons for pain in the head.

CAUSES FOR PAIN IN THE HEAD AND ITS VARIETIES One can describe the main reasons and types of pain in the head as under:
127

1. One can have pain in the head as a result of ligaments of the neck or the jaws having been strained. As a result of influenza, sensory nerves and arteries of the brain get affected. 2. One can have half the head giving pain as a result of migraine 3. The sensory nerves of the brain gets weakened as a result of over intoxication as well as smoke of the intoxicants, cigar smokes, intoxicants entering and going down the throat or the nose by snuffing or consumption of drugs or chemicals which have intolerable effect. 4. pain in the head could be intolerable and terrible if gets pus in the ears. 5. There can be pain in the forehead if one gets conjunctivitis of the eyes. 6. It is quite possible that pain in the teeth may result in the pain of the head. 7. If something hits the head, if one is dead tired or if ones feelings gets hurt. 8. One can have a temporary bout of headache if one has had no sleep in the night, or one may get wet in rain and one catches cold. 9. One can feel pain in the head when we do not find any interest in conversation, or if a drama or a cinema is not found attractive or if the circumstances are not of our liking and interest. 10. And in the end we may mention the matter discussed in detail in the very beginning where we talked about indigestion or constipation, which can result in very painful effects in the head at least for a short period.
-

In short we can say that pain in the head can result because of the disturbance in the system of any organ. It can result due to disturbance in working of eyes, nose throat, teeth, ears, brain, waist, spinal column, kidney etc. Really the trouble may be found somewhere else but as a result of the difficulties one can have pain in the head. If patients suffering from headache get medically examined then 75% to 80% of the patients will notice no big difference on the normal living standards. We can divide headache into three classifications:

1. Vascular headache. 2. Tension headache. 3. Psychogenic headache.

One cannot diagnose a disease by learning about headache. We are normally habituated to take aspirin, anacin, aspro, or avedana an ayurvedic tablet to have an immediate effect on sensory nerves but such tablets do not permanently solve the problem of headache. These tablets relieve ordinary headache. But it is necessary to get complete medical check up if headache is being suffered for a long time or if a headache is chronic. One should try to find out main root causes and proper diagnosis is required. For example if there is some defect in the brain, if lumber puncture has been restored there is some other ailments, then the headache resulting from these is different from headache one feels when blood pressure is increased. In the case of migraine one-half side of the forehead and temple goes on paining. One can have headache due to fever or due to vomiting and if the pain is due to effect of bites your headache will subside if one vomits. A variety of conditions result in headache. The conditions and reasons for headache in males and females can be different. As for example, ladies suffer more headaches through migraine. One should not try to alleviate headache in case of pregnant ladies. Pregnant women, who suffer from eclampsia, result in increase in death rate very heavily This condition can only be known if one observes headache in pregnant women. If one comes to know of that headache in time, blood pressure can be treated quickly and that lady can be saved from getting unconscious or getting convulsions. This way both mother and child can be saved. Thus for pregnant women this type of headache is known as eclampsia. Therefore on knowing about the complaint of headache in pregnant ladies, proper, essential and immediate treatment should be undertaken. Besides this, very young children can have headache due to very weak eyesight. This complaint can be solved by proper examination of the eyes and fitting spectacles with correct numbers. Sometimes it so happens that eyes do not call for very strong glasses and the doctor may not advise but it is found helpful to wear glasses when headache is noticed. Young girls feel that putting on spectacles could result in reduction
128

of beauty hence they do not use spectacles. Now it is possible to get lenses which can be fitted on the pupils. But people do not welcome such a use fearing infecti6n. But this will definitely weaken the eyes and it is possible that headache may become chronic. Headache can result by habit of reading for long periods, reading in moving vehicles like cars, buses, trains or in flights. Besides the habit of reading or writing in insufficient light can also result in headache. By the practice of Yogasana and Pranayama sensory nerves of the brain can be made quiet and peaceful. When a man feels peace in the sensory nerves the amount of headache can be reduced. Headache which you feel repeatedly will be less and it is possible that headache may hardly be felt. Yoga is one very useful treatment. There is effect felt on blood pressure by the faulty habits of getting up and sitting down, sleeping as well as bending backwards and forward and the effect of this blood pressure is felt on headache. Therefore in the event of headache, one should not do any process by jerking the body The process of taking deep long breaths can greatly affect and give rest without any end to the sensory nerves of the brain. SUKH-PURVAKA PRANAYAMA: DEEP BREATHING For this Pranayama, sit on crossed legs keeping the waist erect and head, neck and back in a straight-line vertically Sit steadily and peacefully As far as America is concerned; you are not accustomed to sit with crossed legs. It is no use getting disappointed for this failure. Sit on a chair keeping the back straight. I)o not cross the legs but hang them straight so that heels and paws remain on the ground and parallel to each other. Keep the waist belt loose. Also keep the tie in the neck loose. If you have put on a coat, take it off and put it on a hanger. Sit peacefully without any tension feeling light. Breathe deeply and slowly Exhale also very slowly Carefully observe that belly expands forward when you inhale and the same is contracted in when you exhale. If we breathe in and out in this manner maintaining full awareness it will be possible to keep the sensory nerves free of tension. You will feel relief in the headache (see Hypertension). Sivananda Pranayama exercises can also be carried out in sleeping posture on the ground. This Pranayama is named by us as Sivannda Pranayama. Sleep with your back on the ground. Now bend both the legs from the knees so that both point upwards. Concentrate your mind on the solar plexus (navel). Now start breathing deeply and slowly You should be aware that you are inhaling and exhaling. One reaps full benefit if this exercise is practiced on empty stomach. The performance of this Sivananda Pranyama for a period of ten to fifteen minutes with mind fully quiet and composed will relieve headache and is known to be a very useful panacea for blood pressure, mental tension, and irregularity of the stomach (see Hypertension). VIPARITKARANI MUDRA One can reap advantage of Shirsasana and Sarvangasana by this Mudra. It is a rule applied to the Shirshasana and Sarvangasana that if you have pus in the ears or eyes are weak and those children who are younger than 12 years should not execute these Asanas. But under all these conditions one can lie in Viparitkaranimudra.

1. Lie flat on the ground with face upwards and back on the ground. 2. Keep the legs together. Keep the palms of the hands facing the ground, keep the eyes open. 3. Take a deep breath and raise both the legs. You should breathe out when your belly is pressed and
hold the back from a bone which resembles a ring known as ilium-pelvic. This way the head will lie on the ground. The portion from the shoulder to the waist will lie at 45 degrees and the portion from the waist to the thumb of the legs will make a 9O* angle, that is, a right angle to the ground. 4. Go on breathing normally In this position your head will get plenty of blood supply. 5. This Mudra or Asana gives you long life and helps the heart to send enough blood to the brain.
129

6. If it is not possible to lift the back you can get partial advantage by keeping face up on ground and
raising the legs either on a table or a cot or up along the wall.

Viparitkarani- Mudra (Fig-56) MATSYASANA 1. One should sit in Padmasana to perform Matsyasana. 2. Lie down. Sleep on the ground with body supported on both the hands and maintaining Padmasana. 3. With the support of both the hands keep the scalp of head touching the ground in the reverse direction. 4. Hold both the thumbs of both the legs kept in Padmasana, with both the hands. 5. Breathe normally 6. If you cannot perform Matsyasana while sitting in Padmasana, you can sit in Vajrasana also. 7. If you can neither sit in Padmasana or Vajrasana, you may lie down flat on the ground face pointing upwards. Keep both the hands under the buttocks and take the head on the back side so that the scalp touches the ground. This is an easier pose of Matsyasana (see Asthma -1)

YOGA-MUDRA 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sit either in Padmasana or Vajrasana. Keep the hands on the back. Hold the left hand wrist by the right hand. Now inhale slowly Lower the head in the front. Let the forehead touch the ground. Try to hold the breath outside. Do not strain. It is essential to see that while you perform this exercise both the knees and buttocks keep touching the ground. (refer Hyperacidity)

SHASHANKASANA
130

This Asana is similar to Yogamudra and is performed while sitting in Vajrasana. 1. Sit with your legs folded behind in a manner similar to position occupied by Muslim friends while they sit for Namaj. 2. Raise both the hands while you inhale deeply 3. Raise both the hands at 9Q0 to the ground. 4. Now lower down the hands, head and the torso in front of the waist, slowly 5. Keep the palms of both the hands on the ground. Keep the elbows on the ground. The head will thereby ouch the ground. 6. This position is found to be very easy. 7. While you come up, breathe in. (see Hypertension) In addition to the above you can, of course, perform chanting of Omkar. Bhramari Pranayama and Yoganidra also. While you are chanting Omkar your mouth remains open. While you carry out Bhramari Pranayama mouth is closed. But in both positions we are getting ample blood supply to the brain. In addition,the heart suffers less labour in circulating. blood to the brain. It is better if both the exercises could be preformed while sitting in Sukhasana, Padmasana, Vajrasana, Siddhasana or Swastikasana. But if none of the above sitting postures are easy for you, stretch the legs in the bed. Keep the back erect and practise the above exercises while sitting. There is no error in above description. Even if you carry out regularly daily, methodically, scientifically and with full interest, you will save yourself from great dangers. Nehabhikramanashosti pratyavayo na vidyate, Swalpamapyasya dharmasya trayate mahato bhayat.
(Gita 2/40) People are known

to eat hot Jalebi and milk in early morning when they suffer from migraine. God alone knows how far this can help. But if after cleaning of the teeth in the early morning, six to eight glasses full of ordinary drinking water is taken in and if after cleaning the teeth while you clean tongue you press inside of the tongue all water will be belched out. This process is known as Gajkarani process. Practice of this process is definitely helpful in curing migraine.

OM SHANTIH!

131

EPILEPSY
One of the friends of a doctor friend of ours suffered from epilepsy. This is a story pertaining to a period when the youth was studying in the university Once the youth suffered an attack of epilepsy in the university clinic itself. He was not aware of removal of his watch by a compounder or the nurse. Once he had fallen down while going on the cycle. Someone pinched his purse then. Later on it was learnt that youth used to have an attack of divine epilepsy (!) He would shout out any time how very fearful the shout would be! He will then become unconscious and then the attack would be so severe that even eight able-bodied persons also could not hold him in place. Some surprising information he used to dance he would sing.... he would talk in Sanskrit.... Tie would even address his father as a Vatsa! Chiranjiva He would address his father as dad also. He will not ask for any food for days together! Even if he has taken food he will say he was hungry! In those days K.E.M Hospital in Bombay was considered the best. This is a narration about 30 years old. The family had got all investigations carried out, even the priests were called, red chilies were burnt! Ultimately it was understood that the youth got cured by some benediction of a spiritual Guru!! It is learnt that if a man suffers from epilepsy, people nearby would insert spoon in the mouth so that the patient does not bite his own tongue. it is also understood that people keep shoes, ammonium salts, or even crushed onions before the nose of the patients. Epilepsy is of two types. In one a man just feels that he is getting epilepsy attack and immediately he suffers convulsions. Any man is an ordinary human being. He may be staying in India, America or England. In our country people will undertake to invite Raandal-mata. The Gorani will visit and will also have violent head shaking. But this type of drama goes on a wide scale in the overseas countries. People would narrate Swamiji I Heaven is a shorter distance from here, hence the Gods and Goddesses as well as Uhuvas can very quickly send the message. This would also apply to epilepsy convulsions. But the epilepsy attack or convulsions that one suffers because of imbalance of psycho-mental processes as well as problems 4connected with nervous system fall in quite a distinct classification. These are real. It is necessary that this ailment is, properly treated, especially the disturbance produced in the working system of cerebrum causes at the level of consciousness, certain conditions in the sub-conscious parts of the mind. Because of the disturbance in this consciousness, the body gets convulsions. We can divide out this major epilepsy in two parts. One is symptomatic or idiopathic where the cause is hardly known or we can classify them as (1) Grandmal (major epilepsy) (2) Focal seizures (3) Petitmal (minor epilepsyl (4) Psycho-motor attack. The medical treatment for the above assumes many forms. In the ailment known as Grandmal the patient becomes unconscious suddenly; his whole body convulses and it is possible that his face as well as hands and feet toss about restlessly This can happen at any age. A child or a person of any age after birth can have convulsions. At that time there is suffocation of breath and patient becomes unconscious. This also affects urinary system and a patient may urinate in that condition. Mostly this type of condition does not last long. The patient regains consciousness quite quickly and after getting consciousness the patient immediately starts sleeping. This sleep is deep and sound. When he gets up after such a deep sleep he may suffer headache, vomiting, giddiness, hands and feet may have cramps and mind gets restless. If the
132

patient does not become conscious and convulsions are repeated in the unconscious stage, this condition is known as status epilepticus. Normally young children suffer from petit-mal. In that condition their eyes get strained, the eyeballs are pulled up, they may see with squinted eyes. They may go on speaking etc. This type of condition is classified as daydreaming or indistinct and improper behavior. This petit-mal could end in childhood or it is possible that it may turn in a grand-mal. Those who are intelligent, alert, and fully conscious people r hardly suffer such Petitmal epilepsy attack. Many different types of medicines are used to cure this disease of convulsions. The main purpose of most of these medicines is to ensure cure of the disease by consuming the least quantity of medicines. Normally such medicine has to be continued for a period of five to seven years. It is especially necessary to continue the treatment for quite a long period after the last bout of convulsions. For cure of this disease an operation is hardly called for. Especially when the reason for convulsions is intra-cranial space occupying lesions then only the decision of performing an operation is required to be taken. The most important fact to be gathered is whether the convulsions are a result of social or family circumstances or whether these are a disease which is inherited. It is quite likely that mental tension due to family circumstances bring convulsions. This neither be called an ailment nor can it be classed as social curse. This is a condition resulting from individual bodily incapacity. So long as the person suffering from convulsions consumes medicines regularly till then that person should be allowed to undertake big and small works, harbouring no fears and necessitating no personal supervision. One should not allow such patients to work from a position of high altitude or near some place full of water. It is in their own interest if such persons do not drive. There is a danger to their life if they drive. In America or countries abroad such persons should not be allowed to go swimming in the sea nor they be permitted to play water games. If they are to be married their electro-encephalogram (E.E.G.) should be normal. The wife and husband should be both made aware of this situation. If with full knowledge of the disease both the parties are happy to get ahead then only the relation should be established. Such conditions are not permanent nor are they dangerous, but it is a fact that situation on hand is definitely not normal. Hence one should not turn a deaf ear nor should one be careless about the fact. So many times it may also happen that particular type of circumstances or situations may cause convulsions; e.g. fear of examination may bring in convulsions some social events causing displeasure may also result in convulsions; one may get convulsions on feeling the loss of a near relative by death. In such circumstances where convulsions are experienced once only, one has to be treated with medicine for. 4 to 6 weeks but if convulsions repeat 2 to 4 or more times, the medicine dose should be increased and then gradually reduced or even stopped if no necessity is felt. However, for a patient of repeated bouts of convulsions one should not be careless and should continue the treatment of some special medicine for a fairly long period.
,

If we observe some one suffering from such convulsions while we are passing along a road we should shift that person from the middle of the road, to a place on side where it is quiet and breeze is blowing. He will suffer less suffocation if his clothes are loosened. He needs to lie down normally. In order that he may not chew his tongue and may not damage his teeth some soft padding should be introduced in between two rows of teeth.

133

If a child gets convulsions the child must be admitted immediately to the hospital. It is not so essential in case of an adult, but we cannot overlook the possibility of meningitis in case of children. A person who gets convulsions should be kept in social surroundings which would encourage him. He should be kept away from such conditions which can make him feel dejected or sorrowful. If one ensures that such a patient always remains happy, joyful, and enthusiastic, it is possible to keep huh fearless. The Nadi-shodhana process which is a part of Yogaabhyasa is an unfailing panacea for mental peace and composure. We are normally not aware of our inhalation and exhalation. This is such a process which is self-propelling. Our body has nine openings for conveying sensations by sensory nerves and performing actual work. But the nose is the principal opening by which we perkyn respiration. If one keeps oneself slightly aware of this process then a very good achievement can be had in avoiding cerebral disorder. One has to make use of Sukhapurvaka Pranayama for purposes of process of Nadi-shodhana. Nadi-shodhana is also known as Anuloma and Viloma. If respiration is performed through Puraka and Rechaka and without Kumbhaka then it is known as Nadi-shodhana through Anuloma and Viloma. For the purpose of Nadi-shodhana one should sit with crossed legs and the back vertically straight in a balanced steady manner. Thereafter inhale through left nostril and exhale through the right nostril. Again, breathe in by right nostril and breathe out through left nostril. Do not be in any type of haste while inhaling as well as exhaling. Inhale very very slowly; very deeply When we breathe in we should be aware that we are breathing in and equally we should be aware while we exhale. This type of awareness is essential. In addition ensure that the belly expands when we inhale and belly contracts when we exhale. Do carry put this process as slowly as possible. Do not breathe in or breathe out hastily or with jerks. The more the deeper inhaling the more is the effect. The manner of deep and controlled respir4ion supplies oxygen in abundance and solutions of psychosomatic problems gets strength. Respiratory system is the main stand for mental consciousness. If the respiration process is regularized, the convulsions that one gets due to latent fears, doubts, misunderstandings or mental problems can surely be reduced. Uttana-padasana, Viparitakarnimudra or practice of Sarvangasana can be helpful to pump in blood to the head in extra quantities. Although it is true that head gets maximum blood by practice of Shirsasana, the patient of convulsions should under no circumstances practice ordinary Shirshasana. For such patients, there are other methods to take blood circulation to the head. One can sleep with face pointing upwards on a table or a cot keeping the head hanging down. In this process the back is at the bottom, belly is in the top, both legs are kept together, the palms of the hands point downward and head hanging. In this position the head is at a lower level than the heart. Therefore the head gets supply of blood in greater proportion. This excercise should be performed initially from half a minute to one. minute. Gradually the time could be increased between five to ten minutes. Even after performing this exercise it is essential to perform Shavasana as in the case of Shirshasana. We should perform Shavasana for half the period for which we perform the main Asana.
134

UTTANA-PADASANA One should lie supine on the ground. Raise only one leg in the first instance. It is necessary that knee remains straight and leg situated up, up to 30 degrees. Repeat this procedure by the second leg. This Asana is called Ekapada uttanapadasana thereafter carry keeping both the legs together initially start with 20 seconds, slowly form a habit of remaining in uttanapadasana for a minimum of one and half minute.

Ekpada -Uttanapadasana

(Fig57i)

This exercise adds to working of respiratory system and its efficiency The working capacity of body increases due to this exercise. Self confidence increases and reduces the thoughts of. weakness and dejection to almost nil level.

Uttanapadasana (Fig-57ii) Both Viparitakarni-mudra and Sarvangasana can be very helpful in alerting brain with its sensory nerves and system of consciousness and understanding. SARVANGASANA For this Asana one has to lie down on the ground with face upward and start lifting both the legs slowly Do not bend the knees. Do not make any hurry nor give any jerk or use any force. In the beginning while you raise the legs take in a deep breath, as the belly gets pressed go on releasing the breath. When the chin touches the chest balance the body by use of both hands. While returning from the vertical position initially lower the legs towards the head up and when you feel balance of the body you should keep the support of the body on both the hands and bring down body slowly on the same side where from you raised it. Let the back touch the ground first then the waist, buttocks, heels and so on. Rest in Shavasana thereafter. If a person has pus in the ears or a person suffers from epilepsy or if he suffers from cervical spodylosis,
135

that person should not perform Sarvangasana. Those who suffer from high myopia, that is whose eyes are very weak such person also should not perform Sarvangasana. It is advisable that children under age of 12 years should not perform Sarvangasana because thereby their natural growth may be held up. People who suffer from any of the difficulties described above can undoubtedly perform Viparita-kavani- mudra. This exercise is also similar to Sarvangasana but for Sarvangasana the chest is brought right upto the chin and touches the chest where as in Viparitkaranimudra one has to support the bones of the heaps. In this Viparitakaranimudra we lift the legs in a manner similar to Sarvangasana, but while so raising, the waist is raised then the body has to be supported by a bone which is in a shape of a ring which is a circular bone of pelvis. The body is kept straight at that level. You will thus form an angle of 45 degrees between navel and the chin. Uttanapadasana, Viparitakami, Sarvangasana, Shirshasana, form the same family of asanas which are in the higher or lower series. The practice of these asanas adds to the main strength for all round development of consciousness and alerts the mental and intellectual system of consciousness.

Sarvangasana (Fig 58) As observed earlier, if the reason for convulsions is psychosomatic these Yogasanas and Pranayama will revitalize the patient and his life will be rejuvenated. In short for the complete bodily and mental composure it is essential to have all these fine processes resulting in complete and perfect working of respiratory system, blood circulation system, digestive system, genitourinary system and nervous system. A patient of convulsions can profitably use the process of turning the neck from right to left and left to right on the front side and back side us well as turning the head in circular motion in both directions. Bhramari Pranayama with sound created similar to the humming of the black bee and chanting very long Omkara helps upgrade the nervous system tremendously. Regu1ar practice of meditation, good reading, good thoughts, positive and decisive thinking, the company of enthusiastic and full-blown people can render mental composure and joyfulness. I am getting cured. I am already cured. All round beauty is streaming, whatever is, is Gods creation, I am also a creation of God. God is there in everything visible, everything discernible.
136

God is inside me, these hands, legs, head, chest, belly, happiness, unhappiness, bliss, space and everything is God. I am infinite, I am integral, I am a stream of happiness. Think thus in this train of thoughts. Remain joyful, Fits (convulsion) will definitely be cured and you will be fit. OM SHANTI !

137

OSTEOPOROSIS
A good place for rest and change of air named Mussourie is situated near Dehradun in the north of Uttar Pradesh in Bharat. At Mussourie one institution named Shree Lal Bahadur Shastri National Academy of Administration is situated. There used to be one director Gurucharanlal Juneja. Prior to this appointment he was chief secretary of Government of Orissa as well as food secretary of Government of India. Even in superannuating, recognizing the efficiency and suitability, government used to reappoint him on jobs one after the other and kept him engaged. The day he reached Mussourie; it rained heavily. One cannot vouchsafe the reliability of cooked meals, varying seasons on the mountains and living human beings. These three can get spoiled any time. Shree Juneja slipped as a result of sudden rain and had suffered three compound fractures. He attended his welcome programme in a wheel chain Within two days only, in the whole academy, steps on staircases slopes were provided. Shri Juneja went on moving on wheel-chair for almost six months. One of our devotees Shri Nayanaben had been to Haridvar. The friends had entrusted a number of items to be delivered at destination. Hurriedly, as Haridvar station approached she observed that the luggage was found to be missing; she hurried up but the train started moving. While alighting from the train in a hurry, she fell down on the platform. Three months were spent in bed, then a walker and thereafter crutches. Even now she needs a walking stick. One Shri Malaya, grandson of late Shri P.S.Patel of Ahmedabad went up on terrace along with his friends and cousins for flying kites. While running after a kite he fell down. There was a shout, oh! Malaya has fallen down! Malaya did fall, got up, approached grandma and started asking: Grandma, I fell down; will I suffer? Grandma asked, Wherefrom did you fall down? Malaya replied, From the terrace! Grandma looked in his innocent eyes and said Oh, never mind; go and play All the children went back on the terrace for the kite flying. These are three instances. Shri Gurucharan Juneja Saheb had no difficulty in getting food and drinks. Daily on two occasions, he was served meals at specified times. He had tea and breakfast in the morning and evening. He used to be supplied milk, fruits etc. meals full of nutritive items but he did not exercise at all. How much did this officer walk? From bed room to bathroom and there from to dining table then to the car! The car was run by a driver The office bag would be lifted by a peon; the orderly would give the shoe shine; how much exercise the officer got? The officer had to shave himself, that is all! Oh but Naynaben remains very busy, she would visit the Ashram and go round cleaning and sweeping. Wash bathrooms and latrines. She would clean the latrines and make them clean like a pooja room! Idleness could not even touch her. But for food she was absolutely zero. Today is Monday therefore a fast, Tuesday would be spent without a drop of water, even on Wednesday she will take salt less diet, Thursday was one meal day, over and above these on the fourth of a month she will observe Ganesha Puja, on the Ekadashi she will observe fast, only drinking water. Her daughters would go on complaining but she would hardly listen! For her husband she had even donated one of her kidneys but looking at her satvik tendency, efficiency and enthusiasm in all jobs, her body was not fed with enough fuel and vital energy. Malaya was a young child, he would eat, drink and run about in full mood, go on mock-fighting. He was therefore strong! The main reason for osteoporosis, brittleness of bones, is paucity of exercise. Although one may, take exercise, if one keeps the habit of not performing ones own personal jobs, even then if the food intake is not having sufficient calcium, bones can get weak and can break. Therefore to keep human body, specially the bones, in efficient condition one should consume proper food, take walks and take proper and necessary exercise also.

138

There are two parts of the word osteoporosis --- osteo and porosis. Osteo means bones and porosis means porous. This porous means it becomes full of miniature holes and hence it becomes brittle. Due to osteoporosis bones become thin, weak, and strength less. Because the bones gradually lose the main elements, on a long run bones get weak and osteoporosis results. Ladies are affected more than the males by osteoporosis. This difficulty is noticed more among ladies who cross the age of 50 to 55. I Because of the bones becoming thin, possibility of breaking and cracking of the bones increases in the three parts of the body. These are 1. Spinal column 2. Thigh bones in the waist 3. Wrists of the hands. Pain in the waist, bending from the back, formation of hump can take place. As the thinning out of the bones starts the vertebrae of the spinal column gets affected first. Slowly the strength of bone, shape and efficiency goes down gradually With the increase in age the capacity of the bone performing work, lifting weight, and the working efficiency of joints of bones get reduced. Because of the paucity of exercise, as a result of insufficient and improper food, the complete bone structure starts getting immobile. No new supply of strength is made available from outside, the stream of power which is stored in gets reduced due to deduction of calcium. This results in the complete bone structure getting deteriorated and we start proclaiming that now the health has started going down hill. Besides, with the increase in age the production and working efficiency of living cells decrease, resulting in decrease in efficiency of the body to a huge degree. The living cells play an important role in maintaining the strength of bones. As the level of estrogen gets reduced, osteoporosis and similar conditions increase. The specific reason for such a situation is that we do not take sufficient exercise. It is the paucity of exercise that is mainly responsible. As the bodily activity gets reduced, the strength of bones decreases. Only regular exercise can rejuvenate bones and muscles. When we perform exercise; or we go on long walks, swimming or horse riding; or if we do jobs which calls for bodily labour, the muscles force the bones to perform works. Because of this compulsory duty, bones become more strengthened and also add to their dimensions. The cells of the body structure and the bones need proper food, which is supplied by increase in blood supply and oxygen by faster blood circulation. Complete test and absolutely insufficient exercise and allowing life to be spent for a long period without exercise creates big deficit of calcium in the body The deficit can push our body causing unimaginable strange situation of trouble and difficulties. By insufficiency of calcium in the food, complete paucity of exercise in life and over consumption of alcohol, puts a big cut in the production of calcium in the body Under such circumstances if one consumes milk, curds and milk products in nutritive food and if one consumes vegetables and different items where from sufficient calcium can be had and if people also practice Yogasana and Pranayama; bodies can be rebuilt in a solid way and the structure of bones can be rejuvenated. One cannot look at osteoporosis both in America and India from the same point of view. In India people are accustomed to get all the household and allied works carried out by servants and hence Indians have to be instructed to become self-reliant by lifting up their mattress after arising from the bed and cleaning and mopping ones own room, cleaning the bathroom by a broom after finishing bath, drying out bathroom; washing and cleaning own utensils after breakfast, washing clothes after bath, walking to bus stand, sitting in Vajrasana after meals, going for a walk in the morning and evening for long distance, working by oneself in the garden, watering lawn, mowing, cutting and cleaning vegetables, preparing Chatni etc. People need a maidservant for sweeping and mopping; for washing of clothes, Maharaj as a cook, separate Gardner and driver, a different Aaya for looking after children. Every house, at least needs one maidservant for works small and big! This is not as in America. There, each one looks after jobs pertaining to one. In India we are short of milk supply now days because of shortage in availability of milk from cows,
139

buffaloes or goats; milk prepared chemically is made available. Only those who are sick hardly get sweetlime (Mosambi). In America it is not possible to live unless you load your fridge by cans of skimmed milk, milk with 4 and 8% fats and juices of a variety, packed in tins. Even then those in America who suffer from osteoporosis have of necessity to seriously take medical treatment, food with full awareness and take exercises. We have earlier discussed flexibility exercises at length. Any one can without any fear sit on the ground with legs stretched out straight on the ground, and exercise the parts of thumbs of legs, soles, ankles, leg muscles, knees, backbones and thigh bones, waist, spinal column, fingers of hands, palms, wrists of hand, elbows, shoulders, chest, belly and stomach, neck, eyes and muscles of the face. In addition to these flexibility exercises even when no food is consumed one can no doubt sit in Vajrasana, by sitting in the posture similar to posture occupied by Muslim friends while they sit for Namajkeeping the legs turned behind, the bones of knees and bones in the leg with its muscles including tibia-fibula and other bones as well as ankles of the legs and fingers of the legs get a good advantage. To perform the flexibility exercise known as butterfly exercise, one has to sit with legs extended in front. Thereafter bend both the legs from the knees. Thereafter widen both the knees. Thereby heels are nearer the body now hold paws of both the legs by both the hands. Now move the knees in such a manner that it resembles the butterfly moving its wings up and down. Heels must remain touching each other and as near to the body as possible. This exercise helps bones of the thighs, pelvic girdle; cover bones of the knees and joints of the paws of legs. Now repeat this exercise by holding the knees. Heels and paws should remain touching each other and remain very near to the body now hold the knees and press both the knees downward as well as upward position. In the third process of the exercise stretch left leg forward; raise and lift right leg and put it on the left thigh. Now move the right knee initially from top to bottom and bottom to top and thereafter in a round circular motion. This process must be repeated at least 10 to 16 times. In the above-described manner now straighten the right leg; put the left leg on the right thigh. Thereafter left knee should be moved alternatively up and down, as well as down to up. Thereafter move the left knee in a circular movement. This process should also be repeated to 16 times. This flexibility exercise is very simple. Young and old alike can perform this exercise without any danger. In the same manner flexibility exercise, rolling of abdomen and hip rolling can also be performed. Sleep on the ground with face upward. Put both the hands under the buttocks. Keep the head raised; supporting by elbows keeping the hands right from the shoulder straight up. And shoulders should rest on the hands, that much portion of the back should not touch the ground. Now raise both the legs together to 30 degrees and take them in clockwise and thereafter anti dock-wise directions for 7 to 10 times on both the sides. Now bring the head and shoulders on the ground keeping both the hands under the buttocks. Then turn the body lying under navel round and round. You can also sleep with face up on the ground. Keep both the hands in line with the shoulders in straight line and try to touch the right leg by the left palm and left leg by the right palm. This will give proper exercise to all the vertebrae of the spinal column, waist and bones of thighs as well as scapula, humerus, upper arms, elbow, ulna, radius, joints of wrists of the hands. The patient of osteoporosis can also practice Asanas called Kati-utthana and Setubandha.
140

Setubandhasana (Fig-59) Spread a fourfold blanket on the ground. Lie with your back on the ground in a face up position. Keep both the legs together, keep palms of both the hands on the ground. Now bend both the knees. Keep the knees touching each other. Both the heels and paws should also be kept touching each other. Now take the weight of the body on the hands and lift the waist. Maintain this position for sometime; this Asana is named Katiutthanasana (see Backache). Here the back remains lifted up. Now support the waist by both the hands. Keep both the upper hands up to the elbow from the shoulders parallel to the ground; the hands from the elbow to the wrists should be straight at right angles. The support of the hand will be given to the waist from down under. Now straighten both the legs on the ground slowly; knees should not be bent, heels and paws should be touching the ground, legs should touch each other. In this fashion the shape of the body will resemble a fly-over bridge. This Asana is named Setubandhasana. This Setubandhasana if practiced will give exercise to the joints of bones of the shoulders, bones of the elbows, and joints of the bones of wrists, fingers, whole of the spinal column, bones of the waist pertaining to the thighs, knees and ankles of the leg. After performing the above light exercises one should perform one after the other, Kati-chakrasana (see Diabetes - 3), Trikonasana and different types of Trikonasanas, Suryanamaskara, Bhujangasana, Shalabhasana, Dhanurasana, Chakrasana, Halasana, Paschimottanasana, Ushtrasana, Supta-vajraasana etc.

Supta-vajrasana (Fig61) Shalabbasana (Fig60)

All the Asanas should be performed for a short time without any haste and Omkar and Bhramari should also be executed. If one takes in enough milk, consumes raw shredded cabbage and keeps the mind happy avoiding fickleness of mind, can definitely have a body which is undoubtedly strong. OM SHANTIH!
141

142

Thyroid
The glands inside our body work much more than the senses we observe outside of our body We can perhaps make a statement tat inside in depth of our heart an unfathomable and immense ocean is throwing up its waves in a much greater proportion than the ocean tat we observe outside. The breathing system and blood circulation system, digestive system, genito-urinary system and bone structure keep the body working. In addition to these, there are many glands which secrete hormones internally One of them, of great importance, is thyroid gland. This thyroid gland is situated inside our neck and has a shape of a butterfly it weighs around 16 to 24 Gms. During the last several years much information has been collected about various types of diseases of malfunctioning of the thyroid gland. That is exactly the reason why, although the matter looks small, all the details assume big importance. These details must not be neglected. There is one hospital situated at Adipur near Bhuj city in Kachha district of Gujarat. This body is managed by local divine life society One doctor named Ruchani was a chief medical officer of this hospital. One day while driving he felt that there was darkness spreading before his eyes. Luckily at that time the road was carrying no traffic and he could stop the car on one side. What happened was momentary! But what could happen, if there was heavy traffic? On the spur of the moment we could not understand the reason but after necessary medical examination and investigations it was established that he suffered from a serious thyroid problem. The food we eat has many salts. Out of this iodine element reaches the thyroid gland through blood. Out of the iodine sucked and collected by the gland, hormones named T3 (tri-iodo -thyronin) and T4 (Thyroxin) are manufactured. These manufactured nutritive hormones circulate in the blood and reach various organs of the body These hormones enhance the activity of metabolism in the body, thereby all the organs and tissues connected with the organs and its metabolism get activated. Thyroid is an endocrine gland. This gland works in a manner similar to air-condition plant. When the metabolic system works more than required, internal secreting gland forces in lesser secretions, thereby creating a balance in its activity and maintaining proportion of metabolic rate in the body. When we want to welcome bride-groom at the entrance of the marriage pandal or when we want to welcome saints at our home, we welcome them by applying a 'Tilaka" at the place between two eyebrows. What could be the reason for applying an "Tilaka" only at this place on such a broad forehead? Under our brain, in the head a gland called pituitary gland is located. This gland by secreting TSH (Thyroid Stimulating Hormones) controls the working of the thyroid gland. When the thyroid hormones are comparatively lesser than required in the body then TSH secretes more and thyroid gland tries to maintain the required proportion of T3 and T4, just similarly when the amount of hormones goes beyond the requirement, pituitary TSH stops from manufacturing thyroid hormones. In this fashion both, these glands control the secretion by each relying on the other. Whenever anyone of the glands, out of these two, develops a defect the other gland also suffers in performing its duty. The effects of either gland is felt on the working capacity of the body and perfect ness of its working suffers heavily.

When the thyroid gland functions lesser than required, this condition is called hypo-thyroidism. However if thyroid works more than required amount that condition is known as hyper-thyroidism. When the gland works properly it is known as euthyroidism. The gland can have swelling, tumor or even cancer under the latter circumstances the gland works in an irregular manner. So it either works more or less. As a man ages his thyroid gland results in very big effects in its working capacity. In many circumstances it so happens that when this gland starts working less in aged people, the functioning of the body becomes irregular and such patients exhibit different types of abnormal symptoms. If a very young child suffers from this disease the child remains lazy A trio of Honorary Assistant professor of endocrinology from NHL municipal medical college of Ahmedabad and of Sheth Vadilal Sarabhai Hospital Shree Jayeshbhai Sheth, Ph.D. and his
143

colleague tonsultant pathologist Dr. Bipin Shah, M.D. and the well-known family physician Dr. Niranjanbhai have undertaken the study of hypo-thyroidism in Gujarat by collection of data from examining 40,000 patients. The summary of the results is as follows:

1. The patient will always feel idle, remain lazy will have no interest in any work and even during the day
he will feel sleepy 2. Patients body will have swelling, he will go on adding to his weight. These symptoms are discernible in most of the patients. Swelling will be mainly observed under eyes and on faces as well as on legs. It is not of any importance to know what and how much the patient eats, even if he eats less his body weight will increase. 3. The patient hardly feels any hunger and constipation becomes chronic 4. Ladies loose hair, skin gets dry and moisture less, itching may also be observed. 5. Ladies get very irregular menstruation. Sometimes the incapacity of the working of thyroid can be the only cause of barren-ness. 6. One may feel suffocation in the neck, the sound may become heavy, and sound may not emerge out. This can be a daily occurrence. Ordinary treatment may not cause any improvement. Face may become pale, and one becomes sorrowful. 7. Mental power reduces. Memory reduces. One finds no interest in performing any work. Concentration is reduced. Man may become inefficient in his business. His working capacity will suffer and ebb. 8. When one becomes sorrowful one may get depression. When such symptoms are noticed after pregnancy in ladies, between 5 to 30 % of the ladies have an irregularly working thyroid gland. 9. Endurance capacity reduces. Even if a slight increase in cold is observed or the atmosphere feels cooler, the desire to put on warm clothes increases; one cannot do without covering the body when sleeping, one cannot bear the working of fan or an air conditioner. 10. The working capacity of the heart reduces. The beating of the heart and pumping capacity reduce which can result in further diseases. By having a birds eye-view of all these symptoms, it can be understood that in the condition of hypothyroidism all the activities of the body slow down and flaccidity results. Newborn children show this disease by altogether different symptoms. In this disease newborn babies get an effect of slowing down their bodily development as well as mental development. Such children are found slow in all the processes pertaining to the development after birth. If this disease is diagnosed in time and properly treated the newborn babies would develop like normal babies. Therefore if on birth the children have any symptoms of laziness or paucity of normal development, these children should be properly and immediately treated. If this is done, then their life will be fully lustrous. A general survey has revealed that one child out of 3000 newborn babies suffers from the ailment of hypo-thyroidism. This is known as congenital hypo-thyroidism. Such children lead a life of death-like condition. In all the developed countries, it is normal to get the thyroid scanning performed for each newborn baby. The later the diagnosis, the more the effect on development process of the brain hence if any defect is noticed in the scanning immediate and proper treatment should be given. When the thyroid gland becomes overactive, the body works with extra speed and the speed is more than the necessary speed. This over activity results in so many changes and defects:
144

(i) Weight reduces. The only reason is that the thyroid gland works at an increased level. Although one may be regular in in-take of food, weight goes on reducing. (ii) Heart beats more and one feels confused.

(iii) Sometimes such patients look as if they have big eyes and their eyeballs are projecting. In this condition it is also possible that both the eyeballs can lean on one side. (iv) One does not digest the food well, resulting in diarrhea. (v) Body feels trembling. Anything held in the hand may not be held with ease. Hands also may tremble. The trembling of the hands is quite visible. (vi) There is sleeplessness. Mind is confused. The nature becomes peevish. Mental imbalance increases. (vii) Ladies can have symptoms of irregularity in menses with more profuse bleeding.

(viii) One may find a swelling on thyroid gland in the neck. (ix) One may feel warm, one may perspire profusely hairs starts falling. (x) The condition of the eyeballs jutting out is called Exophthalmic Grave.

(xi) As we have earlier observed the thyroid gland depends on supply of iodine for manufacture of hormones. Body gets this iodine from daily food intake. Our body needs around hundred to hundred fifty micro-grams of iodine. Quite a few areas like hilly tracks, places on riverbanks cannot supply enough iodine to the body because of denudation of the land. Under such circumstances thyroid gland becomes bigger because of greater working capacity required. This condition is known as goiter. Over the whole area of Asia 500 million people live in places, which are deficit in iodine and 200 million people, suffer from shortage of iodine. In our country Bharat, 120 million people live in areas, which are deficit in iodine. In such areas because newborn babies suffer from shortage of iodine, the development of their both physical and mental organs is not enough. The shortage of iodine in food can be corrected by use of salt where iodine is added; one can add iodine in oil used for food, in milk etc. That is the reason m our country salt is sold after adding iodine. It is advisable that people in all areas consume this type of salt. In all the western countries and nations, there is an awareness of need for iodine in food. When a patient exhibits goiter, the gland can either work more or less than normal proportion. This can be examined by testing thyroid hormones (T3, T4, TSH) some patients require thyroid antibodies to enable the estimation of extent of damage to the gland. Many a times, it is observed that the proportion of iodine in food in-take is proper, still hypo-thyroidism, is observed. Normally this ailment of thyroid reveals through hypo-thyroidsm, cancer of thyroid as well as swelling on the thyroid glands. When the proportion of thyroid hormones is ample and there is no goiter, a man does not need any medicine. The gland of thyroid may develop thyroid nodules. Here both inside as well as outside the gland there seems to be swelling or a tumor. A proportion of 5 to 7% of the people exhibit this disease. Ladies suffer from this disease to a greater extent. In this ailment a patient is prone To cancer of thyroid. In 90% of the patients this tumor is found to be benign. Very few people suffer from cancer of Thyroid. Even then every year, of the 10,000 patients contacting this disease 1000 persons meet their death. The proportion of this disease is more observed in patients who either have cancer of the head and throat and who are treated with radiation or radiation might have been accidentally received.

145

To diagnose this disease one has to mainly carry out calcitonin (tumor marker for thyroid cancer) sonography and take a cytology (FNAC) examination. The examination of thyro-globulin is helpful in diagnosing cancer of thyroid. To diagnose the disease connected with thyroid gland one has to test for T3, T4, TSR, free T4, thyroid anti-body, TRH examination, thyro-globin and calcitonin. Of the above T3 T4, TSR is main examination, however examination of antibodies of TRH is required in specific cases. It is compulsory to take medical advice immediately on knowing about defective thyroid. To treat the ailment of hypo-thyroidism a medicine called thyroxine is commonly used. These diseases can be cured completely Timely treatment is necessary. By this type of awareness and treatment a patient can regain his normal health and feel no further difficulties. When the children are very young there is no use of Yogavidya to them. However, if the patient has passed the age of 12 years he can maintain his working capacity by performance of Sarvangasana, Matsyasana, Ralasana, Sinhasana, practise of Shirsasana where feasible. Besides, one should practice Shavasana and Pranayama, inclusive of Omkar and Bhramari in order to maintain working capacity very well. If a patient is recuperating from loss of working capacity then one can awaken the special capacity of thyroid. The practice of Ujjai Pranayama is found very useful in such cases.

Sinhasana (Fig62)

For performance of Ujjai Pranayama, inhale through both the nostrils and exhale through both the nostrils or the left nostril. The breath should be taken in and released in such a way that there is a very slight touch felt on the glottis situated in the throat. Initially control the breathing in and out in the proportion of 1:2. Slowly form a habit of Kumbhaka. Most important point to observe is that we should entertain a feeling that Every moment I am getting improvement. The trio of doctors treatment, exercise or Yoga-abhyasa and mental composure, will give you a boon of perfect, happy and composed health. OM SHANTIH!

146

VARICOSE VEINS
Varicose veins are veins, which have gone weak, have lengthened and have swollen. Sometimes one cuts a joke and calls these veins as Vanity veins. When the valves of the deep veins become incompetent, the veins situated in the legs get weak and blow out. Varicose veins are now a day caused by the effects of fancy eatables and drinks of the present day besides the mode of life and the method in which one lives has an effect on this problem. However, for the general information, it can at least be said that it is good to be aware so that problem of varicose veins does not start. Once the devil of this disease takes hold it may be possible to arrest the pain caused but it is impossible to completely eliminate the disease. That is why it is said that it is better to remain aware and alert from the beginning instead of treating the disease after the disease takes hold. This disease is not otherwise serious and there is no danger to life through this disease. Perhaps the unfortunate part of this disease is that people are not properly and fully aware about the treatment of varicose veins. One should remember here that it is not necessary that all the veins that you find in the leg may be varicose veins. On the contrary those persons who are very healthy and composed, having strong muscles and who are at least playing various games can also get varicose veins. Such veins of the sportsman are known as Athletic veins. The people who as a result of business or profession, have to remain standing for the whole day or those who have mainly to go on walking, who have not to sit at all, the veins of such people get little dilated than necessary because of the higher pressure of blood in these veins. When we suffer drought in our country municipality had reduced the size of water supply line and connections tapped there from. In short, where in a locality, main water line was of 4 diameter the same was reduced to 3 or 2. In such a situation, it was bad luck of the country that there used to be such people who bribed the workers to convert their main connection from 1 to 4. Under such circumstances those who had got 1 or connection reduced from 4 did not even get water supply at all. We can thus understand that when the veins in certain part of the body become widened the other part of the body gets lesser or improper and irregular supply of blood. We know that as a result of defect in the valves of the heart or irregular pressure and flow of blood from the heart to artery the flow gets affected, in the same way in the imbalance in the working area of the arteries and veins, because of the improper and undesirable changes, the working capacity of the heart gets affected.

In the case of ladies, irregular menses, pregnancy or repeated delivery as well as very quick deliveries, and miscarriages, including the menopause time, it is very much possible that the varicose veins may result. Some ladies deliver six-seven or eight children over a very short period and they take salt less diet in some months thereby the efficiency of the body which had already been insufficient, results in varicose veins, because of insufficient nutrition. They also suffer from dilatation of the heart and even after so many treatments such ladies have very short life span.
People who work in lime, kilns, cupola or in iron ore foundry or those who work in cement company where cement is produced by wet process, have to work for whole day standing opposite the burner, go on remaining standing at one and the same place continuously for eight hours. Because of the effect of heat of the kilns they get blood supply from the heart without any proper control in the leg. Under such circumstances, initially the enemy enters in silently and quietly the varicose veins and as a result of which sudden heart failure cannot be ruled out. There are people who lead imbalanced life, the nutritive elements in the food are missing, they have such problem in life which are insolvable and besides these, they have hormonal disturbance due to which the valves of the veins become weak and inefficient or the walls of veins become weak. Such veins are called
147

varicose veins in the first stage. If proper care is not taken at this primary stage, or if one is careless, then the disease gets worst and enters the second stage. This stage results in blood clotting in the veins. Even if the normal veins get dilatation, then firm and beautiful build of the body gets ugly look. It also results in various diseases from time to time. Getting itching, allergy and such other disease can also result. The most common and well-known symptoms are: untimely, at any improper age, without any exertion, one feels tired. Besides there may be too much of itching, legs feel heavy and shooting pain is felt in the legs. People who have such ailment get pain in the leg to an unbearable degree. Besides in the summer or before the menses in case of ladies or pregnant women get varicose veins, which results in instability of control of blood circulation because of the concentration of blood hormones the walls of the veins, become weak and loose. Big changes in the pain of varicose veins result in final days of pregnancy and before the delivery because the uterus widens. In all these situations the best exercise to prevent varicose veins is walking. That is why our elders used to say Walk long, live long but one should also remember that anything in excess is bad. It is good to walk long distances but those whose body is not efficient if they go on walking, such people can also be a prone to this problem of varicose veins. Sadhus and Sadhvis following Jain religion do not stay in one village for more than three days; they leave the place, what should be the reason? After a short walk go a little more distance and take rest. This practice may be continued for eight months and during monsoon one has to stay for four months in the same village. The scientific purpose of this habit is Samatvam Yoga Uchyate. The life should be well balanced. The dealings should be balanced. Food as well as movements should also be balanced. Walking results in creating muscle pressure and relaxation of the muscles, thereby the blood circulation and control is well maintained. Similarly, practice of Yogasana, results in good health of body and mind. The practice of Shirshasana and Srvangasana helps blood circulation very well. Even then as we have observed earlier either long walks or practice of Yogasanas do not remove the defect of varicose veins, once we have got them. Of course it is possible to arrest the further deterioration. But the great danger is the collection of blood in one spots that clotting of blood. Blood clotting can occur m any part of the vein and the clot can move with the circulation of the blood. It can clot in the leg but it can also clot in the vein pertaining to heart or lungs as well as brain. Condition created at that movement is pitiable and if on such occurrence, quick medical aid or surgical aid is not available it becomes impossible for the patient to be saved. By regular practice of Yogasana and Pranayama it is possible to save oneself from such irreparable situation but once you are affected, emergent proper medical treatment has to be taken and under such circumstances no Yogic exercise should be undertaken unless the doctor advises. If one falls a prey to such a situation, the same can be controlled by (1) reassurance (2) support elastic stockings (3) operation (4) sclerotherapy. Use of elastic stockings prevents further deterioration but this is not an instrument for cure of the disease. Normally the problem starts from the ankles of the leg, hence stocking or bandage should be applied on the leg. One must put on stocking capable of applying 75 % pressure on the leg muscles and 50 % pressure on the thighs; of 100 % pressure is applied on the ankles by stocking. If vein is to be operated upon the patient has to be anaesthetized. If the big vein is to be operated upon, that, if sclerotherapy is to perform, a 3% solution of sodium teradysil sulphate, is normally used. Under such conditions laser treatment is not of much help. Those people who have to remain standing for a longer time or have to walk long distances should keep a pillow under their feet instead of under the head. One may lie down on the ground, raise the legs and support them on a cot or sofa; this way the advantages of Uttanpadasana can be obtained. We can also save ourselves from becoming a prone to varicose veins it we perform flexibility exercises, where we have to sit with our legs extended on the ground, push the thumb and fingers of the legs in front as well as press them backward. In the same way the whole part of the leg including sole is to be pressed in front as well as pulled
148

backwards the leg has to be moved in a circular motion both on the right and the left, keeping the leg on the heel. Give circular motion to leg also, and while laying on the ground the body lower down from the buttocks has to be raised and cycling motion is to be performed. Beside all the above flexibility exercises one should practice Uttanapadasana (Ekpada-uttanpadasana, Dwipada-uttanpadasana), Ardhapavanamuktasana, Pavanamuktasana, Naukasana, Urdhvamukh, paschimottanasana, Dhanurasana, Chakrasana, Viparitakarani mudra, Sarvangasana and Shirasana. One has also to perform Bhramari Pranayama and Omkar recitation also. By sitting in posture of meditation for meditating as well as performing Shavasana, not only renders relaxation to the legs but the whole body gets relaxed. That is the reason why for Jain saints who have to walk long distances a rule is compulsorily applied that they must daily perform Pratikrama, Samayika, and Kayotsarga. This process the ebb caused in the energy of physical relaxation can make up mental composure and internal forces up with rejuvenated oxygen supply a tide of vitality can be brought in.

Ardhapavanmuktasana (Fig-63)

Naukasana (Fig-64)

Pavanamuktasana (Fig65)

Urdhvamukh paschimottanasana (Fig-.66)

It is more essential to ensure that disease does not enter the body rather than to arrange a treatment after the disease strikes. That is the reason why Lord Shree Krishna tells in Gita that Whatever little you do should be regularly done. Thereby one can avert big crises in the life. Swalpmapyasya dharmasya trayate mahato bhayat

149

OM SHANTIH!

150

ANEMIA
If children do not have blood in enough quantity it is a condition, which is causing great pain. This paucity of blood is known as anemia. The physical and mental development of children is very much adversely affected by anemia. The children, who are suffering from anemia, stop adding to their weight and height. They cannot concentrate in education. The children have no interest in any job what so ever and to the bad luck of children the parents do not appreciate this apathy Even if the parents know this condition they do not understand any seriousness or even ignore the children. Even when parents try to attend the development of. Children they are not capable to understand that development of children is thwarted by anemia. Generally if a child has hemoglobin less than 12 gin, he is called anemic. But the symptoms of anemia are visible even before a child goes under 12 gm. The reason is that in other cells of the body, iron is already lower than required. The main symptoms of anemia in children are less hunger, hindrance in increase in weight and height, peevish nature, paucity of natural alertness and vitality. An anemic child loses the disease fighting capacity. Because of this the children get pneumonia, pain in the stomach and typhoid repeatedly If the hemoglobin goes down lower than 5 gin the heart of the child stops working properly It is not necessary that in India as well as in the whole world only poor children get anemia. Children from well to do family also are found anemic. About 5 to 10% of such children pass through serious conditions. Generally anemia is of many varieties. But mainly there are two types, (1) where elemental iron is less (2) where there is shortage of nutritive food. Besides anemia, children suffer from thalassemia. Children falling a prey to anemia are such where 90% of the children have less of iron or nutritive elements. If the food of children does not contain sufficient iron and protein children can get anemia. A newborn baby has in its body 0.5 gm of iron, whereas an adult body contains 5 gin of iron. This would indicate that considering the efficiency of absorption of food in intestine (this is normally 10%) daily food intake must contain 10 mg of iron. Thus, more 4.5 gin of iron is needed. To meet this target the intestine must absorb and supply to the body a minimum of 1 mg iron daily Besides this the amount of protein in food should also be enough, so that necessary amount of hemoglobin in required proportion will be available in the body. Normally children like bazaar foods. In America such foods are made available by the widespread chains like McDonald, Pizza-huts, Taco-bell, which market fast foods, toffees, chocolates, savory, samosa, pizza, pasta, or coke and similar cold drinks. But most of these foods are made from all-purpose flour (starch); children hardly absorb any protein or iron from such foods. Even if some slight measure is available it is almost nil. The parents have a wrong impression that the children are eating something, but what they eat will initially increase their weight, but later on make them prey to anemia. Nutritive as well as balanced food is available from home preparations like cooked food, all types of cereals, lentils, pulses, vegetables, fruits, and milk and fruit juices. Suppose a child is anemic. It is possible that the child may develop rickets there after which is a type of bone diseases. It is essential to consult a doctor and get proper examination carried out immediately in order to establish the need for iron and vitamin B complex in the blood of the child. Doctors can advise only after full examination. Children suffer from loss of hunger. They start disliking food. At that time it is no doubt possible to give them medicines for making them hungry, here the practice of Asana, Pranayama and Dhyana can be of great help to the children for making them naturally hungry. However, if a child is hardly six month or one or two years old, it is advisable to give this child, who can hardly understand, required medicine. When a child is very young the parents should exercise self-control and patience. During my tour through America, I observed many children suffering from anemia. The parents go to work from the early morning. The children will eat what they like readily from the refrigerator. When the children return from school the parents are yet not available, the food then also will be similar type. During weekends (Saturday/Sunday) all continue sleeping till late hours. The time is consumed in laundry, weekly purchase and social calls. This way the children are neglected. Although America has developed on the medical and science fields to a great extent the children reared develop many physical and mental diseases as well as despondence and dejection. I have observed such children whose height was 10 to 15 cm less for their age
151

and their weight was 4 to 6 kg lower than standard. But in my tour repeated after six months I have observed them quite healthy because of timely treatment given. Another common condition of anemia arises from thalassemia. This is a hereditary disease. The main reason for this disease is insufficient production or almost nil production of hemoglobin in the body The main type of thalassemia is beta-thalassemia where because of the defect in beta-chain, hemoglobin goes on reducing. In the whole world about 18 crores people carry genes of beta-thalassemia. About 2.5 crores of such persons reside in India only Every year about one lakh children in the world and about 8000 children in India are born with thalassemia. In the whole world children suffer from this disease except in the country of Cyprus. In India this disease is rampant in North Eastern states, whereas in America the people who are paid under social security, their children are neglected more; because the so called social security money is spent out in pubs and bars. The symptoms of this disease are discernible by the time a child reaches an age of 5 to 6 months only this disease can be diagnosed by Hb-Electro-foresis or P.C.R. It is essential for the& future of the child that the diagnosis of this disease is made as quickly and as early as possible. If it is found necessary, such a child has to be regularly given blood transfusion so that the content of hemoglobin does not go down under 10 gin. And thereby no defect or harm is caused to any organ of the body as a result of anemia. Many a times, difficult anemic children require monthly blood transfusion. Such type of blood should not be obtained from any unknown source or from professional blood donors because such professional donors lose their original capacity of hemoglobin recouping capacity of blood. By regular blood transfusion the quantum of iron in the body of the child is maintained, but it is quite possible that more iron than necessary in the body could result in damage. It is therefore essential that every two or three months a test of iron contents be made by a serum ferretin examination. Children suffering from thalassemia should not be fed red meat, eggs-yoke and spinach. Such of the items, which contain higher percentage of iron, should not be permitted. Such condition should be allowed to drink more tea because tenin contained in tea absorbs or draws in iron element available in the intestines. The abdominal relaxation process or Sivananda Pranayama also affords an additional advantage. (See Hypertension) Spread a blanket or a warm cloth on the ground, spread a cotton towel on the same and lie down with back on the ground and facing upwards. The main reason for this type of blanket being spread and sleeping there in is that when concentrate over mind and perform Pranayama, the energy or capability in form of electrical charge that gets produced from such concentrations may not be conveyed away to the ground. It is the characteristic of ground to conduct away electricity hence at the time when we sit for meditation, Pranayama or concentration one should use a spread which is not a conductor of electricity. Lie down on your back, bend the legs from knees. Keep equal distance between the legs, see that the two knees do not touch each other Keep the heels near the buttocks with the distance enough to ensure that they do not touch the buttocks. Keep both the hands parallel to the body and the palms facing upwards. Now inhale as slowly as possible and exhale also slowly concentrate on the navel. Because the mind here gets concentrated on the solar plexus, the mind is drawn away from surrounding atmosphere hence the body gradually gets relaxed. But the oxygen lying above the navel and the Apana Vayu lying under the navel both get together and awaken Samana Vayu. And the energy created thereby distributes any element found short in, any organ is known as eeshta apoorte poorta. Eeshta means proper, Apoorta. This means lesser and Poorta means sufficient or enough. Thus whichever element is insufficient in the body the same element is sent at the spot in enough quantity. In arranging for missing elements in the blood practice of Pranayama, relaxation, concentration and meditation, play a very major role.
152

When one lies down with legs bent from the knees and knees pointing upward, the blood circulation in the thighs and parts of the lower body reduces and intestines get enough good quantity of blood. Increase of working capacity of intestines creates a new process of sending the iron that is produced additionally in the various organs of the body in the similar manner one can sit facing East on Padmasana, Sukhasana, Siddhasana or Swastikasana or Vajrasana on a blanket spread on the ground in the early morning hours before sunrise and one can practice Pranayama. The practice of Shitali Pranayama specially is useful for supply of oxygen in a greater quantity. For the performance of Shitali Pranayama One has to prepare a tube shape by turning the tongue tubular. One has to inhale through this tube shaped tongue kept in between two lips; the incoming breath has to be kept in for sometime. While exhaling, the breath is to be taken out through the nose. If the breath is simply inhaled and exhaled, this process is known as Anuloma and Viloma that is Puraka and Rechaka. The proportion of time to be maintained is 1:2. That means to the time spent in exhaling will be twice the time spent in inhaling, that is, the exhaling is at half the speed of inhaling. If the breath is to be retained inside then the proportion for inhaling and keeping inside, then exhaling, and keeping outside will be in the order and proportion of 1:4:2:4. In the initial stages it may not be possible to maintain the proportion for these four. If it is not possible in thebeginning this should go gradually increased. Never make any hurry or haste in inhaling, or exhaling. The belly should expand when you breathe in and the belly should get inside when you exhale. In the execution of all breathing exercises this fact has to be perfectly observed.

Padmasana (Fig67)

Sidhasana (Fig-68)

Swastikasana ( Fig 69)

Sukhasana (Fig70)

For performance of Shitali Pranayama tongue is to be turned in a straight tube but all people may not be able
to achieve this. Such persons should extend the tongue outside the mouth and turn the tongue inside in such
153

a way that the tip of tongue turns inside towards back of the tongue; you can then keep this tongue turned in behind the rows of the a teeth and inhale deeply making a sound like si.......... si............... si................The rest of the rules apply as in the case of Shitali Pranayama. The latter Pranayama is known as Shit-kari Pranayama. If these two Pranayamas are performed in the early morning before sunrise, a very good digestive power is observed, hunger increases, blood gets purified. (1) Proper food (2) correct treatment and (3) the practice of Pranayama these three have proved very valuable for the production of hemoglobin and necessary elements in the blood in the pure form (see hyper-acidity). The patient of anemia should initially start with practice of Pranayama and light exercises like Trikonasana and its different forms. Thereafter, Sarvangasana and Suryanamaskara should also be practiced. All these are very natural for the children. If the child is younger than 12 years then in place of Sarvangasana, child can practice Viparitakarani-mudra. The practice of Yoga-mudra is found useful for purification of blood and increase of blood cells. We are the architects of our lives. Do not allow enemy to grow and to be powerful. No sooner one knows about the existence of an enemy he should be forcefully brought under control. If this much is done, then well-composed health is easily attainable through Yoga. OM SHANTIH!

154

MALE REPRODUCTIVE DISORDERS On the borders of Bharat at Kargil, Punch, Rajouri, Leh and Ladakh, there is a bitter cold for all the twelve months and in the winter, barracks are covered by snow and the Army Javans have to sit continuously in this community residential places. The oxygen contents of the air are also much less. Under such conditions the Javans should hardly walk 4 kms a day and their stay in the mountain for longer periods do not allow, blood circulation in sufficient proportions. Under the circumstances, people living at heights of 1O, 12,or 15 thousand feet from sea level suffer from reduction of sexual desire. Those Javans who stay in such snow covered mountaintops and who visit their families for a month or two on vacation after a period of a year or a year and a half suffer from impotence. When this matter was known to Defense Institute of Medical and Allied Sciences, which is an Army Organization, they created a special Medical Board to find out a solution to this problem. It was ultimately decided that soldiers should not go over directly from snow covered peaks of mountains to their homes but should gradually be sent down from the mountains to the sea-level. But it was found that soldiers could not afford to remain at lower levels for six months before returning to their homes. In those very days Major General M.L. Chibber AVSM, PVSM, Padma Bhushan, Ph.D. who was the (G.O.C) General Officer commanding of Northern Command invited Sivananda Ashram, Rishikesh to depute some programme in Yoga and by the express desire of my Gurudev Pujyapada Shreemat Swami Chidanandaji Maharaj, a training programme of full 40 days was arranged at Udhampur. Udhampur is the head quarter of Northern Command. A teacher training Shibir was organized at that place. An order was proclaimed that only those Army officers who were willing to train other Army officers and soldiers should enroll for this Yoga training programme for teaching and it should be out of their own volition. Looking at the age of the trainee officers and the ranks of such officers, 50 trainee officers were given a training of Yoga-trainers for a period of 30 days. All those trainee officers used to train 50 other soldiers and officers daily what they were taught everyday. In this way at the end of 30 days 50 + 2500, besides other J.C.O.S, totaling 3000 Army Javans and officers arranged a ground and astonishing Yoga-demonstrations. The Leh-Ladakh scout officers arranged this demonstration. This training is now introduced in Leh-Ladakh. The response of the Army mens residence in that area was obtained after six months and it was learnt that they could easily now cover daily five to ten kms. By walking. In the earlier after snowfall, as the oxygen content in the air decreased heavily, soldiers and officers were hardly moving out of the barracks. Now they not only move out but also go in long tracking exercise and are now capable of walking 20 to 25 kms a day. The special effect of this training was felt on development of lungs, availability of enough of oxygen and supply of blood in enough quantity to the glands situated in the hollow girdle bone of back itself. Thereby their genital organs did not suffer any reduction in capacity. They were already capable both physically and mentally and now their main personal private life problem was also solved. male reproductive organs consist of testicles, different glands of epididymis, vas deferens, semen collection center, ejaculatory ducts and the genitals. There are other procreation departments like prostate gland, bulbo urethral glands etc. the reproductive system performs the main job of preparation of the semen and keeping the self-propelled organization of impregnation ever-ready In addition of course there is the more common human requirement of satisfying the sexual urge.
155
The

Where can various problems arise in this entire system? They are: 1. There may be some defects in the genitals or in exceptional cases genitals may not exist. 2. The amount of spermatozoa in the semen may be lesser than required or may not be there at all. 3. Physical incapacity or non-existence of procreation capacity or aversion. In majority of the cases one may not really find anything lacking in the procreation system of the male but because of the mental tension or due to advanced age of procreation system may have lost interest. The most complicated problem of man reproductive system is incapacity of the semen to procreate. On the procreation area the biggest misunderstanding being created is that the female may have some defect but in the procreation system of females you can hardly find any defects. Out of all the problems one third of those are as a result of spermatozoa being almost nil in the male semen. In such circumstances described above the males are not impotent. They are abbe bodied. They are handsome, with firm well-built body, having beautiful structured body and capable of rendering the lady partner sexual satisfaction through making the genitals capable and vigorous for copulation. Even then the defect could be in having not enough spermatozoa in the semen. DETAILS OF THE CONTENTS OF SEMEN: Normal healthy semen has following details 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Quantity: between 2 to 5 ml (normal estimate is 3 to 5 ml) Quantum of spermatozoa: 60 to 120 million per ml. Motility: 80% to 90%. Morphology: 80% normal (oval head, neck and tail) PH: acidic. Liquefaction: Fructose: Positive

The most suitable specimen of semen can either be obtained through masturbation or in chemical laboratory If one wants to have a correct examination and get correct chemical results as well as get proper estimate of actual situation, it is essential that at least 4 to 5 days before getting the specimen for examination there should be no wastage of semen. One should not encourage the specimen of semen, brought in by use of a condom, which is normally used for family planning. Such types of condoms are filled with certain chemicals, which do not allow the correct condition of the semen to be retained; the correct position could get altered and thus the correct report of the condition of semen may not be obtained. No final decision can be arrived at by basing the outcome on report of only one laboratory exact diagnosis of the disease can also not be made. Hence it is necessary that after the first examination of semen, 15 days later a second sample should be obtained and after thorough examination one should arrive at a definite decision and then only proper treatment should be obtained.
156

The sperm in a specimen of semen gets affected both in quantity and in capability of procreation if a person is habituated to take intoxicants like liquor or smoking as well as chewing tobacco; insufficient intake of nutritive food, too hot a climate or stay in a place where there is tremendous mid. After repeated testing of semen at three separate laboratories a person can be branded as an azoospermic or a no-sperm person. These days in western countries of Europe, America etc. a vegetable known as Marijuana plant also called Cannabis sativa is employed in a big quantity for increase of spermatozoa. By the use of this medicine the number as well as vitality of spermatozoa increases to a great extent. In our country experiments are carried out for chewing and eating green wheat sprouts expecting that this add to power and capacity of semen. We can call this process spermatogenesis and embryogenesis. We may now make some observations on the chemical condition of semen.
1.

CRYPTORCHIDISM: In some cases either both or one testicle may be under-developed or immature or they may remain in the abdomen only In such cases a male although has had a perfect conjugal and sexual partnership, he will be branded an incapable of procreation. Under such circumstances even without use of medicines, operation could bring fruitful results. 2. VARICOCELE (tortuous dilated blood vessels in the scrotum): One of the principal reasons for insufficient spermatozoa in male semen which could result in non-procreation is that as a result of high temperature in the internal secreting glands of male reproductive system. 3. If there are glands or nodules, which hinder the forceful and speedy ejection of semen, this could also be one of the main reasons for incapability of procreation. 4. There can be some hindrance or disease inside the tube of the gentile organ like urethritis, epididymitis, prostatitis etc. 5. It is also possible that some hindrance or disease in the testicles may result in plenty of blood coming out of the genital organ, which may result in weakness, and procreation may not be possible. 6. SCROTAL HYPERTHERMIA: The temperature of testicles of such persons remains higher than required for a long period. There are certain persons who work in vicinity of hot kilns, some persons put on very tight underwear whereas some people take bath with extra hot water. In such circumstances persons can have sexual disorder, which can be treated by hypothermia. The persons whose quantum of spermatozoa is found lesser than required, can get a big advantage by this treatment of hypothermia. But those persons who exhibit no spermatozoa that are those who are in the condition of azoospermia (no sperm count), do not have any special effect.For the treatment of hypothermia the special instrument for hypothermia could be used for proper treatment. If following the medical advice long term use of such underwear is made than an appreciably big difference in number of spermatozoa could be created. You can remove such special underwear only at time of having a bath or at the time of sexual intercourse; it is advisable to put on this special underwear for the rest of period as long as possible. This is a nonchemical treatment. The underwear is easy to put on and is light. By putting this on no sexual disorder is created. Therefore this is widely recognized.

157

7.If the prostate gland has grown to a huge extent, it can create disorganization of sexual life. It is likely that the male sexual life will be imbalance. If a couple has no children and if they are getting treatment by some medical persons, they should ensure that the personal life of the male should be examined initially and the problems observed therein should be first solved. Check up whether sexual life has got ebb as a result of having no children. It is essential that sufficient investigation should be undertaken for this cause. If a married couple remains childless for a pretty long period there is a possibility of internal strife but the greater possibility is that in the sexual life of the male can have insufficiency of coitus. 8.IMPOTENCE: This indicates that one has to spend a long time in the erection of phallus or the genital organs may be completely inactive or the ejection of the semen may take longer time or semen may not get ejected at all. Normally such occurrences are a result of psychological reasons, it is not impossible to get the solution to this problem by psychiatric treatment. Besides the above, patients suffering from diabetes, renal disease, trauma or consumption of some medicine for a very long period can also result in impotency in such circumstances one can undertake: (1) Psychological treatment (2) Medical aids and medicines (3) Vitalizing by mechanical means or by penile implants. 9.LIBIDO: If a person remain ever ready for sexual intercourse and regularly has a go or if he continues having daily sexual intercourse, then by such long term habit a man can stop procreating. 1O.STIMULATION: The male genital organ should essentially be capable of full excitement so that the organ should remain absolutely straight and erect than only he can enjoy the intercourse in a proper manner.If the genital organ is comparatively very short it is known as microfilms. If the genital organ is having too much of bends in it, this is termed hemi-hyper-trophy. The nonstimulation of the phallus is the main cause of impotence. But males upto to age of 60 hardly gets impotence due to this reason. If younger people have insufficiency of erection of the genital organ the main reason could be as described above, namely mental fear, worry, trauma, diabetes, etc. 11.ORGASM: (Experiencing tension at the time of sexual intercourse as a result of physical or mental stimulation) This is a very normal situation. One does experience very severe stimulation in the initial stage of copulation as well as during continuation of the process. But before the ejection of the semen one experiences in this condition the most blissful experience, which results in, a mental bliss experienced by the male partner. This type of condition is a common experience, which takes place just before the ejaculation of semen. This is a necessary process. There is no special capacity found essential for the stimulation that one gets at the time of sexual intercourse or at the time of ejaculation of semen. 12. Male procreation problem can also arise because of the addiction to alcohol, narcotics, and tobacco and antihypertensive drugs. In all these conditions if some mental understanding is achieved, if in the conjugal life some amount of give and take is allowed and if the couple tries to have mutual understanding, goodwill and equipoise, then the majority of the problems of procreation by males can be solved. Yogabhyas removes mental tensions. The working capacity of the body increases to a huge extent. In addition body gets elastic, mental equilibrium is attained and blood circulation
158

system gets extra advantages. By the practice of meditation mind becomes pacific and the mental composure as well as happiness becomes more attuned to understand the life partner for full co-operation in life. By the regular practice of Yogasana, Pranayama and meditation a novel insight, an inspiration, is obtained for the grasping of the nature all around, atmosphere and the world around. All the above discussion points out to the fact that as much more blood should be pumped in the pelvic, girdle of the waist so that a good solution can be reache4 at for the sexual problem. It can thus seen that male reproductive disorder could draw a good help by practice of Suryanamaskara, Trikonasana, Sarvangasana, Matsyasana, Halasana, Paschimottanasan, Bhujangasana, Shalbhasana, Dhanurasana, Chakrasana, Ardha-Matsyendrasana Yogamudra, and Bhastrika Pranayma, Shavasana, Sukhpurvaka Pranayama as well as meditation. In addition Karnapidasana, Godohanmudra, Mahamudra and Yoganidra can be practiced for additional help. KARNAPIDASANA: 1. Lie down with the back on ground. (See fig. 71) 2. Heels and paws touching each other. Palms of hands on ground. 3. Inhale slowly, do not bend knees. Raise both legs. Take both legs on the backside towards the head till paws of both the legs touch the ground. Exhale when belly gets pressed. 4. The above posture is Halasana. Now bend knees and let Both knees touch both the ears on both sides on ground. 5. Take both the hands on backside of knees and touch the ears by this process of hands. This is called Karnapidasana. In this position, there will be ample blood circulation in pelvic girdle. 6. To return to starting position, make no hurry, extend hands the ground on backside on back. Extend legs towards the head. 7. Slowly with no haste at all, without bending the knees, legs from present position of legs, which are near the head, towards the hands, come down, and breath normally.

Karnapidasana (Fig71)
GODOHANAMUDRA:

1. Heels and paws be kept touching each other. Stand vertically straight in Tadasana, palms of hands touching thighs, with eyes closed and keep an angle of 450 between paws of both legs. Now try to go in a sitting posture so that weight will be borne by paws of both legs. To achieve above posture, you will have to widen both the knees on naturally
159

opposite directions. Now heels will go up from ground and will get nearer to each other now bring both the hands opposite the chest and make a pose similar to that for milking a cow. Close the fists, keep thumbs outside the fists and stand in a standing mountain posture. 2. The whole body weight is borne on paws of legs while one sits in a semi-standingssitting posture, with pose as if one were milking cow.

Godohana Mudra (Fig72)

Lord Mahavir Swami realized absolute knowledge in this posture, it is narrated! In this posture, testicles derive maximum blood flow.
MAHAMUDRA:

1. Sit on ground with legs stretched in the front thereafter heel of left leg should be placed at perineum place which is situated on a seam joining scrotum and anus (see Diabetes-3) 2. Exhale and lean forward. The extended right leg paw be hold by right hand, and bring the left hand from above the head to catch heels of the heel of right leg. In this posture, testicles get extra blood supply.

Pada. Angusthasana (Fig73)

160

PADA-ANGUSTHASANA: Sit on paw of left leg; keeping heel of left leg in perineum and right leg is kept in left thigh. One has to assume a semi standing-cum-sitting posture, balancing on only one paw. In this position, testicles obtain plenty of blood supply. YOGA-NIDRA: 1. Lie down on the ground, in a manner similar to Shavasana. 2. Relax the whole body 3. Feel an experience that fingers and thumbs of both the hands soles of feet, heels, ankles, knees, leg muscles, thighs, buttocks, belly, chest, palms of hands, fingers and thumbs of hands, wrists of hands, lower hands, elbows, upper hands, arm-pits, shoulders, waist, back, neck, both the lips, cheeks, nose, ears, eyes, forehead, scalp of head, arms all relaxed. (See Asthma -2) 4. Listen to beating of your heart; concentrate mind on respiratory process. This relaxation process can aid development of mental power and provide satisfaction in sexual demand.
OM SHANTIH!

161

DEPRESSION
Lord Shri Krishna has said in Shrimad Bhagavad Geeta that mind is the source of happiness or unhappiness experienced by a human being. Saints corroborated this statement by a Hindi saying, which means, If mind loses, a man loses, if mind feels it has won, man wins. It is thus not necessary that a man facing depression in mind have not necessarily to be of a particular type or stage of a human being. Beginning with a child till one attains a tottering old age this mental depression can arise out of any event or situation whatsoever. Our wishes, desires and hopes are unlimited. Whenever our desires are not satisfied, at that time ego of our mind feels hurt and responds by a reaction. Mental pain resulting from such displeasure results in anger, this creates hypertension and if the vehemence or spars of anger is too fast or terribly quick, it can even result in brain hemorrhage. If there is any hindrance in achieving excellence, peace and well-defined life, it is human mind only. A human body is not a solid material it is not even an apparent element, it is also a material which can be touched nor can it be sensually enjoyed. Existence of a human mind has never been directly experienced. Human mind is subtlest element. It is also greater than the greatest. Its vastness has never been measured. It has remained unfathomable in depth. Even though it is insentient it appears sentient. It has no adjuncts of sound, touch, form, liquidity or smell, even then if anything seen here gets out of place; mind takes up a big dispute. On a trained level, where mind is intelligent it is clear aware and conscious where as a raw-mind can be confused and misleading. The great commentator Lord Adi Shankaracharya has declared: I am neither mind, intellect, sub-conscious mind or the ego. If this is so how on earth does it strike that I am not so and so?Where do the decisions and counter decisions arise? Intellect is an element where rise and falls of decisions and counter-decisions arise, ebbs and tides also form, where one either doubts or has faith, where such a mind can decide about the propriety and impropriety, where that mind can decide about the propriety and impropriety, where that mind can decide and draw conclusions. When one holds that his thinking only is correct. His decision only should be upheld. His conscious only could be correct. This type of stubborn and dogged nature indicates ego. The subconscious mind collects all the real and imaginary works, thoughts and events. Mind, intellect, sub-conscious mind or ego is not separate elements. These are four different forms of one and the same element operating in four different working fields. If we keep a red or yellow flower behind a pure crystal, we feel that the crystal is either red or yellow. Similarly mind also assumes the form of a substance or an item with which it comes in contact. The contamination of the contact brings the mind to move on a swing of feelings and emotions. Emotionalism is not a virtue; it is an exhibition of weakness of mind. As a result of improper contact desires and wishes arise high. When such desires, wishes and hopes turn into strong inclinations and when these inclinations or impressions are not fulfilled, the ego and mine ness result in anger, which is absolutely blind. It immediately renders human mind clouded. Mental aberration is a condition of clouded mind. This hypnotized condition cannot take into account the propriety or impropriety, the goodness or badness of any action. This therefore, leads the life towards incapacity of remembering anything. This loss of memory results in destruction of intellect. This resulting loss of intelligence brings down the edifice of complete
162

consciousness to the ground as if it were a structure made out of playing cards such an individual not only destroys his own family but also damages the connected society. Most important aspect to be ascertained under all such circumstances is the sudden evolution of such a depression. If the human life very easily and without relation of any complication purifies the life, the feeling of depression cannot arise at all. A young teenager girl enters prime of life. Born in a good civilized family, educated up to graduate level, full of good qualities and very beautiful is this young girl. Even before she realizes the wishes of the prime of life she comes in contact with a youth. As is usual this social lane is accustomed to have a go with raw girls unaware of the ways of life; this unwarranted behavior can create in the life of the teenager girl a flood of feelings, emotions and internal enthusiasm. The creation and destruction of reality can create a terrible disturbance in the life of a simple-minded girl. The teenager nurtures in her mind ideas about pure love and pious relation and such chain of thoughts just goes down the drain; the depression resulting out of such condition is very dangerous and difficult. Mind is not a toy created from clay. That is why it is said, The three things mind, pearl and glass once broken cannot be rejoined or repaired. This is a matter similar to a knot tied in a silk thread; tie a knot once and even though it is opened out the twist and the wrinkles would not be removed. The serpent leaves the place but the terrible perversion marks in the dust of the road that thus created, generate a terrible effect and develop destruction, which is very painful. Entry of a youth in the happy and peaceful life of an innocent fascinated young girt ruins her. The rejuvenation of life of that depressed teenager is a very hard task. The occasions like failing in an examination gathering a setback in a love affair, ups and downs in a business, incidents of honor and disrespect; disturb the mind and cause terrible depression in the mind. A loss sustained in speculation or in brokerage of cotton and transactions of shares gives an accidental push, which creates a fall generating depression initially and the mental tension that results could cause a serious paralytic attack.

Fire cannot be separated from its nature of burning. Similarly mind cannot be separated from its nature of sustaining ups and down. This process of likes and dislikes, this is good and that is bad vacillates the mind. This pendulum like movement is the cause of unrest and disquiet. If such problems do not arise the mind will feel powerless. The entire nature is made up of three qualities of Sattva, Rajas and Tamas (purity, activity and ignorance). The result of quality of activity is lust and anger, even a very powerful man may also fall a prey to lust and anger. Very big personalities are also caught up in the square of money, women, fame and reputation. When a person is over whelmed by happiness, depression results. A mother-in-law of a big well-known family expects many services from the wife of the son. The simple fact that there is a big age difference between the mother-in-law and daughter-in-law is not easily gulped down. For most of the time the son and the newly married wife enjoy in their dream world and the mother-in-law feels panicky about something having gone astray So far the son used to sit with the mother while going for business and returning there from Mother used to sit with him for late hours at night; now his love for mother has lessened. Now he has turned mad for the wife and such other reasons creates depression. The situation is very simple; but the mothers feeling about her seniority being jeopardized is the feeling, which creates this dislike.
163

It is but natural that the love that binds husband and wife before the birth of a child gets divided and distributed after a new baby enters the house. Thereafter the wife is not merely a wife; she is also a mother. As against all the above facts; if a daughter-in-law assumes full responsibility of the whole family on a new entry in the house, looks after father-in-law, elder brother-in-law, younger brother-in-law and young and old alike and family members always go on praising her, the mother-in-law feels the lack of seniority created in her position and that creates depression. We are not accustomed to accept the situation as it is. We are not satisfied with whatever we have, whatever we get, and whatever we obtain. We keenly desire to have what we have not; what we have not been able to obtain and which we cannot get. We may not be even aware of the existence or otherwise of an item yet we make unfruitful efforts to obtain the thing of our dreams! All these mental problems are the creators of depression. Psychiatrists consider depression as a psychological inequilibrium. In such a situation a man nurtures dislike for himself, takes himself an improper person, feels that he is useless and of no avail, he is wrong, he is sorrowful, he is helpless and he is absolutely useless. A slightly clouded sky will get cleared with sunrise. But a sky, which is full of tornado and typhoon, will create terrible destruction before it gets cleared. The sudden loss of a family member creates a situation similar to an accidental cyclone that brings in tremendous distress A man surrounded by the pain of separation and who has gone deep into the eyes of mental depression also falls a prey to the various wrong habits. The man who gets caught by the demoniacal paws of mental deterioration suffers from two types of depression (1) Physical (2) Mental. A person can suffer pain in the hands and feet, he may feel lazy, he will show no interest in any type of work, he will have no interest in meeting and mixing with people. The bodily pain, heaviness in the head, peevish nature, schizophrenic, not feeling hungry, sleeplessness, and one feels his life a burden and life feels fully depressed. The present day situation of the human society reveals that 20% of the population is more or less in claws of depression, but this depression is like the winter season. With the advent of spring the trees get new foliage. Some depressions are so shallow, but 25% of the population is permanently under the claws of permanent depression. This depression can affect anyone, old or young. This type of depression can affect people of any level in the society; the blood is red whether you are poor or rich. People may be rich or poor but all are affected to a similar degree of internal feelings. A very deep examination has revealed that ladies suffer depression much more than the males. Ambitious people as well as people from the lower strata of society suffer more from depression. Blind people suffer from shortage of mental endurance power. Such blind people as well as those who have prejudice about their coming from backward class of the society also suffer from depression. Rich people keep green plants and flower vases in their verandas, sitting rooms, bathrooms and sleeping rooms but these flower vases have to be kept once every two to three days under an open sky for the whole night to give them dew bath, fresh natural air, draw from moonlight under the open sky look at the shining bright stars. Similarly every week at least for one day they are to be brought in heavy sunshine under the open sky it is thus clear that the plant, which gets hot under the sun, which gets cold under the moon, remains healthy and strong. Similarly if one closes himself within walls of a house, in the long run creates dejection and gloom, which is the cause of depression.
164

As long as the depression creates a life of quietness, apathy, gloom and disinterest, the same affects the man concerned and at the most the near and dear family members, but if this depression turns bipolar or mental depression, the nature of the man concerned turns destructive. This type of condition is not permanent. The depression creates waves in the mind, which are very painful and troublesome. The person concerned is not mad. A ghost does not affect him but just as an accidental flood creates destruction, similarly here also individual or the society all suffer darkness and gloom in the life around. Whenever a patient suffers a bipolar or mental depression, he hardly knows what he does or he does not even know what is happening all around him. However, when the bout of depression subsides, the patient becomes very sorry and feels as if he were living a lifeless non-vital life. It is possible that he may not find interest in any food or any work. This is quite natural because for a mind, which is depressed, one cannot expect concentration. The depressed person has his thinking capacity very much reduced, he feels his strength has reduced, he feels that he is useless to the society, he is helpless, he is hopeless, not only that but his conjugal life as well as sexual life gets entirely depressed. He may only think of death or suicide. It is quite possible that such a person may resort to suicide. In the attack of mental depression, one type is a destructive activity but a person can also be too much talkative, as an effect of a rush of fast approaching thoughts, a person may accidentally undertake many activities. Lust increases. The behavior, which is not backed by proper thought, will result in action, which has lesser efficiency and causes greater loss. By approaching a psychiatrist, for timely advice and treatment, depression of all types can be controlled. Two types of medicines are specially employed. Tricyclic or tetracyclic and monoamine oxide inhibitors (MAOI). All the medicines have to be supported by necessary and nutritive proper food. Foods like cheese, beer, wine, chicken, chicken-liver etc have a capacity of adding of tyramine elements in the food. But all these foods also work in increasing blood pressure. To bring the depression down to nil level it is advisable to consume fresh vegetables, fresh juices of fresh fruits, sprouted grains, skimmed milk without cream and the like. One should go for a long walk in the early morning hours in clear atmosphere; one should sit for meditation early morning, at noontime, in the evening and at night for 15 to 20 minutes. Deep breathing, Shitali, Shitkari, Sukhpurvaka Pranayamas should be regularly practiced. One should practice Shavasana, Yoganidra and Suryanamaskara. A study of good books, company of people of matured thought and positive thinking, company of people who can infuse faith, inspire and leave deep impression would be of much help. The patient should go on repeating to his mind I am quite well, I am quite healthy, I am quite composed. He should continue thinking that all around is beautiful, all around is auspicious, and then everything will turn out beautiful, healthy, sound and happy Depressed patient can perform all the flexibility exercises and all the Asanas. However, Suryanamaskara, Sravangasana, Matsyasana, Halasana, Vajrasana, Ushtrasana, Shavasana and practice of Pranayama and meditation will clear all depression and will surely enlighten the life by rejuvenation and lightening the lamp of hopeful life.
OM SHANTIH !

165

MEMORY
Shree Ravikumar from Sandiago (USA) had been for shopping. He parked his car in the car parking area, booked the order and directed to dispatch the material to his house. He went to another shopping complex and returned to his house by a taxi. In the evening the family had some program for outside tour. They joined together but when they came out they found that the car was not there in the garage. Oh! The key is in the pocket, where is the car then? The wife found out a solution, she tried to remember the various places visited. Oh! Yes! Our car must be in the parking plot, the ticket also is here; payment for seven hours parking charges is a bonus! Professor Narendra Shukla with his wife came to see me at Daskakas house in Amdavad (Gujarat), India. They must have spent almost an hour with me. When they left I joined them up to the gate of the bungalow. I requested them to close the door. Both alighted the scooter. Mrs. Shukla got down and closed the door; during that time the professor had already left. On reaching the house professor did not find his Mrs. About fifteen minutes must have passed and when we phoned his residence professor was in a flurry; where is she? She is nowhere, you have left her here! One knows professors to be absent minded. This was one unique example. One can narrate so many such instances. Mrs. gave a long list; kindly bring these items in the evening, but in the evening no material is brought. Why? The list itself was forgotten. As an advance preparation for an operation instruments are counted and kept well arranged in the theatre. On completion of the operation a count is taken of used pieces and those that are left behind. Why? Exactly to satisfy that through oversight no item is left inside the opened part of the body, which is ultimately sutured. So many stories of scissors for operation and cigarette stubs left over in the person operated are a source of cartoons in our country as well as abroad. We read about this so often.

These incidents of forgetting, not remembering, are something like a ghost of family problem. We have so many times observed persons trying to remember something and exploring in their heads; this goes to indicate that the memory is stored in the brain. The head contains two important organs-cerebrum and cerebellum that is a large brain and a small brain. Besides these there is a pituitary gland situated behind the eyebrows in the forehead and a penal gland situated behind it. There are so many other centers for sensitivity and knowledge. If all these organs get enough food continuously by our awareness, these organs can remain active. Physical knowledge about the exact spot where memory is stored in the brain is known to a very limited extent. So many research scholars maintains that memory is stored in a particular part of the brain. Where as others say that most of the brain is employed for storage of memory. Both these researchers are to a smaller or greater extent, correct. Medical people working on brain system say that storage of memory in the brain is divided out in two parts. Initially the matter is remembered for a short time where as the second part deals with storage for longer duration. In the beginning the matter to be remembered gets deposited in the compartment where the same is stored normally for short period, but thereafter if this stored information is not transferred from short time memory storage section to long time memory storage area, that information is lost to memory.
The research scholar and Pundits of science of the body maintain that there are separate sections in the brain for storing items to be remembered for different subjects. For telephone system there is only one main wire but the numbered connections to each house are different. Programme of different channel is receivable on the same screen; similarly power for memory about different subjects is stored in different parts of the brain. Certain parts of the brain known as hippocampus and thalamus mostly store the vibrations of the capacity for memory this part is situated on the outer side of the brain. This is similar to the bark of a tree. Spatial memories are mostly laid in this storage house. On the other side of the brain more sensitive elements amygdala and thalamus get stored. Research students also hold that such of the memories which when stored add to the working efficiency or intuition is stored at a special place in the brain. Our body contains energy in the form of Prana, Apana, Udana, Vyana and Samans. The Manas or subconscious element is supervised by the Prana energy this is the high cadre psychological capacity of the brain. It is known as the heart of the head where higher psychical activities are carried out. Its constitution or construction is in the front rounded
166

portion of the cerebrum. The memory is stored in this knowledge preservation part of the brain. The subconscious mind is also a principal place for storage of memories. This faculty of memory or remembrance power does the job of storing a thought process about on object or subject in a subtle way and when necessary it does the work of supplying the desired information. This retentive power is a center for education and contemplation. Psychologists describe the power of remembrance or the power of retentively in four sections: (1) Recollection (2) Recall (3) Recognition (4) Relearning. Memory or remembrance is one where on occurrence of any event or any fact, the same is retained in the brain to a greater or smaller extent. When we meet a certain person after a lapse of thirty five to forty years, what is the basis of our recognizing him? During the long period that person must have gone through so many ups and down as well as ebbs and tides, his form and physiognomy may have turned either black or white, the physique may have gone obese or may have been absolutely thin, he might be wearing good clothes, must be using scents, must be well groomed if he is happy or if he has lost in his business he may be wearing a downiest face, deep-set eyes, dry flying hair, slip-shod clothes, torn shoes, and husky voice; with all the above changes suffered by a man in the thirty five to forty years, can recognize him? Yes, a man may change his physique or even the color but a man hardly changes his nature. Tamarind may be raw or ripe, it may even go rotten but it does not lose its sour taste. An onion can be opened out layer by layer, yet it will not lose its smell till end. Sugar can never be bitter. A lime cannot be sweet. Ice is always cold. Heat up milk and it will surely boil out. In summer you will always have hot air blowing. Sand will feel very hot in summer and cold in winter. The principal cause of all these is the physical nature of those materials. A palace may have gone dilapidated; even then on having a look at that broken down edifice we can always visualize the magnificence of the building. Similarly even after thirty five or forty five years if a person does not purposefully, with full awareness, remaining fully alert; if he does not make efforts to change his nature, he can never achieve any change. That is why in Gujarati we say Lab cannot change his nature a monkey may get old but does not lose his capacity to jump etc. The power of memory works by method of association. This capacity of remembrance does the job of sporting out the past and quickly bringing out occurrence without any dilution. Recognition as well as evaluation is the special capabilities of the mind. Mind does not commit any type of mistake and can remember events which have happened in the past about what one may have eaten, drunk or seen or even known and can bring out the exact repetition as if man is very much known to us. Finally relearning is an element where once a man hears or sees or learns a thing, he understands it half heartedly but when the same matter again comes before his mind, he can revive the faint remembrance and from that subject can be known and understood. Psychologists have carried out ample research in connection with remembering whatever one should remember or failing that a man shows of forgetting the matter with which the consciousness of mind comes in contact. Most of the time if we forget anything immediately the same results in a harmful effect in our life at the first instance. Whatever is stored in memory can be improved upon only if we try to remember that subject or material over and over again. We should continue our association with the particular material or event by ever remembering the same from time to time; one can master this subject only by entertaining the desire to know or learn about a subject more and more with internal enthusiasm and drive. Generally one formula known as IRA can be used to remember any event or item. I mean impression. R stands for repetitions and A stands for association. Whenever we read, hear and see anything if we keep our mind completely concentrated then a very good impression could be formed on the mind. If we repeatedly ruminate over the subject, we have repetition. If after a long period only similar matter or man is referred to, we can due to proper syntax remember the matter of man fully you may properly listen to same interesting talk about a drama or a cinema. Thereafter visit the drama or cinema and repeat the story with interest to another fellow; that story will now take a strong hold in the mind. It will dig a groove in the mind. The most important aspect in the development of memory is to find out what amount of interest does we have in remembering that thing or event.

167

There are four main reasons traditionally described as causes for forgetting all that we may have memorized. The first is the dimming out of the background of memory. The reason is that with the passage of time chemical changes affect nervous system as a result the memory gets blurred out. Even then, in spite of the background of memory getting erased out, the storage of memory does retain the slight effect of memory the second point is that with the passage of time whatever is stored in the memory would be scattered or a big dilution may occur. Therefore if the stored memory is not utilized or repeated for a long period then it is likely that everything can get topsy-turvy The third stage is reached by learning up or knowing new items which disturb the old memories or even new knowledge may occupy the place of old memory. In Tamil language this third process is named as Adhika Prasanga Extra event. In Gujarati we say it by calling a man wise, over wise or even otherwise! One would not prohibit a man from picking up new knowledge but it would not be proper if a camel enters while you try to drive out a goat. The last and fourth matter is that a man may have many such events or situations, which he would like to forget altogether, and the man therefore will fully draw the mind to other circumstances and works whereby the memory is lost. Thus in short, element of memory is hardly clear, in addition to whatever is known and is hardly fully discussed. Now and then discussions and conferences are organized on this subject but ultimately everything is forgotten. The young children on special occasions learn by heart passages, poems or even full lectures, but with the passage of time they also forget these details. That is the reason why Upanishad declares, Swadhyayanama pramadita yam. Do not delay self-study for the delay also it is said that Pramaado nityamrityuh laziness or delay is equivalent to darkness and death. Is there any connection of all the above descriptions with Yoga? Yes! Form a habit of sitting in Padmasana. If we sit in Siddhasana or Swastikasana, Vajrasana or simple cross-legged posture, keeping back and spinal column vertically straight, if one starts with five minutes and gradually increase practice to sit for three hours, then supply of blood to the muscles of the legs and thighs gets reduced. This reduction results in greater proportion of blood reaching stomach, heart and head. Thereby the nervous and information system of the head gets stronger. This is equally possible by deep recitation of Omkar-Pranava.
Postures of progressively I to VIII for Shirshasana

(Fig74i)

(Fig74ii)

(Fig74iii)

(Fig74iv)

168

(Fig74v) (Fig74vi)

(Fig--74vii)

(Fig74viii) The head gets plenty of blood supply if four times a day in the early morning, at the lunch time, in the evening and before going to bed at night, deep Omkar recitation is carried out for a period of 10 - 45 minutes

169

Padma-shirshasana (Fig --74 ix) It is an indisputable truth that the practice of Shirshasana and Sarvangasana makes a man highly intelligent. In both these Asanas whole body gets into an overturned (inverted) posture, thereby with the least efforts heart can pump blood towards the head. The memory power depends very much on conversation of vital power along with the need for Asana, Pranayama and meditation. One who has conserved his semen will be a most intelligent person. A person who has spent his semen to a great extent and therefore initial power has almost died down will have a peevish nature, digestive power and eyes will be weak and mind will be tossing. Hence there is no reason for his memory to be sound. Every man has a brain, which has immense power and capability this small brain can contain innumerable megabytes and gigabytes of computer elements. We hardly make use of one or two percent of the same. If we can properly and by heart understand the limitless capability and control contained in our head, we can with the least effort tap great source of power. Our forefathers had achieved this power why should we remain devoid of this power? OM SHANTIH!

170

PHOBIA
Shruti declare Bhayat tapati sooryah, bhayat vahati marutah, the sun heats up due to fear; wind blows as a result of fear. Fire ignites because of fear; rain pours down due to fear. All these fears could be termed universal, but the fear that all of us encounter in our life is very beautifully described by King Bharatruhari in his three books of hundreds Shlokas. It is said that

The enjoyment fears of diseases, The beauty fears of old age The high-ranking person fears of losing his status The king fears of his enemy The learned man fears of his opponents The Vadi is afraid of Sanvadi
In his childhood Pujya Bapuji Mahatma Gandhi also entertained deep fear of ghosts. A maid servant in his house had instructed child Mohandas to utter Rama-nama so that the ghost would run away Bapu used to be afraid while returning through the lane with a tamarind trees, when he returned alone from the school. Even in the early morning when he went for the tuition he was afraid. But the Ramanama proved a panacea. Really speaking the material or the subject, which makes us afraid, is not there at all. Looking at the fact, most of the fears are a result of mental weakness or immaturity of mental power. It is natural for a man to be afraid of getting caught about a thing which he knows is not true. We are afraid of getting caught of a theft, we make, when a thing which is not ours and which we have stolen is divulged. We know that certain thing should not be done; still we do it; but our soul does not accept this untruth or improper actions; as a result we are afraid. Milk has its own nature, but if even a drop of curd or a sour thing touches it, the milk will get spoiled. You can load a camel with a weight of 500 kg but once the capacity is crossed even an addition of 5-tool kg will not be bearable and the camel will sit down. This is the case about our mental and intelligence power also. The soul force of every individual is not similar We get afraid even if some disturbance is felt in the common mass of thoughts and intentions collected in our mind. We get afraid because of the materials, things, activities or situations. We doubt the existence of ghost in a stub of a dried out tree when seen in a dark night, we see a ghost in a post. We feel fear of a serpent when accidentally a rope comes across our leg in stark darkness. A misunderstanding about danger creates a fear which itself very dangerous. Fear is such a mental attitude, which creates misunderstanding due to understanding arising in our mind. There are many types of fears or phobias. When a man suffers from normal fears, he trembles, he shakes and his lips and tongue stammer One can perspire also but if the fear is really a danger, then it may not be possible to control natural call and one may urinate or even pass stools. Some people are afraid of ghosts where as some others are afraid of ailments. The greatest fear is one of social boycott, and cases are known where driven by fear, people have committed suicide. In America especially teenaged boys and girls are known to die of such terrible fear. On 31st October children organize a Halloween day when they clad like ghosts and try to create fear amongst each other. In East America most of the TV channels stage a horror show. People watch mid-night horror show of universal studios or read horrifying books. They go to sleep while reading the book. In the subtle sub-conscious mind during half sleep or deep sleep stage, fear takes hold in the dream world, they see the engenders fear which makes a person afraid as if the occurrence was real. On watching the occurrence during a dream, fear created increases the throbbing of the heart, there may be disturbance in the stomach, and one may vomit or even pass stools. It is quite likely that one urinates often, one may feel vomiting sensation, one may feel giddy, and one may feel suffocation and the face may also redden.

171

Psychologists divide out this phobia or fear mainly in three divisions. Ordinary fear is generated when some animal is seen. A husband may be very powerful, he may be a big police commissioner but before his wife who is very high handed, this officer will be afraid of the fighting nature of his wife. This wife however strong natured will be afraid of a cockroach or a lizard. She would shout out when she sees a cockroach. There is a fear of a closed space. All around there may be stark quiet, peace of a crematory, perfect quietude. Such pacific peace can also devour the mind of a man. A mind, which is accustomed to continuous hubbub, will not be able to bear the loneliness. Mind trembles. Individual soul shudders. Will this loneliness not devour me? Similar type of fear arises when we go on a big height. All around there may be beautiful scenery, every where it is leveled ground, yet if individual soul is situated on a very big height and if one observes a deep ravine underneath, then one entertains a fear whether one would fall down or not. The latter type of fear described is known as Agoraphobia. In the midst of vast plain ground, under an open sky, when the ocean of human beings gets together there is tremendous shouting and howling, pushing and pulling, disorder and confusion. Under such circumstances one gets afraid of getting caught, entangled and entrapped as well as getting confused. Those people who are habituated to stay at home only cannot bear such crowds. Public transport and vehicular traffic as well as deep noises in the market place are found intolerable. In America specially on thanks giving days, Christmas or on 4th July when crackers and fire works collects big crowds alone man finds it very hard to mix in the crowd.
The third type of phobia is arising out of incapacity of speaking or acting in public in community meetings. Will I feel abashed? May be I act wrongly, something irrelevant may be done. Would something unbecoming happen? Such social phobias also eat into certain people. Actors who are well known to act in dramas will hardly be able to give some talk if suddenly they are requested to do so. This is because they only repeat the crammed up conversation in a drama. Thy are habituated to act in a certain set up only. You do not find any personal independence and there is no original individualistic acting. Thus people who are habituated to meet and act in definite circumstances behave as if they were to taste grapes high up on the vines.

Some children form a phobia for certain animals. Such children even when they become adults are not capable of driving away that phobia which has entered their child like mentality because their adult mind does not drive out the fear that has entered their nervous system. A wild cat had jumped over Napoleon Bonaparte when he was quite young. Even when he reached adulthood that fear that had entered in childhood had not left him. Once the enemy camp learnt about this personal phobia of such an adept soldier who was habituated to fight many a terrible wars. The enemy camp kept in the forefront of their army 500 cats tied with a chain. On viewing these cats Napoleon started retreating, he was caught, he lost the battle and ultimately met his death. Fearful occurrences observed in childhood have a frightening impression on the mental screen. Such impressions are hard to drive out even in adulthood. Agoraphobia really affects adults. This type of fear can be observed in persons who have matured. Social fear can also be observed in aged persons after the ghosts of praise and insult catch them. Really speaking there is no element branded as fear or phobia. Mental condition only makes us enjoy, happiness or unhappiness. Amongst people who are affected by phobia, agoraphobia is observed to a maximum extent. The form of agoraphobia is quite different from the normal fears. In all the societies, whether from the east or the west, 5 to 10 percent of the people are found to suffer from one or the other phobia. This agoraphobias or any other type of phobia is more common amongst ladies than amongst males. Agoraphobia, social phobia and animal phobia are particularly commonly found amongst members of the same family. It is possible to remove ordinary and social phobias by cultivating a little mental understanding and if one is given some sort of assurance to the heart. There is one method which is based on regular decentralization of the senses, which allows the people, suffering from phobia or fear by relieving them from the items that cause feat This method can give peace of mind resulting from proper understanding. Fear can be reduced if a fearing person is brought out amongst the society by moving him away from lonely life and by slowly making him accustomed to meet and mix with people in the society The fear could also be reduced by making him form a habit of taking a stroll under the open sky, at night under the stars studded night, along
172

the river banks, along the streams and in gardens full of flowers. A man who entertains fear for particular things can be repeatedly brought near that item and explained that his fear is ill placed and there is nothing in that item worth any feat. A man should harbor a feeling that he has no reason to be afraid when he is having a company of his brothers, friends and all the relatives. By experimenting again and again in this manner the fearful situation as well as item that one is afraid of can be made immune of feat Medicines which alleviate uneasiness can also be useful to a certain extent. Anti-depressant medicines are also employed to make the fearful person phobia free. One day Swami Vivekanandaji was loitering at Varanasi in an uninhabited area. A group of monkeys followed him. He was afraid and started running away One Sash on seeing him running called out, Dont be afraid, stop, present a strong front, if you get afraid they will try to make you more fearful. There is another similar well-known story. Once a ghost caught hold of a man. The ghost extracted work from him day in and day out. The ghost used to threaten the man saying, If you dont work I will eat you up. Some Sadhu tutored the man. Tell the ghost, O.K eat me up. Do as you wish, what more can you do than eating me up? I am not afraid. When the ghost felt that he would not work if he is not afraid, the ghost set him free. In short, the more we are afraid of a happening or an item, the more the fear increases. Phobia never leaves us if you are afraid of fear. You must face it. One has to strengthen and develop mental power to face any fearful situation. It is possible to achieve this by practicing Pranayama, Asanas and meditation according to the science of Yoga. Mental power develops by practice of Sukhpurvaka Pranayama. This Pranayama is very easy if you can sit in Padmasana, Siddhasana, Vajrasana or Sukhasana that is with normal cross legs keeping the back and spinal column erect; then it is the best. However, if you cannot sit in any of the above postures, you can sit in a chair or you can even sleep on the ground. Begin by deep inhalation through both the nostrils. Thereafter exhale through both the nostrils slowly and without any fear. Do not use any force while inhaling as well as exhaling. This process is all right to begin with. It is not necessary nor there is any need to count the number of respirations. Breathe in and breathe out peacefully, without any sort of haste and as quietly as possible. Thereafter try to retain the breath inside. Inhale through both the nostrils and hold the breath inside. Thereafter exhale peacefully through both the nostrils. The inhaling is called Purak, the holding of breath is called Kumbhak and the exhaling is known as Rechak. The breath that we hold inside is called Antarkumbhaka and the breath, which we exhale and stop it outside, is called Bahya-kumbhaka. The rule for the period to be observed in Purak, Kumbhak, Rechak and Kumbhak are 1:4:2:4. Do not worry if the process is not possible to begin with. Be satisfied with inhaling and exhaling. Every inhalation brings in some newness, energy, vitality alertness, joy and enthusiasm. Every exhalation makes you one with the Almighty power of the universe. You are not alone. The whole world is connected with you. There is no reason to be afraid. Even if we sit at one end of a quiet pond and start splashing, the waves will travel to farthest end. The light touch at one end of the pond is felt at the other end. A snowfall in Simla in India is felt as a cold wave in Gujarat.
-

When you start feeling that you are afraid, drive out the thought from your mind that you are all alone. Even when you do not feel any fear always hold a powerful thought in your mind. I am infinity I am joy incarnate. I am great. The starting pages of Guruvani in Shree Gurugranth Saheb declare, One Omkar, the doer, timeless person, fearless, without any enemy One Omkar means that Almighty is the only truth. The creator of the universe is God. He is beyond time, he is everywhere, he is present in everything and he is allpowerful. Therefore live, throwing off all the phobias, live happily By a regular practice of sitting for meditation we inherit fearlessness and undoubted ness. Whenever you sit for meditation, before beginning the process, pray, Let there be peace in the east, in the west, in the north, and in the south. Let all meet auspiciousness in mountains, ocean, and forests. Let there be welfare of all, everywhere. Thereafter think that you are not meditating. Who is the entity for your meditation? Suppose
173

you are meditating on Shree Rama, in that case always think that Rama himself is meditating on Rama. This is not your body this body belongs to Shree Rama. The legs, hands, belly, chest, neck, head nothing belongs to you. All these belong to God. This process is called Anganyasa and Kara-nyasa. If you are given any Guru mantra, repeat the same. The more the regular you are in Japa, the more the manifestation of Gods power, strength and domination in you. You earn the boon of Grukrupa through the power of Japa. Japa, meditation, company of the wise, study of scriptures, company of good and strong-minded persons will make you strong. Besides the above, get up early in the morning. Go for a long walk before sunrise. You will be filled with natures fresh power by the effect of open air, open blue sky, the chirping of birds and the exhilarating atmosphere. In the practice of Yogasana, Suryanamaskara, Viparitakarani-mudra, Halasana and Yoga mudra are found to be quite beneficial. The practice of Shitali and Sheetkari Pranayama will bestow upon you mental peace and capability Always remember, you are your own friend and your own enemy Fear is not outside, it is inside you. Never underrate yourself. Virat Purusha resides in you. He is a fountain of great power. The ocean of joy is rising in big waves. You have in you a fountain of enthusiasm. Manifest it by meditation and be fearless. OM SHANTIH!

174

PROBLEM AND SOLUTION - 1

_

Q. I read Yoga and Arogya column with interest but my mother prohibits me from practicing Yogasana and Pranayama. I am 13 yr. of age. My mother opines that Asanas are to be performed by sick people, is this a fact? Which are the Asanas and Pranayama that I can safely perform? Which are not permitted? Please let me know. Jaymin and Pinky Patel (Corpus Christie, Texas) A. Dear brother Jaymin and sister Pinky, All children of your age can without any fear perform all the Asanas. In our country m the past only those who suffered from typhoid and were weak were drinking sweet lime (Mosambi) juice. Now in America every week you consume 4 to 5 tins of juice, therefore it is a misunderstanding that sick persons only could perform Asanas. Really speaking all normally healthy people should perform a few exercises. In order to live a good life it is necessary to have food, water and air Similarly to maintain mechanism of this body properly and to extract more good work, Yogasana and Pranayama are very essential. You can perform all the Asanas that you know of; there is no Asana in prohibited list. (In the past in India people prohibited ladies from performing Siddhasana, Padangusthasana but now in America all Yogacharyas teach these Asanas to ladies) You can therefore without any fear perform Asanas yourself and also train others after you first obtain proper training from a Yoga teacher Q. I had to wear spectacles from young childhood. I am 7 years of age. Which are the Asanas that can help? Himanshu Vadera (New Jersey) A. Undertake exercises of the eyes. First take the eyeballs up, then bring them down, thereafter up on the right and there from down to the left. Again go up on the left and come down on the right. Thereafter go from right to left and left to right with eyeballs moving parallel to the ground. Thereafter describe a semicircle from right to left and then from left to right on upper side of eyes. Similarly take a semi circle on the downward side from right to left and then from left to right. Next take the eyeball in a complete circle in clockwise and then anti-clockwise directions. Now straighten the right hand and look at the first finger by the eyes. Bring the finger slowly and gradually right up to the nose. By this process the eyes will move in mutually opposite directions whereas the exercises so far undertaken used to move eyes parallel to the ground. It is very essential that between each of the above exercises a rest period of 10-15 seconds be allowed. Besides, the eyes could be endowed with better sight by performance of Jala neti process. It is very essential to sneeze out 40-50 times all the water from the nostrils after performance of Jala neti. You should use tepid water with common salt added in small quantity and perform Jalaneti after finishing your morning bath. One should learn this process from a proper Yoga teacher in the first instance. It is not difficult, therefore do it without any hesitation. But if you continue playing video games for 2, 3 or 4 hours sitting in front of television set no exercise will be useful. You should also ensure that you have no constipation. It is also necessary for the care of the eyes that you consume green leafy vegetables, salad, fresh fruits and milk. You must not read in insufficient light, do not read in a sleeping posture. Even then it is essential to get proper eye examination carried out by an ophthalmologist so that the matter may not go out of control. Q. I am a chronic patient of headache, could you suggest suitable Yoga-abhyasa?

Ashaben Gandhi (Orlando -Florida) A. My dear Sister!

175

Headache could be due to many reasons. Constipation brings headache. If one reads by straining the eyes in insufficient light, headache would be caused. We may have headache if we are tired physically or mentally. Mental tension is also one of the causes. If we have no interest in a job and yet it has to be performed headache can result. There are many such reasons. If you introspect and think a little with peace and composure the remedy for headache will be easy to explore. (see chapter 17 Headache) Q. I get lot of pain in the knee. Kindly suggest Yoga -abhyas. Manjula Patel (Atlanta) A. My dear Sister! If ladies of elderly age has pain in the knee, backache and the eyes also have a burning sensation; it is necessary to give proper thought. Is the monthly period regular? Do you find leucorrhoea in the menses? Do you suffer from constipation, are the stools cleared regularly? Do you suffer too much at the time of menstruation? Are the stools sticky? If the answers to these questions are in the positive you should consult and get treatment from a proper gynecologist. You should specially take treatment and medicines for chronic colitis. Consume only skimmed milk (without cream) morning and evening. Take fresh curd, vegetables, salad in a big proportion, reduce chilies and sour items, stop at least temporarily use of onions and garlic. You may now sit up on the ground or in a chair, extend the legs in the front, pull the thumbs and fingers of the legs away from you in the downward side. Similarly now pull the legs towards you. This will exercise the cover bones of the knees. Move the legs vertically as well as laterally in circular motion as if you are cycling. This will help you. If you are over weight remain aware of it and start reducing. Q. Our young child has a variety of allergies. He becomes breathless while he breathes. How can Yoga be helpful? Ramagauri Vaidya (Los Angeles) A. Consult the Doctor immediately for allergy Practice Sukhapurvaka Pranayama, Ujjayi, Kapalbhati. Bhastrika (see chapter VI Asthma) Q. I am a retired person. Can I start practice of Yogasana? I am 63 years old. Muishankara Dave (Springfield - Illinois) A. Definitely You can perform all the Asanas. Begin with flexibility exercises. If you have no ailment and you have an able healthy body, you can perform all Asanas without any fear. But if you have some disease does consult a doctor and begin Yoga-abhyasa under the direct supervision of a Yoga-teacher. Q. I am getting bald. Do you have any treatment for this baldness? Abhaysinh Jadeja (Virginia) A. Bapu! Do not feel slighted. Your question is absolutely correct but is posed before a wrong person. We Sannyasi are fully shaved and now you talk to us of retaining the bunch on the head ! Really enjoyable ! However you can perform Shirshasana, Sarvangasana, Sheetali, Bhramari and deep recitation of Omkar. This will surely arrest the hair from falling. Q. My son is 14 years of age, his height does not increase. What are the Yoga-asanas helpful for this purpose? Hemanginiben Ghiya (New Jersey) A. By swimming, horse riding, parallel bar exercises one can increase the height. Performance of Yogasanas like Suryanamaskara, Sarvangasana, Matsyasana, Halasana, Paschimottanasana, Dhanurasana, Chakrasana, Usthrasana can help building the body and increasing the height. Normally every male adds to the height and builds up body as to an age of 20, 21 or 22. However, children stop adding to their height if there is shortage of hormones. Your son can surely increase his height for a further period of six years if proper medical treatment, proper food and proper exercises are given. Q. My husband is very forgetful. Can power of memory be increased?
176

Sunanda Mistry (Detroit - Michigan) A. Sunandaben ! A man would remember those jobs or subjects where he has interest. Even if you repeat 10 times to carry out a job if the man has no interest in the subject he cannot remember it or will forget it. In the conjugal life a trio of mutual co-operation, good wishes and sympathy can render warmth to each other. If you go on repeating to Mistry Saheb that he is a forgetful man then he will only add to his forgetfulness. He can surely increase his mental power by performance of Omkar, Bhramari Pranayama, Shirshasana, Sarvangasana, meditation and Shavasana. Over and above the details given above it is necessary to bear in mind one fact. A person who eats more, who sleeps more, weakens his brain more and more. Memory, endurance, thinking power, mental power, remembering power, concentration, meditation - all these require a habit of rising early in the morning in Brahmamuhurta. Take some little exercise, perform Asanas, Pranayama and Suryanamaskara. Go to bed early do not gorge food. One should perform any work undertaken with full interest and liking. Do not try to meddle with a subject or a thing which is of no use in your life, Therefore those who sleep like a dog, who take bath like a crow, who meditate like a crane, one who eats and speaks very little as well as one who has left his house gets a boon of memory and remembering power.In addition if you form a habit of reciting Shree Hanuman Challisa or Shire Vishnu Sahasranama, Shire Saraswati Mantra namely Om Ain Saraswatyai namah, then also you will strengthen your memory. If in the morning after bath daily a student recites the following mantra three times Om medham me Indro dadatu Medhain Devi Saraswati Medham me Ashwinavubhavadhattaam Pushkarasrajam. And then recites Om Am Saraswatyai Namah. 108 times then also your memory retention power will increase. The Mantras given above means, Oh! Indra Devata! Please give me power of retention of memory. Oh ! Saraswati the Devi of knowledge, kindly bestow on me mental power. Oh! Aswinikumars both of you are standing with a garland in your neck, which will never wither, kindly give us remembering power. We bow down before Saraswati. By so doing you can have memory; there is nothing impossible if you have the liking. These two Ashwinikumaras had approached Prajapati seeking Brahma-vidya. Prajapati replied, You are not fit, if I teach you Brahma-vidya, your head will burst. (This is similar to an electric bulb bursting due to high voltage), but Ashwinikumaras were very keen to attain Brahma-vidya. They replied Kindly cut down our heads and deposit them on the side. You may thereafter give us knowledge with heads of horses on our necks. On getting the knowledge those heads will no doubt burst, but knowledge will stay m. Thereafter replace our original heads; we will thus get boon of knowledge. Prajapati was very much pleased observing their courage. Prajapati gave the knowledge and also garlanded them with never withering flowers. That is the reason why in the Medha Sooktam of Vedas, Ashwinikumaras are also offered prayers along with prayers to Indra and Saraswati while requesting for boon of retentive memory. Q. Doctors have advised me to get by-pass surgery done. It is learnt that we can avoid by-pass surgery by practice of Yogasana and Pranayama. I seek your advice. Sukumar Jam (Walnut California) A. If the blockage of arteries in your case is due to hereditary reasons, Yogasanas and Pranayama will not give you enough relief but if the problem has arisen due to increase of cholesterol, worry, excessive smoking, addiction to alcohol, extra high blood pressure, carelessness in food habits and deficiency of exercises then by taking proper medical treatment, honestly and carefully limiting food where you will avoid fat, take less salt and reduce sweets to a minimum, and practice Yogasana as well as Pranayama regularly you will definitely get enough advantage. You must make a habit of remaining lively, joyful and live a full blown life, cultivate habit of creating light heartedness in the evening by light games and get sound sleep at night. A habit of going to bed after Bhramari Pranayama, a regular long walk in the morning will allow you to by-pass the need for by-pass.

177

Doctor Dean Ornis, the well-known American physician who has settled at Virginia can be approached for detailed directions. Many doctors are working under the guidance of Shree Swami Satchidananda Maharaj of Virginia Yoga Ashram. Please refer Doctor Bharat Naik Phone No. (630) 530- 5950, fax (630) 834 - 5279 at 807, Wild Wood Court, Oakbrook, Ill. 60523. God bless you. Q. I have undergone by-pass surgery in India six months back. Can I practice Yogasana now? Mukund Kotecha (New York) A. Oh! Yes. You can perform all the Asanas. Do not be in a hurry for performance of any Asana. You should not be haphazard in this performance. Do not start undertaking all the Asanas at once. Start with flexibility exercises and gradually add Asana one by one. After practicing for about a month you can practice fearlessly, easily and naturally all the Asanas. Mukundbhai, Good Luck Q. Can diabetes be really controlled fully by Yoga? Praful Pandya (Austin - Texas) A. Full details are discussed in chapters 14, 15 and 16 of this book about diabetes. With proper care of the physician, proper medicine, proper food and proper exercises diabetes can surely be controlled. Diabetes is not a danger. It is like a cyclone which when it visits it can cause destruction. If from the initial stages itself, we carefully take proper steps, we can avert big damage. The most important point about diabetes is that one should honestly decide to improve oneself. Cultivate self-control. If this much is achieved there is nothing impossible.
OM SHANTIH!

PROBLEM AND SOLUTION 2

-

Many letters are received from Orlando (Florida), Charlotte (North Carolina), Denver, Indiana, Detroit, Toronto, Texas and such other states as well as cities that they are keenly awaiting Gujarat Times so that they could read with interest the column on Yoga and Arogya. In addition they have requested, No doubt in the past you have already written on hypertension, but please, we will feel obliged if you could give details of Pranayama, meditation and Shavasana along with instructions on proper food, proper exercise as well as for easy Asanas. When a man ages he may contact diseases but once he recuperates he can perform Asanas regularly Yogaabhyas requires to be done without the least idleness. In addition you must have self-confidence. The question arises whether self-confidence can bring down the blood-pressure. The study and research in Yogaabhyas have proved that regular, necessary and proper Yogaabhyas, Pranayarna and meditation can influence mind and body both. The relation between body and mind is that of the governed and governor. No work can be performed by the body unless the mind knows, wishes and orders. If the body stops obeying the orders of the mind that much portion of the body becomes inactive. Self propelled processes of the body depend on the head which is a part of the body The processes of blood circulation, respiration, contraction and expansion of the body, sleep, vibration, genito-urinary function and all such other activities of the body are directly dependent on the mind. The other activities of the life depend on the parts of the body other than the head which is a part of mind. All the senses of action and knowledge work on the orders of this part of the mind. That is the reason why one can consider mind as the controller of the kingdom of the body. One Doctor Robert. B. Roy, a psychologist of America has carried out an extensive survey which has established that perversion of reflective capacity results in baseless worries, mutual prejudices, and unhealthy knots. One very well known diagnostic, Hakim lbjsina from Arab country who hailed a few centuries back, has described in his book many aspects which are a result of perversion of mind and diseases
178

of mind. Ibjsina, while describing the diagnostic treatment, has described method of converting the condition of the mind of a diseased man instead of treating him with medicines. He has mentioned that many types of very dangerous and severe or incurable diseases can easily be controlled by bringing the mind under arrest. It is always said that for regulation of blood pressure, keep away from tension filled atmosphere! But how is it possible to save oneself from such a situation? Can it be possible to have tensionless life in the present day world where on every step you are confronted with mutual competition and rivalry, where everything is in imbalance and insecure? This is definitely possible if one can transform the attitude and reaction towards life. We are not distinct and unaffected by the rise and fall or ebb and tides of the present day world, hence Yoga-abhyas plays a very important role. It is possible to affect each of the outside and inside parts of the body with the aid of Asanas. All the sinews and subtle glands of the body are connected directly with the mind and flexibility exercises of the body are such a part cf Yogasanas which controls all parts of the body That is why the control of the mind can regulate the working of the body In particular the flexibility exercises control the blood circulation and its rise and fall. The practice of Shavasana or Yoganidra is recognized all round the world to achieve results without any break down or tension. This is an experienced fact. SHAVASANA Shavasana is the most effective Asana of Yoga. By the performance of Shavasana daily, blood pressure can be brought under control without any need of either allopathic or Ayurvedic medicines. Even if after performing of Shavasana medicines are required the quantum will definitely get reduced. This will gradually and slowly be altogether stopped. Lie down on a blanket properly spread on ground or on a cot with back underside. Keep both the legs loose and open. Both the legs should be kept nearby but not touching each other Keep the palms of the hands facing towards the ceiling. Keep both the hands on the ground in a very relaxed position but quite near the body in a way that they do not touch the body. Keep the palms loose and relaxed, the whole body relaxed, peaceful and joyous. Resolve in the mind, Let there be welfare of all. Let all be happy. Let no one be unhappy. Let all have auspiciousness. Let there be peace in the east, in the west, in the north, and the south. Let there be peace in the world, in the forests, in the mountains, in the oceans. Let there be peace, let there be peace again in the lives of the people, in the minds of the public at large.
Pray this way for the health and peace of all every where. Breathe in as slowly as possible. We should not breathe in or breathe out without our knowledge or awareness. While you inhale create a feeling that along with the breath the energy of the universe, power, alertness, vitality, luster of the infinity brightness, wisdom, knowledge, development and perfect health are entering inside you. With every exhalation you are getting free from personal weaknesses, unhappiness, troubles, prejudices, hatred, and tensions. While you exhale you are distributing your happiness, your joy, to the entire universe. You will gain back an

infinitude of the same things that you give away By practicing this process your personal tension turns into a universal tension and thereby gets divided as well as distributed. We therefore feel very light. We are completely drenched inside-out by a tremendous tide of vibrations of happiness. Stay in the above position for some minutes and then press the thumbs of the legs in a direction opposite the body Now relax the feet. Now again stiffen the soles. Keep it for a few seconds. Then relax. Stiffen the muscles of both the legs. Maintain stiffness for a while and then relax. Now stiffen the ankles and knees, maintain for sometime and then relax. Stiffen both thighs, maintain for sometime and relax. Thereafter pull in the anus and contract it. Remain in this position for sometime and then relax. In the similar manner the fingers and the thumbs of the hands, palms, wrists of the hands, lower hands, upper hands, armpits, shoulders, and both the hands complete be stiffened in the end. Thereafter relax and in a similar manner gradually stiffen and relax belly, chest, waist, back and finally both the lips, both the eyes, both the nostrils, both the cheeks and complete face.
179

Having gone through all the above relaxation processes, take deep breath and expand the chest, stiffen the whole body, maintain stiffness for a few seconds and then relax. Thereafter do not move any part of the body Keep the body steady Move the mind over entire body Fingers and thumbs of the both the legs, ankles, soles, heels, leg muscles, knees, buttocks, fingers and thumbs of both the hands, palms, the hand under the wrists, both the elbows, both the upper hands, both the arm pits, both the shoulders are all relaxed, peaceful, composed and healthy There is no tension. Nurture this feeling. The lower abdomen, the upper belly, organs inside the belly, bladder, small intestine, large intestine, liver, kidney, pancreas, spleen, adrenal are all relaxed and healthy Without suffering any type of tension all the parts are completely in perfect working condition. Both the lungs, diaphragm underneath, bronchial tube, veins and arteries of the heart, atria, ventricles, and valves as well as all partitions of the heart that is, complete heart
-

are fully and completely healthy; there is no tension or problems of cholesterol. Triglycerides are at the required level, the heart beats regularly for 72 times a minute and supplies blood to the arteries in required proportion, it is completely healthy and is satisfied in itself. In the same way lower part of the waist, entire spinal column, the upper part of the back, both the shoulders, the portion of the neck, thyroid, parathyroid, muscles of the face chin, cheeks, nostrils, both the ears, both the eardrums, eyelids, pupils, eyebrows, scalp are all peacefully composed, healthy and in complete working condition without any tension. Engender such feeling and experience.

Remain a witness to the sound and noises all around you; take the mind away from these sounds and bring it inside the heart. Hear the beating of heart. Remain a witness of the inhalation as well as exhalation. Create an experience that by the benevolence of God, by the grace of saints, goodwill of your friends and family members you are every moment receiving good health, composure and both bodily and mental sound health. Simultaneously experience that you are one with surrounding atmosphere. Shavasana is a process whereby individual consciousness turns into universal consciousness. Shavasana means unification of the personal power with the universal power. When you experience it you will not remain an ailing, diseased, unhappy, tired, tense, sleepless, and one who experiences mental stress; because the practice of Shavasana makes you one with earth, water, fire, wind and space just as a corpse becomes one with the five elements. Your oneness with the source of forces of these five elements provides you with new alertness, vitality, and desire to live with hope and enthusiasm. You are now no more disheartened. In you now is kindled lustrous light of new life. A fountain of vitality is jumping up and sprouting out of you. When a person experiences a trio of joy, hope, and enthusiasm there is left hardly any place for problems and difficulties. If a person daily every moment, takes recourse to this type of healthy and lively thoughts and moulds his behavior with the help of positive solid decisions, then the ordinary life will turn into an unique and strong life.

Shavasana can be practiced from 3 minutes in the beginning to 30 minutes. It is possible to bring the blood
pressure which is, labile to a steady and regular level. Many studies and researches have been carried out regarding Shavasana and experiments in Yoganidra, both in this country as well as abroad. It is observed that such heart patients who were declared incurable have been rendered free of diseases and marvelous improvement is brought in. In a similar manner, Naditanasana, Pavanamuktasana, which includes Ardhapavanmuktasana (both left and right), Nabhisancharasana, Padmasana, Baddhapadmasana, Mandukasana, Kurmasana, Urdhvahastottanasana Katichakrasana, Tadasana and Nadishodhana process are also found very helpful for blood pressure and its treatment. OM SHANTIH!

PROBLEM AND SOLUTION 3

-

180

Many elderly persons have written from all the corners of America, based on which some details were repeated about Asanas and Shavasana suitable to relieve high blood pressure. Today we shall begin the chapter by describing Naditanasana. NADITANASANA This Asana is also performed lying on your back in the manner that a person lies down for Shavasana. Keep the legs side by side. Pull and strain the paws of the legs and fingers as well as thumbs away from the body in the front. Place both the hands on the belly Lock both the fingers of the hands. Now inhale deeply and simultaneously raise both the hands up and beyond the head right up to the ground, keep them pulled up. Now pull down the whole body including the paws of the feet, thumb, fingers, ankles, and leg muscles right up to the buttocks. Similarly pull the whole part of the body above the navel including hands and fingers along with upper torso. While stretching in this manner inhale deeply and hold the breath inside, that is perform Antarkumbhaka. Hold the breath inside as long as you can conveniently and without trouble do it. Keep the body pulled with strain. Thereafter release the breath slowly Bring down the two hands that are locked over the head and place them on the belly Thereafter unlock the palms of both the hands and keep both the hands on both the sides of the body along the ground leaving them loose. The paws of the legs should be loose, directed towards the outer sides. Now let the body and respiratory system work in a natural maimer. This process should be daily repeated 2 to 3 times and on every occasion Asanas should be repeated 3 to 4 times. Naditanasana relieves the stress in the body So long as the body remains strained, the organs of the body also feels stress. Naditanasana brings the whole body in a stress less, relaxed, easy position. The unnecessary strain on the body is removed by practice of Naditanasana and the body attains perfect natural easy pose. This Asana strengthens the ligaments and muscles of the body, relieves the stressful condition of the body, relieves high blood pressure and bestows sound health to the body and mind. PAVANAMUKTASANA This Asana is so named because by performing Pavanamuktasana the difficulties due to the accumulation of gas are removed. Lie on the ground with back touching the ground and face pointing to the ceiling. Now bend the knee of the right leg. Bring that knee right up to the chest taking it over the belly Hold the knee by both the hands and press it on the belly Exhale. Raise the head and let it touch the knee. Retain this posture for a while. Relax the body slowly Repeat similar process by the second leg. The process employed with one leg is named Ardha-pavanamuktasana. If the leg in question is left leg, it is called Vamapadapavanamuktasana. Now carry out the above process with both the legs. Both the knees should be raised and bent, taken up to the belly Press both the knees on the belly by holding the knees by fingers of the hands duly locked. Release the breath, raise the head and touch it to the knees. Hold the breath outside and perform Bahya-kumbhaka. Hold the breath outside as long as easily possible. Thereafter slowly take a deep breath. Now leave the head on its own place and straighten the legs, lie down in a relaxed position.

181

In the initial stages the forehead will not touch the knees. Do not get disheartened. As time goes by gradually by regular practice this easy Asana will be found really simple. You will reap all the benefits of this Asana. Regular performance of Pavanamuktasana gives exercises to all the digestive glands situated inside the stomach. Liver, kidney, pancreas, spleen, adrenal, intestine, bladder and all such organs get a special capability of working, the mind is fully joyous, the body feels light and life remains tension free which gives a life free of blood pressure. NABHISANCHARA Lie down straight on the ground. Place the heel of right leg over the knee of the left leg and on the thigh. Inhale deeply Try to bring the knee of the right leg on the ground. This may or may not be possible. This posture is not at all difficult. Keep the neck on the opposite side of the knee, that is let the right knee touch the ground on the left side and turn your face on the right side. Now exhale and simultaneously raise and straighten the head. Bring the knee also straight up. , Similarly repeat with the left heel placed on the right thigh. You should make an effort to ensure that the heel continues touching the seam of the thigh. Thereafter let the left knee touch the ground on the right side. Turn the head on the left. While you perform this exercise breathe in. While you return to the original position release the breath slowly this process cures the diseases of the navel, and holds the navel in the center. Our body contains so many important centers (Plexuses). A bunch of veins (Nadis) is situated at these centers. At the location of these centers there are some internal secreting glands also. These glands release secretion, which help working of the body in a responsible way Yogis call these centers as Chakras. Doctors dealing in science of the body as well as experts also give a place of very much importance to these centers. The bunches of veins (Nadis) located at the Chakras look like a bouquet. They look like beautiful full-bloomed flowers. Innumerable veins criss-cross the body The Nabhisanchar process adds incomparably to the working capacity of the veins. It increases the energy in veins for its vibration capacity and power. The regular practice of this process develops the personality and creativity of an individual. Thereby the whole body gains remarkable capability, the blood circulation is thereby controlled and as a result blood pressure is wonderfully controlled. PADMASANA Padma means a lotus. A man sitting in this posture looks as if he is sitting on a lotus. The pose is also known as Kamalasana in the science of Yoga. Spread a blanket on the ground and sit with legs extended. Now place the heel of the right leg on the left thigh in such a way that it nearly reaches the seam of the thigh almost near the navel. Thereafter in a similar maimer put the heel of the left leg on the right thigh bringing it right up to the root of the thigh that is near the navel. The normal rule is to first put the right leg and thereafter the left leg, but so many bodies are so constructed that it is inconvenient to first handle the right leg, in which case you can begin with left leg. To sit in Padmasana with ease practice of flexibility exercise of butterfly pose will greatly ease the situation if practice is undertaken for three or four weeks. Even then if you find it difficult in sitting in Padmasana posture you can support the buttocks by a thin blanket packing underneath the buttocks whereby both the knees will touch the ground and allow you to sit in Padmasana for longer period without difficulty.
182

Now sit in Padmasana and position the heels of both the legs opposite each other and touching near the navel. Keep the spinal column vertically straight and keep head, neck and chest in one straight line. Samam shiro greeva kaaya. Now place both the palms of hands in your lap or you may keep both the hands on each knee in Jnana-mudra. This posture firms up the veins and arteries in the waist. The back and the waist become soft and elastic. It quietnes the senses. It concentrates the mind. This Asana is considered as the best for the practice of meditation, Pranayama and Sadhana and is known as to be most appropriate. Hath yoga Pradeepika mentions about the Padmasana as under Idam Padmasanam proktam, sarvavyadhivinashanam, Durlabham yena kenapi, dheemantam labhyate bhuvi. This Asana removes all the diseases. It is one of the best Asanas, which can be equally practiced by a Brahmachari, a Grihasthi (householder), a Vanaprastha (retired) and also a Sannyasi (recluse). BADDHA-PADMASANA The meaning of Baddha-padmasana is a Padmasana wherein legs are also held caught. In this Asana the whole body is caught between the two legs. That is the reason why science of Yoga calls this Asana as Baddha-padmasana. Sit on a leveled ground in Padmasana. Thereafter catch hold of the thumb of the right leg, which is positioned on the left thigh by taking the right hand round the waist on the left. After you hold this right thumb take your left hand round your back and hold the thumb of the left leg, which is positioned on the right thigh. It will not be possible to perform this Asana on the first day Generally the question posed is whether elderly people can perform all Asanas or up to what age Asanas can be performed or what is the age at which the Asanas can be learnt etc. If the health is sound all the Asanas can be performed without any danger, whatever the age. It is not correct to say that children have their bones weak and therefore the bones bend easily Young children are not able to perform Asanas like Paschimottanasana, Halasana or Baddhapadmasana without proper training of Yogasanas whereas grandma and grandpa can perform these by regular daily practice. One should definitely try to practice Baddhapadmasana and I assure you, you will definitely be able to perform it. After performing Baddha-padmasana one should sit with Jalandhar bandha. To execute Jalandhar bandha breathe in deeply and lower the face in the front so that your chin will press on the middle part of the neck in front. You should retain the breath inside. Keep your eyesight in front of your nose. This is the final posture of Baddha-padmasana. There is another process of performing this Baddhapadmasana. After initially coming to the posture of Baddhapadmasana till you hold the thumbs, lower the head slowly toward the ground and let the head touch the ground. This process is also named Yogamudra. Performance of Yoga mudra with Jalandhar Bandha in Baddha-padmasana transfers you to the seventh heaven.

183

With the help of this Asana the bones of the spinal column can be easily arranged in an innocent manner. By performing Yogamudra in the posture of Baddha-padmasana the proverbial 72000 Nadis (veins and arteries) get cleared. Blood circulation and blood transport becomes easy; thereby the blockage of arteries opens out. The cholesterol deposited in the arteries gets reduced. The toxins and poisonous materials collected in the veins and arteries are destroyed, the blood circulation becomes better. This Asana clears blood pressure, daydreaming, idleness, constipation, nocturnal discharge and defect of semen. The practice of this Asana adds to the working efficiency of the bone marrow filling the hollows of the bones. R.B.C and W.B.C. become more efficient. Prana and Apana Vayus become equipoise. As a result a person gets concentration and bliss of the mind and body feels light. This is found very helpful in the control of blood pressure. MANDUKASANA The shape on formation of this Asana resembles a frog. Sit in Vajrasana with both the legs bent in the rear. Keep both the paws of the legs touching each other. Keep both the heels opened out. Sit with waist and back straight supporting the buttocks on the two heels. Now separate the knees as far apart as possible. This is Manduk sitting. Now for Mandukasana bring both the knees in the front touching each other. Close both the fists of the hands and keep them on the belly on both the sides of the navel. Lower the body in front and let the forehead touch the ground.

Mandukasana sitting (Fig75i)

Mandukasana (Fig75ii)

Performance of Mandukasana can render most of the advantages of the Baddha-padmasana and Yogamudra with Jalandhar bandha. In this Asana, which looks like a frog, you may not touch your head on the ground but keep your sight in front with the head up parallel to the ground. Mandukasana causes equilibrium of Prana and Apana, thus making the body light. Ordinarily we breathe 15 to 18 times a minute. Those who suffer from respiratory trouble, even others who
184

breathe rapidly without doing any hard labour can also derive big advantage by performance of Mandukasana. Such persons should daily and regularly perform Mandukasana.

Mandukasana (Fig-75iii) KOORMASANA The shape that the body assumes on performance of this Asana is like that of a tortoise, (Koorm) which is how this Asana derives its name. Sit with legs apart. Now lean forward while you go on exhaling and bend down as much as possible. Put the arm under the thighs. Keep the hands firmly on the floor. Stretch the legs. Remain leaning and bending down for the. Maximum time that you can do so. For variation one can bring legs together in front and clutches of hands of the back. Yogis call this posture Sputa Koormasana. The pain of the knees is treated by the practice of Koormasana. The hunger in the body gets aroused. Digestive system eats an impetus. Concentration of the mind increases.

Koormasana (Fig76i) Supta Koormasana (Fig76ii)

By this Koormasana a man withdraws his mind from the objects of the world and connects it with the internal world in a manner similar to the withdrawal of the organs by a tortoise. A mind separated from outside fickleness becomes blissful, peaceful and free of the disturbances whereby the control of the blood pressure becomes very effective.
185

PASCHIMOTTANASANA One can draw advantages of Yoga mudra in Baddhapadmasana, Mandukasana and Koormasana by practice of Paschimottanasana (see Obesity) By the performance of Paschimottanasana the Subhuman Nadi situated in the spinal column remains keen and clean. Its power flows up to the head; stability and mental power of the various veins increases. This Asana is the best for quieting worries and excitement. Paschimottanasana is the best amongst all Asanas and the advantages gained thereby become easy with performance of Pachimottanasana. This Asana is very useful for blood pressure. This Asana should not be performed with sudden jerks or just after meals. This Asana should be performed very slowly with patience. For performance of Paschimottanasana sit with legs stretched in front. Raise both the hands and breathe deeply Release the breath and lean forward. Hold the thumb of the leg by framing a hook of the first finger of the hand. Exhale and try to touch the forehead on the knee. If in the beginning you cannot catch hold of the thumb, catch hold of the heel. If that is also not possible, hold the knee. With efforts this Asana can be perfectly executed. Therefore do no quit. This Asana can be performed in a better manner in the evening than in the morning. Hence unfailingly practice this Asana. After exhaling and supporting the forehead on the knee remain in this posture as long as possible. A person can without any danger stay in this Asana starting with 20 seconds and increasing the period up to 15 minutes. OM SHANTH!

PROBLEM AND SOLUTION 4

-

Shree Vamanbhai Pandya from Gainesville (Texas) has written a very emotional letter He informs that he has sorted out and separately collected all the columns of Gujarat Times where articles on Yoga and Arogya are found. He has found the columns on problems and solutions very interesting. He has suggested that all these columns be printed in a book form and thereafter they should be videoed for VCB so that more people can be benefited thereby. One should thank Vamankaka. We will give a final chapter in these columns which we initiated earlier Can the Yoga-abhyasa be helpful to aged patients of blood pressure to relieve them of the condition of hypertension? If this is possible, what are the Asanas that elderly persons can undertake? In the earlier columns we have discussed in details about Shavasana, Naditanasana, Pavanmuktasana, Nabhisanchara, Pachnasana, Baddhapadmasana, Mandukasana, Koormasana and Paschimottanasana.. On this occasion we will try to learn the Gomukhasana first.
GOMUKHASANA

In this Asana the body assumes the figure of the face of a cow (Gomukh). That is why Maharshis thought it fit to name this Asana Gomukhasana. Sit on a blanket, spread over the ground with legs extended. Bend the left leg from the knee. Bend it from the front and take it to the backside. Keep the heel near the right thigh and bend the right leg from the knee, take it on the left side on the hind part. With the heel of the right leg touch by the left thigh, place both the knees one over the other.
186

Take the right hand from behind the right shoulder and behind the head; thereafter from the left side take the left hand from behind the back towards the top and hold the upper hand. The hand should be held so that the elbow remains exactly in the center of the head in the hind part of the head. Thereafter in a similar position left hand from above and right hand below, behind the body, touching the head should have the fingers or the palms of the bands locked in such a manner that both the hands could be pulled in opposite directions. This very process can be perfomed in the opposite direction by bringing the left hand from above and the right hand from below and locking the fingers or palms. While performing this entire process the heel of the leg, which remains underneath, should be placed near the anus. By this type of arrangement in the first instance, the heel of the right leg will be near the anus and on the next occasion, the heel of the left leg will remain near the anus. Let the respiration be normal and concentrate on Muladhar Chakra. The practice of Gomukhasana brings out poisonous elements from the legs, knees, waist, and kidneys. This helps bringing down the blood pressure to its normal level.
MAKARASANA This

Asana acquiring the form of the] Alligator (Maker) is so named after the shape, the Asana assumes. There are various methods of performing this Asana. Spread a blanket on a leveled ground; lie prone on the blanket with belly touching the ground and lie down with legs wide apart. The paws of the legs should be in the outer direction and the heels of the legs should remain opposing each other. Keep a distance of 2.0 to 2.5 ft. between the legs. Now on a pillow formed by keeping right hand on the left shoulder and left hand on the right shoulder with head on either left or right direction. It is essential that the belly, chest, thighs remain touching the ground fully. In the second mode of Makarasana both the legs are not kept wide apart but one leg is bent from the knee and paws, heels etc. are brought upto the thigh of the other leg. This mode is easier. In the third mode both the legs are kept touching each other the paws are kept together almost resembling the tail of a serpent, they are pulled on the downward side. The heels, muscles of the legs and knees are touching the thighs. Bring both the hands in front of the head very much straightened and pulled out. Keep the right palm of the hand on the left hand. Touch the ground with the head. By practice of this Asana there is development of subtle power of the body Gradually after long period of practice the body and its internal parts become firm like those of an alligator by regular and long-term practice of Makarasana the movement of oxygen is slowed down. Unsteadiness, hot-tempered nature and uneasiness reduce. Mind becomes quiet and composed. The lazy nature is transformed into pure (Sattvik) nature. This aspect is important for a patient of blood pressure. Normally patients of blood pressure get angry very quickly, but the practice of Makarasana makes the mind happy, quiet, humble and internal feelings of self-satisfaction is generated. URDHVAHASTOTTANASANA
187

Urdhva means on the upper side. Hasta means hand, Uttan means to pull and Asana means position or pose. Urdhvahastottanasana requires both the hands to be pulled up with force. Stand with both the legs kept together on a leveled ground. Take a deep breath, take the two hands on the two sides of the head, straight up: Lock the fingers of both the hands and, turn them towards the sky i.e. palms pointing upwards. Bend your body towards the right side as much as you can. Similarly repeat the process on the left side. This exercise should be repeated on both the sides three times each. When we perform Shankh-prakshalana the above exercise is known as Tiryak-tadasana (see Diabetes 3)
-

This Urdhvahastottanasana is useful in the process of Gunashodhana where both the intestines of the belly get cleaned. Hence this exercise is also known as Varisara. This Asana reduces the constipation and makes the body light. It is also considered very useful for control of blood pressure. TADASANA Performance of this Asana resembles the shape of Palm tree (Tada) hence it is known as Tadasana. The form also resembles the lower part (Thada) or stem of a tree. Therefore this Asana is also named Thadasana. (See Diabetes 3)
-

Stand on a leveled ground keeping both the legs touching each other Breathe deeply and raise both the hands on both the sides of the head in upward direction. Hold the breath inside and pull whole body towards the top standing on the paws of the legs. This way entire weight of the body will be shared by the fingers and the thumb of the paws of the legs. This Asana looks very simple, but when the entire weight is borne on the fingers and thumbs of the leg it does the good job of well-known acupressure. It helps head with its cerebrum, cerebellum, thyroid, parathyroid, pituitary and pineal glands. It also increases the working capacity of the important elements of neck, forehead, and the head. There fore whatever the age, if the elderly persons can easily go about; they can easily perform this Asana This makes the body shapely, reduces obesity, makes the body weightless and eventually controls the blood pressure. NADISHODHANA PRANAYAMA The meaning of word Nadishodhana is purification or cleaning of the Nadis (blood vessels). This covers group of blood vessels pertaining to body as well as heart. Sit erect with waist, back, head, chest and spinal Colum vertically straight. Sit in any Asana like Padmasana, Siddhasana, Vajrasana, Swastikasana or Sukhasana (simple cross-legged posture). Keep the right hand thumb on the right nostril. Bend the next two fingers inside. Thereafter place the last two fingers on the left nostril. Open the left nostril breathes in deeply. Close the left nostril and hold the breath inside. Release the breath through the right nostril. Hold the breath outside. Now breathe in through the right nostril, close the right nostril and hold the breath inside. Thereafter open the left nostril and through the left nostril breathe out and hold the breath outside. This process of breathing in, is called Puraka, the holding in, is called Kumbhaka and release of the breath is called Rechaka. The process of holding the breath inside is known as Antar-kumbhaka and if the breath is held outside it is known as Bahya-kumbhaka. The rule
188

governing times for breathing in, holding in, breathing out, and holding out, is 1:4:2:4. This means time of holding the breath should be four times of the time required for inhalation and the exhalation will be at half the speed and will take twice the period of inhalation. After exhaling hold the breath outside for the same period for which you now held it inside, this will execute one Pranayama. Normally we breathe in and out 15 to 18 times in a minute. If we take the basis of 15 breaths in a minute one breath would take 4 seconds for both coming in and going out. If we breathe in, hold in, breathe out and hold out, in the above indicated proportion the period spent will be 22 seconds for one breath or 3 breaths will be taken in and out in one minute and six seconds. By practicing respiration process in this manner, the complete Nadi (veins and arteries) system gets cleaned. This Pranayama is named Suichapurvaka Pranayama or Nadishodhana Pranayama (see Hyper-tension) In order to maintain time schedule of 1:4:2:4, one can also adopt a rule of mental Jape. If we chant one Mantra while inhaling, we should repeat mentally Mantra four times when you retain the breath inside. The breath should be breathed out in a period of mental recitation of Mantra twice and again Mantra Japa four times mentally repeated should be the period if you will hold the breath outside. The remembrance of the name of God in this manner will automatically but unknowingly endow you with the form, quality power, capacity, luster, brightness, steadiness, patience and vitality of God. By practice of Nadishodhana Pranayama all the veins and arteries of the body are cleaned and lungs are cleared of toxins. The solution to mental tension, blood pressure and other similar problems is especially arrived at. Shree Mann Maharaja, the author of science of ethics has written Dahyante dhamayamananam, dhatunam hi yatha malaha, tatha indriyanam dahyante, doshaha pranasga nigra hat. By heating gold or silver metal in a cupola all the slag of the metal could be removed out as a scum, similarly by the practice of Pranayama persons can clear all the toxins in their bodies. Pranayama removes the toxins of the body and reduces the unwanted fat in the body the body and the face become bright shining, happy and attractive. One earns a long span of life. Kumbhaka makes the senses and mental leanings introspective and draws them in depths of the soul as well as concentrates the mind. The well-known Dr Fisher writes about this issue as under All the five systems of our body (the nervous, circulatory, respiratory, alimentary and genitourinary systems) work properly as a result of regular deep breathing.
SUITABLE FOOD

It is essential for the treatment of diseases that allowable and proper food should be taken. One should avoid food that will increase illness. Ayurved declares

189

Path ye sati kadarthasya kimaushadham nishevanam, Path ye asati kadarthasya, kimaushadham nishevanam. A person who follows the rules of proper allowable life and food will not be either sick or suffer disease. He has no need for any medicine. A patient of blood pressure will remain healthier the lesser the food intake. Blood pressure falls down steeply if a person fasts. Fickleness of mind, disturbance in the mind, quietness down by fast, hence blood pressure gets controlled. If one proposes to fast for longer duration, the same must be undertaken only under the supervision of a doctor a diabetic, however, should not remain completely without food. Such diabetic should take any one type of juice either sweet lime (Mosambi); oranges, carrots, or cucumber the stomach should not be kept vacant. Those persons who does not have diabetes can perform two or three fasts taking only water but after the fasts for 2-3 days they must also feed on juices of fruits and thereafter 2 to 3 days they must only consume fruits and steamed vegetables without salt. For the regulation of blood pressure papaya fruit has proved a boon. Obese people should eat wheat bran, papaya fruit, and juices of fruits, cucumber and such fruits without any salt for a period of 4-6 weeks. When salt is disallowed no condiments, tea, coffee, all alcoholic drinks must also be disallowed. Use of garlic by a patient of blood pressure is understood to be the best. One can surely use fresh hog-plum (Amala) and lemon. Normally Gujaratis have a feeling that use of buttermilk, bananas, and lime causes cold but this does not seem to be a correct belief. Bananas increase the weight and contain good amount of glucose and therefore are not allowed for patients of blood pressure. Consumption of fresh buttermilk prepared out of skimmed milk, honey and lime make a welcome food. Use of balsam and mint leaves also is allowable. Whenever the food item contains protein, the same is not allowed. Protein should be consumed the least as a part of daily meals. Nitrogenous food increases hyper-tension hence meat, alcohol and preparation of starch (all purpose flour should be prohibited. In short Win over taste; and control tongue and you will be an emperor of the world. High blood pressure patient should take proper exercise, proper food and in the initial stages also rely on essential medicines. Gradually the fat on the body will reduce by honest efforts and by remaining aware. Blood pressure does not increase by working for 20 hours a day, but it increases only if work is done in a tension filled atmosphere: The key to blood pressure free life is self-confidence and living a life based on truth. Remain without worries and in a happy mood. Keep away anger, emotionalism and mental tension. Remain joyous, share happiness, never be unhappy1 nor make anyone unhappy God is with you, you are healthy and composed. Entertain this feeling. Perfect physical health will definitely be yours.
OM SHANTIH

190

PROBLEM AND SOLUTION 5

-

There is an inquiry from California After my first delivery I used to feel normal but after the second delivery I registered higher blood pressure, what could be the reason? Pressure is regularized by medicine but that is not the solution. Please guide. In the answer it is to be stated that even though every thing may be normal, weight may be more than required, salt intake through pickles etc. may also be O.K., yet use of contraceptives medicines can increase blood pressure of the ladies. In the beginning blood pressure rises and then the obesity will also increase. A general survey of ladies consuming pills for contraception reveals that regular consumption of these pills makes very undesirable effects on the body it is therefore not proper to consume such pills. There are many methods available for contraception; you may kindly consult your family physician in the matter. We have already discussed the subject of blood pressure in full details. It was considered to close this discussion but there is a new saying All houses have similar microwaves and accordingly during the past 15 days young and old have expressed their anxiety through letters about the same subject. Thank you heartily for your Diwali greetings. I pray Almighty to shower multiple welfare on all. The main conclusion from the various questions that can be taken out is that all friends will feel obliged if they are told about what can be done other than medicines by way of Asanas, Pranayama, meditation, proper food and some nature cure to effect the necessary control. In the Ayurvedic form of treatment one medicine named Sarpagandha is prescribed for its effects on reduction of blood pressure. The importance that penicillin holds in the allopathic pharmacopoeia is similar to the place of Sarpangandha medicine in Ayurvedic system. There is an element named serpin in the herbal preparations of Sarpagandha, which gradually reduces blood pressure and makes it normal. The pharmacists of east as well as west are producing many medicines by mixing this serpine in medicines. One feels sorry to learn that in spite of these medicines the effect on the disease of heart is not felt to a satisfactory degree and cases of myocardial infarction due to blood pressure have increased to a very great extent. When myocardial infarction occurs the artery leading to heart gets a blockage and that part is not supplied with required blood, thus making that part inactive as a result of which there are all possibilities of heart attack. That is the reason why along with the control of high blood pressure and blood circulation, the other arrangements and condition of the body requires necessary and invariable examination.

Purification of the body has been given a very important place in the nature cure system. Blood pressure can
definitely be controlled by internal purification of the body the most important and essential step is the control of digestive system of the patient. The old collected stools in the big intestine of the patient goes on rotting and the nutritive elements of the body are thereby absorbed. The blood vessels do not thereby get the nutrition of the type and proportion that is required. This makes the walls of the arteries rough and stiff. The elasticity of the arteries reduces; this becomes a hindrance to the blood transport. This looks to be small matter but it is very important. Shruti and saints ordain Prabhate karadarshanam. They tell to start working from the morning, use your hands, do not be lazy Because Pranuzdo nitya nrityuh Bhagawan brahmanasutah. It is said in the Sanat Sujatiya that laziness is the entrance to death. Still the principal and absolutely indispensable requirement is Prabhate maladarshanam . It is of prime importance that stools should be cleared no sooner one gets up. The diaphragm is interposed between the stomach and the heart. If a man is constipate it does not allow the gas formed in the stomach to go down and thereby causes pressure under the heart. Ordinary healthy people may be afraid of getting an heart attack but the weak willed person may even have their heart stopped from working. It is therefore very essential to see that the food is properly digested. Everyday in the morning, regularly, stool gets cleared. If there is trouble in clearing the bowels then it is more advisable to use a nature cure of an enema instead of weakening the intestine by use of medicines, pills or powders.
191

General mass of people understand that as a result of long duration of illness if enema were applied, intestines would get weakened but really this is not a fact. So long as the intestines are not capable of throwing out the stools, the patient will not feel hungry or may feel less of hunger, he may feel restless and uneasy in such a condition it is very helpful to make use of enema to clean the bowels. For ordinary constipation enema of one or two glasses of tepid water can be taken. If this much water can be retained for about ten minutes the digestive system gets good help in the long run. One can even take such enema twice a day this will be found very helpful. If the constipation is chronic one can take enema by adding limejuice in lukewarm water. The name given to Yaugic process of enema is basti. Rushimunis of yore used to keep their bodies free of toxins by regularly using Basti process, which is one of the six cleansing processes.
To preserve elasticity of veins and arteries, to increase movement of blood, steam bath is one very important aid recognized Nature cure. So many toxins and poisons are removed by steam bath. Steam bath is known as a panacea. Obese people can use steam bath to a maximum degree. If administered properly and by right method each steam bath is likely to affect reduction of one pound of weight. After- such a water vapor bath the patient should take a sponge bath by a wet towel drenched in cold water. While undergoing steam bath, it is necessary to wrap the head in a wet towel. One should have steam bath for ten minutes in summer season and in winter, period be extended to fifteen or twenty minutes. After steam bath one should use a cold-water tub bath covering the body unto the waist. Steam bath makes the bather perspire profusely Waist deep cold-water bath makes the body light. This process has a great influence in regularizing and controlling high blood pressure. For controlling blood pressure massage has also proven utility. The root of word massage (Malish) is Mardan in Sanskrit. Mardan specifies that body be applied friction with very light pressure. By such light handed friction enough blood flows to those parts of the body where blood flow is less than necessary. In India massage is an old time remedy Maharshi Bharadwajaji has described in his legendary tale before Yajnavalkyaji the massage treatment rendered to soldiers of army of Bharat when they were tired. This entry appears in Valmiki Ramayana. In his book Kamsootra Mud Vatsyayana has recognized massage as a skilled method. Brahma-parva of Bhavishya-purana considers proficiency in science of massage by a wife is an additional qualification for service of the husband. A patient of blood pressure, when in a condition of very high blood pressure, should be given very light massage over his body As a result he may not fall asleep but at least the blood pressure will be very much controlled. This massage is not the type wrestlers employ the massage should be as light as the touch with a feather of a peacock. Modern physiological science says that the activity that a body maintains is the measure of circulation of the blood through the body Historians declare that massage in a pure science. In the olden times, about 3000 years B.C., Chinese people used to employ massage for care of various ailments. Not only for the blood pressure but also for creating deep influence or parasympathetic treated nervous system of a mentally ill person, massage is a very beneficial remedy The rule for massage dictates that the hand used for massaging may be applied on any part of the body but the direction that hand moves in must be directed from the concerned part towards the heart. Leg should be massaged from lower side to upper side towards the heart, direction for hand should be from wrist towards the shoulder, the belly be massaged in a circulatory movement around the navel, for buttocks massage from inside to outside, but for waist massage from waist towards the neck, whereas for the back move from neck to waist and for spinal-column move from center line of spine towards both the sides, for chest from neck to navel and for the chest, up on the chest and all around the chest, move in a circulatory movement. Practice of massage purifies the blood and gives new life, activeness and vitality to the body while massaging, one should remember to rest for fifteen to twenty minutes, and then perform Shavasana. Thereafter hipbath in 50 to 65 F should be had for ten to fifteen minutes. After hipbath dries out the body properly, put on clothes quickly and have a walk in fresh air for ten to twenty minutes. If, as a result of obese body or due to any other reasons, one cannot go for a walk, sleep for half an hour under a blanket so
192

that coolness of body is driven out and body feels warm. It is necessary to have a shower bath one hour after hipbath. Hipbath is not only practiced for high blood pressure it is also a treatment for several diseases under nature cure system. Hipbath has a place of prestige in cure of kidney diseases, constipation, flatulence, and obesity. Pelvic inflammation, blood in stools, piles, and urinary troubles suffered by children, chronic diseases of the uterus, loss of virility, debility in semen, impotence, infertility and weakness of large intestine and blood pressure problems. Charak opines that clearing of bowels executes digestive system thereby all the natural activities of the body quickly get organized and active; that is why senses, mind and intellect remains satisfied and strong as well as power increases. If none of the above could be practiced, at least minor Shankhprakshalana can be undertaken. Kunjal process can be employed. In the early morning, after brushing, before bathing, drink seven to ten glasses of water of normal temperature very speedily, on empty stomach. It is better if you drink tepid water In ordinary Kunjal process a little salt is added to water Patients of blood pressure should not add salt to water Without wasting anytime, drink full quota quickly Lean forward so that belly gets squeezed, immediately all the water will be thrown out in a torrent. If this does not happen, take all four fingers of right hand and move them over the root of the tongue as if you were cleaning the tongue, all water will be belched out. Do not try to drink two or three glasses and make a hubbub of vomiting out. A minimum of seven glasses of water must be drunk. Then only water will be forced out in the speed. Kunjal means an elephant. The process of taking out water as is done by an elephant is called Kunjal-kriya. This performance is also known as Vaman Dhoti or Gajakarani process. By this action throat is cleared, food pipe is cleared, hyper-acidity, sputum and biles gets treated. Gaja-karni purifies the blood, which results in clean body; blood purification is attained and a great influence is made on high blood pressure. . On completion of Gaja-karni or Kunjal process one should neither eat nor drink anything till one hour elapses. One can take bath also after one hour In this very process if one performs Tadasana, Tiryaktadasana, Katichakrasana, Ashvasanchalan Kriya and Udarakarshana Kriya, each Asana being interposed by two glasses of water after each of the above Asana immediately performed, Shankha-prakshalana will be achieved when eight to ten glasses are drunk and stools are fully cleared. This process is known as Laghu Shankha-prakshalana. After Laghu Shankhaprakshalana perform Shavasana, at least for half an hour. If Kunjal Kriya is also to be performed, do this in proper order; that is perform Kunjal after Prakshalana. These exercises perform a major tasks of purification of the body, making body very light and full blown.

1. A patient of blood pressure should make it a rule to drink juices of sweet lime (mosambi) and oranges. 2. Consume very little quantum of protein in food. 3. Meat and all preparations of maida, and nitrogenous food increase blood pressure hence they are
prohibited.

4. Control of food helps us control all diseases. It is believed that, Langhanam paramam
aushadham. Hence remember: Hita-bhuk and Mita-bhuk. Keep food intake as little as possible, covering only items which are useful to the Body 5. Curd is better than milk. Bacteria produced in curds helps reduce cholesterol, hence remain aware to use curds prepared from skimmed milk. OM SHANTIH!

193